<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:nb="https://www.newsbreak.com/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/">
<channel>
<title><![CDATA[Trendonomist]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/feed/newsbreak-article-trendo</link>
<description><![CDATA[Capitalizing on Trends]]></description>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:40:08 +0000</pubDate>
<lastBuildDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:40:08 +0000</lastBuildDate>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Carney Says Ottawa Studied the ‘Extreme Tail Risk’ of U.S.-Led Military Action in Canada]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/carney-says-ottawa-studied-the-extreme-tail-risk-of-u-s-led-military-action-in-canada/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/carney-says-ottawa-studied-the-extreme-tail-risk-of-u-s-led-military-action-in-canada/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:40:08 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Prime Minister Mark Carney has disclosed that Canada examined a scenario that would once have sounded almost unthinkable: the possibility]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/peacekeeping-soldier.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>Prime Minister Mark Carney has disclosed that Canada examined a scenario that would once have sounded almost unthinkable: the possibility of U.S.-led military action involving Canada. In a New York Times interview published September 23, Carney described that possibility as an “extreme tail risk” rather than a likely outcome, arguing that governments have a responsibility to prepare for severe scenarios even when they are highly improbable. He declined to reveal what the examination involved. The disclosure arrives after months of unusually strained Canada-U.S. relations involving sovereignty rhetoric, tariffs and efforts by Ottawa to reduce strategic dependence on its largest trading partner. Just as important, however, Carney did not say Canada expects military action. His comments were framed around contingency planning, not a prediction that conflict is approaching.</p>
<h2>Carney Drew a Clear Line Between Preparing and Predicting</h2>
<p>The most important part of Carney’s disclosure may be the qualification attached to it. Asked about the possibility of American military action, he said leaders have a responsibility to examine “extreme tail risk” and stressed that such an event was “not a base case.” In other words, he was describing something considered serious enough to plan around because of its potential consequences, not something his government regards as the probable direction of Canada-U.S. relations. Carney did not disclose whether the work consisted of military contingency planning, intelligence assessments, economic preparations or a broader government risk exercise. Canadian Press reported that he specifically declined to explain the examination in detail.</p>
<p>That distinction matters because the public evidence does not establish that Washington has developed an operational plan to use military force against Canada. Carney’s statement reveals what Ottawa considered, but not what Canadian officials believe the United States is preparing to do. His language closely resembles the kind of worst-case risk analysis familiar from finance and central banking, fields in which Carney spent much of his career. A low-probability possibility can still receive government attention when the potential consequences are enormous. The disclosure is therefore significant less because it establishes that military confrontation is likely and more because it shows how dramatically the range of scenarios being contemplated inside Canadian leadership has widened during the current period of bilateral tension.</p>
<h2>Trump’s 51st-State Rhetoric Changed the Political Background</h2>
<p>The extraordinary context behind the discussion is President Donald Trump’s repeated suggestion that Canada could become the 51st U.S. state. Those comments began attracting sustained attention before Carney became prime minister and continued to influence Canadian political debate about sovereignty. At a January 7, 2025 news conference, Trump was specifically asked whether he might use military force against Canada. He rejected that option and instead raised the possibility of using “economic force.” Reuters reported at the time that then-prime minister Justin Trudeau rejected the suggestion that Canada could become part of the United States.</p>
<p>That history is essential when interpreting Carney’s latest remarks. The president publicly ruling out military force in January 2025 is evidence against treating an invasion or attack as declared U.S. policy. At the same time, the persistence of annexation rhetoric gave Canadian officials a reason to consider whether statements previously dismissed as provocation should be included in wider sovereign-risk planning. Carney’s comments do not establish that Trump later reversed his public position on military force. Instead, they show that Ottawa was unwilling to assume an extreme scenario could simply be ignored. The difference between public rhetoric, economic coercion and actual military intentions remains substantial, and nothing Carney disclosed eliminates that distinction.</p>
<h2>The Military Relationship Is Far More Integrated Than the Headline Suggests</h2>
<p>Any hypothetical military confrontation would collide with one of the deepest bilateral defence relationships in the world. Canada and the United States jointly operate the North American Aerospace Defense Command, better known as NORAD. The binational organization provides aerospace warning, aerospace control and maritime warning for North America. Canadian forces contribute aircraft, bases, radar infrastructure and personnel, while the Canadian NORAD Region headquartered in Winnipeg is responsible for surveillance, identification and control over Canadian airspace. Canadian defence documents have estimated that roughly 1,000 Canadian Armed Forces personnel support NORAD missions.</p>
<p>That cooperation is not merely a Cold War legacy sitting on paper. From August 24 through September 1, 2026, Canadian and U.S. forces participated together in NORAD’s Exercise AMALGAM DART, conducting integrated air-defence scenarios involving fighters, command-and-control systems and simulated threats approaching North America. The exercise included operations from 3 Wing Bagotville in Quebec. Such activity underscores the unusual contradiction surrounding the present political moment: Ottawa is contemplating rare sovereign-security contingencies involving the same country with which Canadian forces conduct daily continental defence. The existing military architecture therefore remains important evidence against interpreting Carney’s remarks as a declaration that normal defence relations have already broken down.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Spending More on Defence as Its Strategic Assumptions Change</h2>
<p>Carney’s comments also arrive during a major expansion of Canadian defence spending. In March 2026, the federal government announced that Canada had reached NATO’s benchmark of spending 2 per cent of gross domestic product on defence for fiscal 2025-26. National Defence said more than $63 billion was being spent across the department, the Canadian Armed Forces and other participating government organizations. Budget 2025 had previously allocated $81.8 billion over five years for defence-related rebuilding, readiness and new capabilities. Ottawa has described reaching 2 per cent not as an endpoint but as part of a longer effort to strengthen the military and defence-industrial base.</p>
<p>Much of that spending was announced in response to broader security concerns rather than the specific hypothetical scenario Carney discussed with the Times. Russia, Arctic security, NATO obligations, missile threats and long-running equipment shortages all feature prominently in federal defence planning. Canada is also continuing a $38.6-billion, 20-year modernization of its NORAD capabilities, including new surveillance systems, communications infrastructure, air weapons and northern facilities. The result is that Carney’s “tail risk” disclosure sits inside a defence transformation that was already underway. It would therefore be misleading to portray every new Canadian military investment as preparation for conflict with Washington. Many of the programs are specifically designed for cooperation with the United States in defending the continent.</p>
<h2>Ottawa Is Also Trying to Reduce Dependence on Individual Suppliers</h2>
<p>The more immediate link between Carney’s comments and government policy is Ottawa’s effort to build greater strategic autonomy. Canada launched its first Defence Industrial Strategy in February 2026, arguing that the country had become too dependent on international suppliers in important areas. The strategy prioritizes Canadian production where possible and partnerships with other allies where domestic capability is insufficient. In May, Carney described the procurement approach as “build, partner, buy,” with greater emphasis on creating sovereign capabilities and directing more defence spending into Canadian industry.</p>
<p>Fighter aircraft provide a revealing example. Canada originally announced plans to acquire 88 F-35s, but Carney ordered a review of the procurement in March 2025. Federal defence documents in 2026 said the review considered operational requirements, NORAD and NATO obligations, industrial benefits, strategic partnerships and possible alternatives. At the same time, preparations for the first Canadian F-35s have continued rather than stopping altogether. Canada has separately pursued European partnerships, including negotiations involving Saab’s GlobalEye airborne surveillance aircraft and approximately $800 million in Norwegian-made Joint Strike Missiles. Diversification, therefore, does not necessarily mean severing U.S. defence ties. Ottawa is attempting to create options while remaining embedded in continental and allied systems.</p>
<h2>Space and European Partnerships Are Becoming Part of the Same Strategy</h2>
<p>Carney’s broader argument is that national security increasingly depends on technologies that sit outside traditional definitions of military hardware. Satellite communications, surveillance, launch capacity, artificial intelligence, telecommunications and critical minerals can all become strategic vulnerabilities when one country controls too much of the supply chain. In his September interview, Carney discussed reducing Canadian reliance on American technology and suppliers, including satellite systems, while pursuing a wider network of partners. The goal he described was resilience rather than complete separation from the United States.</p>
<p>Recent agreements provide concrete examples. At the July 2026 NATO summit, Ottawa announced plans to use Telesat Lightspeed for sovereign military satellite communications in the Arctic. On September 20, Carney and French President Emmanuel Macron directed their countries’ space agencies, defence ministries and industries to develop shared space infrastructure, including launch systems and ground reception and control facilities. Canada has also expanded defence cooperation with the European Union and became the first non-European participant in the EU’s SAFE defence initiative. These moves predate the disclosure of Canada’s worst-case contingency thinking, but they fit the same underlying principle: critical Canadian capabilities should not depend entirely on a single foreign government, company or supply chain.</p>
<h2>The Trade Fight Shows Why Economic Dependence Matters Too</h2>
<p>Military planning is only one part of the rapidly changing relationship. The sharper conflict in 2026 has been economic. Canada suspended trade negotiations with the United States in August after Washington imposed a 50 per cent tariff on $27.6 billion of Canadian goods. Ottawa subsequently announced matching counter-tariffs on $27.6 billion in American products, targeting sectors including steel and aluminum, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, plastics and electronics. Those Canadian countermeasures took effect September 8.</p>
<p>The scale of the underlying relationship explains why economic pressure can carry such weight. Statistics Canada reported that the United States still received 71.7 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports in 2025, although that was down from 75.9 per cent in 2024. Canadian exports to the United States fell 5.8 per cent during 2025, while exports to countries outside the United States rose 17.2 per cent. Those numbers help explain Ottawa’s emphasis on diversification: the objective is not simply finding diplomatic alternatives but reducing the economic impact any one government can impose through tariffs, procurement rules or access to strategic technologies. The same risk-management logic visible in Carney’s military comments is increasingly visible in trade policy.</p>
<h2>The Biggest Message May Be About How Ottawa Now Defines Risk</h2>
<p>Carney’s disclosure is striking because Canadian governments have historically treated the United States as the country’s closest military and economic partner rather than as a potential source of direct sovereign risk. His decision to acknowledge that an American military scenario was examined shows that Ottawa’s planning assumptions have broadened. Yet the publicly available evidence still points toward contingency planning, not an expectation of armed conflict. Carney explicitly described the scenario as outside the “base case,” and no details of the preparations, probability assessment or agencies involved were released.</p>
<p>Meanwhile, practical Canada-U.S. cooperation continues. NORAD remains operational, Canadian and American personnel continue conducting joint exercises, and the two economies remain enormously interconnected despite the tariff dispute. Those realities can coexist with a Canadian effort to become less vulnerable to American policy changes. That may ultimately be the broader significance of the “extreme tail risk” remark: Ottawa is treating dependence itself as something that requires management. Preparing for an unlikely crisis does not mean predicting that it will happen. It means Canadian leaders no longer appear willing to assume that long-standing relationships make every previously unimaginable scenario impossible.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[70% of Canadians Back EU Associate Membership as Carney and Poilievre Split Over Deeper Europe Ties]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/70-of-canadians-back-eu-associate-membership-as-carney-and-poilievre-split-over-deeper-europe-ties/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/70-of-canadians-back-eu-associate-membership-as-carney-and-poilievre-split-over-deeper-europe-ties/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:38:42 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Seventy per cent of Canadians now say they support the idea of Canada becoming an associate member of the European]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/rime-Minister-of-Canada-Carney-European-Union-EU-and-Canada.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock
</figcaption></figure><p>Seventy per cent of Canadians now say they support the idea of Canada becoming an associate member of the European Union, giving an unusually strong early endorsement to a relationship that does not yet have a finished rulebook. The result arrives as Prime Minister Mark Carney pushes for substantially deeper economic, security and people-to-people ties with Europe, while Conservative Leader Pierre Poilievre argues that closer cooperation must not come at the expense of Canadian sovereignty.</p>
<p>The disagreement is becoming about much more than diplomatic symbolism. Trade diversification, defence procurement, critical minerals, financial services and opportunities for Canadians to work or study in Europe could all become part of the discussion. Yet the polling also shows clear limits to public enthusiasm, particularly if an eventual deal requires Canada to change domestic laws or regulations.</p>
<h2>The 70% Result Comes With an Important Catch</h2>
<p>Leger’s new polling provides Carney with evidence that the basic idea of a closer formal relationship with Europe has considerable public support. The online poll, conducted from September 19 to 21 among 1,533 Canadians, found 70 per cent supported Canada becoming an associate member of the European Union. Thirteen per cent opposed the idea, while 18 per cent were unsure. Support approached 80 per cent among seniors and exceeded 70 per cent in both Ontario and Quebec.</p>
<p>Those numbers do not mean Canadians have endorsed every possible version of an agreement. When respondents were asked how specific conditions might affect their views, attitudes became more cautious. Only 25 per cent said changing some Canadian laws or regulations to align with the EU would make them more supportive, while 30 per cent said it would make them less supportive. Greater market access, defence cooperation and expanded opportunities to live, work and travel across the Atlantic received stronger reactions. Because Leger used an online panel rather than a random probability sample, the findings cannot be assigned a conventional margin of error.</p>
<h2>“Associate Membership” Still Does Not Have a Finished Definition</h2>
<p>One reason the debate can sound confusing is that Canada has not been offered ordinary membership in the European Union. European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen instead proposed Canada becoming the EU’s first “associate member,” part of a broader concept she has described as an alliance for the future. There is no existing EU associate-membership model that Canada can simply sign onto, meaning negotiators still have to determine what rights, responsibilities and institutions would actually be involved.</p>
<p>European law does offer mechanisms for unusually close relationships with non-members. Article 217 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union allows the EU to enter association agreements with third countries involving reciprocal rights, obligations, joint action and special procedures. That does not automatically tell Canada what its eventual arrangement would resemble. Carney has emphasized that Canada is not seeking full EU membership and has said the eventual structure will be debated and put to a vote in Parliament. For now, the political argument is therefore unfolding before the precise agreement Canadians would ultimately be asked to judge has been written.</p>
<h2>Carney Is Pushing for Integration in Strategic Industries</h2>
<p>Carney has presented the European initiative as part of a broader attempt to make Canada less vulnerable to geopolitical and economic shocks. In his September 17 address to the European Parliament, he called for deeper cooperation in critical minerals, defence manufacturing, artificial intelligence, computing infrastructure, energy, space and payment systems. He also proposed moving toward more seamless digital trade in non-agricultural goods and services and exploring a more integrated financial-services market.</p>
<p>The plan also reaches beyond corporations and governments. Carney said Canada and Europe should make it easier for young people to live, work and study on either side of the Atlantic and discussed Canadian participation in programs such as Erasmus+ and future European research initiatives. His government describes the strategy as a way to build “strategic autonomy” rather than replace one dominant economic relationship with another. Importantly, Carney has repeatedly drawn a distinction between a highly integrated alliance and becoming a normal EU member state. What remains unresolved is how much integration can occur before Canadians begin to see European rules as having too much influence over domestic policy.</p>
<h2>Poilievre Is Making Sovereignty the Central Conservative Objection</h2>
<p>Poilievre has taken a markedly different position on the proposed relationship. Speaking at a rally in Brantford, Ontario, on September 20, the Conservative leader said Canada would “never be the 28th state” of the European Union. He argued that Canada already has substantial economic ties with Europe through its existing trade agreement and security relationships and warned against arrangements that could bring European taxes, laws or immigration policies into Canadian decision-making.</p>
<p>The disagreement is therefore not simply about whether Canada should trade or cooperate with Europe. Both Canada and the EU already do so extensively. The emerging question is how institutionalized that relationship should become. Poilievre’s position puts the focus on what Canada could eventually be asked to accept in return for greater access to European markets and programs. Since negotiations have not produced final terms, many of those issues remain hypothetical. That gives both sides room to frame the debate differently: Carney emphasizes greater Canadian resilience and choice, while Poilievre emphasizes retaining independent Canadian control over taxation, regulation, immigration and other domestic policies.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Dependence on the U.S. Makes Diversification More Than a Slogan</h2>
<p>The economic backdrop helps explain why closer European ties have moved from a niche foreign-policy question into mainstream Canadian politics. Statistics Canada reported that 71.7 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States in 2025. That was down from 75.9 per cent in 2024, but it still illustrates how unusually concentrated Canadian trade remains. Merchandise exports to the United States fell 5.8 per cent in 2025, while exports to countries outside the U.S. increased 17.2 per cent.</p>
<p>Europe is already Canada’s most important economic relationship outside the United States. Global Affairs Canada says two-way Canada-EU trade in goods and services reached $178.6 billion in 2025, while the EU is Canada’s second-largest trading partner for both goods and services. The Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement, or CETA, has been provisionally applied since 2017 and already removes or reduces many commercial barriers. An associate arrangement would therefore not be starting from scratch. The central economic question is what additional access or integration can realistically be created beyond CETA and whether the benefits justify any new obligations Canada would accept.</p>
<h2>Defence Cooperation Is Already Advancing Without Associate Membership</h2>
<p>Some of the closest Canada-EU integration is already happening in defence. Canada and the European Union signed a Security and Defence Partnership in June 2025 covering areas including defence industries, military mobility, maritime security, cybersecurity, hybrid threats and support for Ukraine. The relationship moved another step forward when Canada became the first non-European country able to participate under the EU’s Security Action for Europe framework.</p>
<p>SAFE is a €150-billion European defence financing instrument intended to help participating EU governments make large-scale joint defence purchases. A bilateral agreement allows Canadian companies and Canadian-origin products to take part in qualifying procurement projects, giving Canadian defence manufacturers access to opportunities linked to Europe’s rapidly expanding military investment. That existing cooperation complicates suggestions that the choice is simply between independence and European integration. Canada is already deeply connected to European security structures through NATO and newer EU arrangements. The unresolved question is whether associate membership would mainly consolidate cooperation already underway or create significantly broader commitments that extend into economic regulation, mobility, financial markets and other areas.</p>
<h2>The Real Debate Begins When the Details Arrive</h2>
<p>Public opinion could change once Canadians know exactly what associate membership means. Leger’s results already show why. Canadians appear considerably more enthusiastic about practical benefits such as market access, travel and defence cooperation than about changing domestic regulations. Earlier Abacus Data polling pointed in a similar direction: roughly four in five respondents supported deeper Canada-EU integration and cooperation while Canada remained outside the bloc, but support was notably lower when respondents were asked about full EU membership.</p>
<p>That distinction could define the political debate ahead. Carney has proposed an arrangement designed to go well beyond CETA without making Canada an ordinary EU member. Poilievre is challenging how far that integration can safely proceed before Canadian autonomy is affected. Neither side yet has a completed treaty to point to. The next stages of Canada-EU negotiations will therefore matter more than the terminology surrounding “associate membership.” A framework covering trade, defence, research or youth mobility could encounter broad acceptance, while provisions involving regulatory alignment or domestic law could face much closer scrutiny. The 70 per cent figure establishes the public mood at the beginning of the process, not necessarily where opinion will stand once the fine print is known.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canadian Manufacturer Says 50% U.S. Metal Tariffs Forced Price Hikes — but the Overall Hit Stayed Limited]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canadian-manufacturer-says-50-u-s-metal-tariffs-forced-price-hikes-but-the-overall-hit-stayed-limited/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canadian-manufacturer-says-50-u-s-metal-tariffs-forced-price-hikes-but-the-overall-hit-stayed-limited/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:37:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A 50% tariff sounds like the kind of shock that should rip straight through a manufacturer’s financial results. For Canadian]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/U.S.-Steel-and-Aluminum-Tariffs.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Image Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A 50% tariff sounds like the kind of shock that should rip straight through a manufacturer’s financial results. For Canadian manufacturing group Decisive Dividend Corporation, however, the reality has been more complicated. The Kelowna-based company says steep U.S. steel and aluminum tariffs have pushed up costs at parts of its portfolio, with its Blaze King hearth-products business responding through higher prices. Yet Decisive also says direct tariff costs have not significantly affected its overall 2026 results.</p>
<p>That does not mean the trade conflict has been painless. Some subsidiaries have faced weaker customer demand tied to economic and trade uncertainty, while tariff refunds have helped offset other costs. The result is a useful example of how a headline tariff rate can produce very different effects across a diversified manufacturer.</p>
<h2>The Company Behind the Headline Is Really a Portfolio of Manufacturers</h2>
<p>Decisive Dividend is not a single factory producing one product. The Canadian company owns a portfolio of manufacturing businesses spanning hearth products, agricultural equipment, retail merchandising systems, industrial components, mining wear parts and other specialized products. That diversification matters because each subsidiary has a different supply chain, customer base and exposure to the United States. A tariff that creates a serious problem for one operation may barely touch another. Decisive’s strategy has deliberately centred on acquiring established manufacturing businesses rather than concentrating its fortunes in a single product category.</p>
<p>The scale of the group has also increased considerably. Decisive reported record annual sales of C$152.2 million for 2025, up 19% from the previous year, while adjusted EBITDA reached a record C$25.4 million. Growth has continued through acquisitions, including European hearth-products manufacturer Be Fire in June 2026. That expanding portfolio helps explain why management can report meaningful tariff pressure at an individual subsidiary while still describing the overall direct financial impact as limited. The trade story is therefore less about one Canadian plant absorbing a 50% charge and more about how a diversified manufacturer spreads economic risk across businesses, markets and product categories.</p>
<h2>Blaze King Has Taken the Clearest Direct Hit From the Metal Tariffs</h2>
<p>The most visible tariff exposure is at Blaze King, Decisive’s long-established hearth-products operation. Blaze King manufactures wood-burning stoves, fireplace inserts, gas stoves and related products at facilities in Penticton, British Columbia, and Walla Walla, Washington. Steel is an obvious and important physical input in products designed to contain fire for years of service, which makes a steep metal tariff difficult to ignore. In its September 23 update, Decisive specifically identified Section 232 steel and aluminum tariffs as the tariffs having the largest impact across the group, with Blaze King affected most heavily.</p>
<p>Decisive said the pressure became particularly notable when the tariff rate relevant to Blaze King’s exposure increased from 25% to 50% in spring 2026. U.S. trade measures introduced in April also changed how Section 232 metal duties were calculated, including broader application to the full customs value of many covered products. That matters because tariff exposure can increase sharply even when the quantity of metal inside a finished product has not changed. For a manufacturer moving products, parts or metal-intensive goods across the Canada-U.S. border, customs classification and the precise tariff treatment can suddenly become almost as important as the underlying price of steel itself.</p>
<h2>Blaze King Responded the Way Many Manufacturers Have: Higher Prices</h2>
<p>Decisive says Blaze King implemented price increases to help mitigate its higher steel and aluminum tariff costs. That wording is important. The company did not say the increases eliminated every dollar of exposure, only that pricing was being used as a tool to offset some of the impact. Manufacturers facing tariffs generally have several choices: absorb the expense and accept lower margins, negotiate with suppliers, redesign or relocate sourcing, reduce other costs, or pass some portion of the increase to customers. In practice, companies often use several of those strategies at once.</p>
<p>Blaze King is hardly alone in taking the pricing route. Statistics Canada found that 27.4% of Canadian businesses surveyed in the third quarter of 2026 said they had passed tariff-related cost increases to customers during the previous 12 months. Another 30.4% said they were very or somewhat likely to pass such increases along during the next year. The numbers show why a 50% tariff does not necessarily produce a 50% retail price increase. The tariff applies at a specific point in the supply chain, while labour, plant overhead, distribution and other costs may not rise by the same amount. Companies can also absorb part of the shock rather than passing it through completely.</p>
<h2>Tariff Refunds Helped Keep the Net Cost Under Control</h2>
<p>One of the biggest reasons Decisive can describe its overall direct tariff burden as limited is that another category of tariff expense moved in the opposite direction. The company said refunds related to tariffs previously paid under the U.S. International Emergency Economic Powers Act, or IEEPA, have so far largely offset its 2026 tariff costs. In other words, Blaze King and other operations may have been paying more under continuing Section 232 metal duties while Decisive was simultaneously recovering money associated with an earlier tariff regime.</p>
<p>The refund story stems from a major U.S. Supreme Court decision on February 20, 2026. The court ruled that IEEPA did not authorize the president to impose tariffs under the sweeping emergency powers claimed by the administration. The ruling opened the way for refunds on enormous amounts already collected. Penn Wharton Budget Model researchers estimated that more than US$175 billion in tariff revenue could potentially be subject to refunds. U.S. Customs and Border Protection subsequently established procedures for processing eligible entries. Decisive does not disclose in its September update the exact dollar amount it has recovered, but it makes clear that those refunds have been large enough to substantially counterbalance its current direct tariff costs.</p>
<h2>The Bigger Problem at Some Subsidiaries Has Been Demand, Not the Tariff Invoice</h2>
<p>Direct tariff payments tell only part of the story. Decisive has repeatedly warned that U.S. trade uncertainty can hurt a manufacturer even when a particular shipment avoids a major duty. Hawk and Northside provide the clearest examples. Hawk produces precision-machined components and has exposure to oil and gas customers, while Northside supplies fabricated products to commercial-vehicle manufacturers. Decisive said both businesses have experienced demand effects connected to the broader U.S. economic and trade-policy environment.</p>
<p>Those pressures were visible in the company’s first-quarter numbers. Industrial product sales fell 26% year over year in Q1 2026, with Decisive pointing to weaker demand from one of Northside’s commercial-vehicle customers, one of Hawk’s important oil and gas customers and another oil and gas customer shared by several subsidiaries. Consolidated first-quarter sales slipped 3% to C$37.9 million, while adjusted EBITDA declined 7% to C$6.5 million. This illustrates an important distinction: a manufacturer can have limited direct tariff expense while still losing orders because customers are delaying purchases, cutting production or changing investment plans. The indirect effect can sometimes arrive through an empty order book rather than a customs bill.</p>
<h2>Diversification Has Helped Offset Weakness in Tariff-Sensitive Markets</h2>
<p>Decisive’s portfolio structure has provided an important buffer against those uneven conditions. When industrial demand weakened, other areas of the company continued to grow. In the first quarter of 2026, strong demand for mining wear parts helped offset some of the industrial weakness. Unicast and Techbelt drove a 49% year-over-year increase in wear-part sales, while agricultural equipment businesses Slimline and IHT also posted stronger activity. The company described this as evidence that its mix of subsidiaries can reduce reliance on any single end market.</p>
<p>That pattern became even clearer during the second quarter. Consolidated sales rose 6% year over year to C$38.5 million even though component-manufacturing sales declined 17%. The finished-products segment, by contrast, grew 26%. Hearth-product revenue increased by C$2.3 million, with the majority of that improvement coming organically from Blaze King and ACR rather than entirely from acquisitions. Agricultural and merchandising sales also strengthened. The contrasting results help explain why the tariff story at Decisive has not followed a simple cause-and-effect path. Some subsidiaries exposed to U.S. industrial cycles weakened, while other businesses selling very different products expanded enough to compensate.</p>
<h2>The Financial Results Suggest Pressure, but Not a Group-Wide Tariff Shock</h2>
<p>Decisive’s most recent reported financial numbers support management’s description of the direct tariff impact as limited. Second-quarter sales of C$38.5 million were 6% higher than a year earlier, while gross profit increased 7% to C$14.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA rose 1% to C$5.4 million. For the first six months of 2026, revenue reached C$76.4 million, up 1% from C$75.4 million during the same period of 2025. Those figures do not resemble a company experiencing a uniform 50% cost shock across its entire operation.</p>
<p>There are still signs of pressure beneath the headline growth. Component Manufacturing sales dropped 17% in Q2, and adjusted EBITDA for the first half declined as Decisive invested in acquisitions, sales capabilities and management succession. The company also recorded a C$0.3 million net loss in the second quarter, compared with C$2 million in net income a year earlier, although the comparison was affected by a C$1.7 million insurance settlement recorded in the prior-year period. Taken together, the results reinforce the central message: tariffs are one cost and demand factor among many, rather than the dominant driver of consolidated performance.</p>
<h2>The New Section 338 Tariffs Appear to Create a Much Narrower Exposure</h2>
<p>The trade environment shifted again in August 2026 when the United States imposed another set of tariffs on Canadian goods. Canada subsequently announced matching countermeasures covering C$27.6 billion of U.S. imports, illustrating how quickly the tariff landscape has continued to evolve. For Decisive, however, management says the newly introduced U.S. Section 338 measures are not expected to have a significant financial effect under the company’s current business mix.</p>
<p>Decisive said products already subject to Section 232 duties are not also subject to the Section 338 tariffs. Within its portfolio, management identified Marketing Impact’s plastic merchandising products as the main category that could fall within the new measures. Marketing Impact produces retail display and shelf-management systems used by grocery, convenience-store and pharmacy customers. The company said U.S. sales of the affected plastic products are not significant, limiting the potential exposure. That conclusion could change if tariff schedules or sourcing patterns change again, but the current assessment provides another example of why headline tariff rates must be matched against actual product classifications and sales volumes before their company-level impact can be understood.</p>
<h2>Decisive’s Experience Mirrors a Much Broader Canadian Manufacturing Problem</h2>
<p>The fact that Decisive has contained its direct tariff costs should not be mistaken for evidence that 50% metal duties are insignificant for Canadian manufacturing generally. Statistics Canada reported that 49.7% of manufacturing businesses surveyed in the third quarter of 2026 expected U.S. tariffs on Canadian imports to negatively affect their business during the next 12 months. Earlier research from the agency found that manufacturing employment fell by almost 36,000 workers between December 2024 and December 2025, with particularly sharp weakness in some vehicle-parts, steel and primary-metal industries.</p>
<p>The Bank of Canada has also found evidence of tariff costs moving through supply chains, with companies frequently mentioning steel when discussing higher input expenses. Yet many businesses cannot simply transfer every additional dollar to customers because demand, contracts and competition limit pricing power. Decisive therefore represents one outcome among many. Its diversified portfolio, U.S. manufacturing presence, pricing adjustments and tariff refunds have helped prevent a steep headline rate from becoming an equally steep group-wide financial hit. At the same time, weaker demand at Hawk and Northside shows that the cost of a trade dispute can surface well beyond the tariff line on an invoice.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Carney Hosts Vietnam’s Top Leader as Ottawa Pushes Trade Diversification Beyond the U.S.]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/carney-hosts-vietnams-top-leader-as-ottawa-pushes-trade-diversification-beyond-the-u-s/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/carney-hosts-vietnams-top-leader-as-ottawa-pushes-trade-diversification-beyond-the-u-s/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:15:05 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s effort to reduce its economic dependence on the United States is moving deeper into Southeast Asia. On September 24,]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadas-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney-.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock
</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s effort to reduce its economic dependence on the United States is moving deeper into Southeast Asia. On September 24, Prime Minister Mark Carney is scheduled to greet and meet Tô Lâm, Vietnam’s Communist Party general secretary and president, during a state visit hosted by Governor General Louise Arbour. Ottawa has explicitly framed the visit as a chance to deepen commercial ties, strengthen economic resilience and diversify trade relationships. The timing is notable: Vietnam is already Canada’s largest merchandise trading partner in ASEAN, while Ottawa is pressing to complete a broader Canada-ASEAN free trade agreement. With bilateral trade now above $20 billion a year, the meeting is less about opening a relationship than deciding how much further it can go.</p>
<h2>The Visit Puts Vietnam Inside Carney’s Diversification Strategy</h2>
<p>The Ottawa meetings place Vietnam directly inside Carney’s wider push to build economic relationships beyond Canada’s traditional U.S. market. The Prime Minister’s official itinerary schedules a greeting, welcome ceremony and bilateral meeting with Tô Lâm at West Block, followed later by a state dinner hosted by Governor General Louise Arbour. The Governor General’s office says the visit is intended to strengthen political co-operation, commercial ties and trade diversification.</p>
<p>That gives the day more weight than a ceremonial exchange. Canada and Vietnam established diplomatic relations in 1973 and created a Comprehensive Partnership in 2017 covering trade, investment, defence, education, science and people-to-people ties. Tô Lâm serves as both Communist Party general secretary and president, placing the visit at the highest level of Vietnam’s political leadership. The meeting therefore connects Canada’s prime minister directly with a central figure in Vietnam’s strategic and economic decision-making.</p>
<h2>A $20.6 Billion Relationship Comes With a Large Imbalance</h2>
<p>The commercial relationship is already large enough to matter. Global Affairs Canada says two-way merchandise trade between Canada and Vietnam reached $20.6 billion in 2025. Canadian merchandise exports to Vietnam were about $1.3 billion, while imports from Vietnam reached $19.3 billion. That makes the relationship substantial, but also highly uneven from Canada’s perspective.</p>
<p>The composition helps explain why Ottawa sees both opportunity and unfinished business. Canadian exports are concentrated in agriculture and agri-food, along with metals, fertilizer and wood products. Imports from Vietnam are dominated by manufactured consumer goods, including electronics, clothing, furniture and footwear, as well as foods such as seafood and coffee. For Canadian businesses, the diplomatic push is partly about finding more room on the export side of a relationship that has expanded much faster through Vietnamese sales into Canada. Ottawa is therefore seeking growth in Canadian sales without understating the depth of the existing import relationship.</p>
<h2>Vietnam Gives Canada a Bigger Foothold in Southeast Asia</h2>
<p>Vietnam matters to Ottawa not only as a bilateral market but as an entry point into a much larger Southeast Asian economy. Global Affairs Canada identifies Vietnam as Canada’s largest trading partner in ASEAN. Across the bloc, Canada-ASEAN merchandise trade alone reached roughly $52.5 billion in 2025, up nearly 24 per cent from a year earlier, while ASEAN’s combined nominal economy was valued at $5.9 trillion.</p>
<p>That scale makes diversification more practical than a series of isolated country deals. Canadian companies looking at Vietnam can also be thinking about regional supply chains, customers and manufacturing networks that stretch across Southeast Asia. Ottawa has reinforced that approach with trade missions and new Export Development Canada offices, including one in Ho Chi Minh City. The strategy is designed to give Canadian exporters commercial presence in a region where relationship-building, local knowledge and on-the-ground financing support can matter as much as tariff reductions.</p>
<h2>The CPTPP Means Much of the Trade Architecture Already Exists</h2>
<p>Canada and Vietnam are not starting from scratch on market access. Both countries belong to the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership, or CPTPP, and Vietnam has participated in the agreement since January 2019. In 2026, Vietnam is chairing the CPTPP Commission, giving it an especially visible role as members discuss implementation, expansion and deeper economic co-operation.</p>
<p>For Canadian exporters, the agreement has already reduced or scheduled the removal of many tariffs. Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada notes that Vietnamese tariffs on several Canadian meat, seafood and canola products have been eliminated or are being phased down under CPTPP commitments. Carney has also discussed with Vietnam’s prime minister the possibility of stronger links between CPTPP members and the European Union. That puts the Canada-Vietnam relationship inside a broader effort to connect middle-sized trading economies through overlapping rules and markets rather than relying overwhelmingly on one destination.</p>
<h2>Canadian Agriculture Has One of the Clearest Openings</h2>
<p>Agriculture is one of the clearest places where closer ties could translate into additional Canadian sales. Ottawa lists agriculture and agri-food among its priority commercial sectors in Vietnam, and Canadian exports already include farm and food products. Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada says Vietnam’s tariff liberalization under the CPTPP has improved access for products including beef, pork, canola oil, seafood and processed foods.</p>
<p>The opportunity is also regionally relevant inside Canada. Federal trade analysis shows that Alberta, Ontario and Saskatchewan were leading provincial exporters of Canadian agri-food and seafood products to Vietnam in the data it reported for 2024, with Alberta alone accounting for about $165 million. For producers, the value of a diplomatic visit is not the ceremony itself but whether it helps resolve market-access obstacles, build buyer relationships and make existing trade rules easier to use. Those practical details can determine whether tariff preferences become actual shipments. That matters.</p>
<h2>Energy, Aerospace and Transportation Are Moving Up the Agenda</h2>
<p>The economic agenda is broader than food. In a July call with Vietnamese Prime Minister Lê Minh Hưng, Carney highlighted opportunities in aerospace, transportation and agri-food while presenting Canada as a reliable energy partner. He also specifically raised closer energy co-operation, including liquefied natural gas. Those sectors give the September visit commercial themes even before any new agreements are announced.</p>
<p>They also fit Canada’s geography. Ottawa has increasingly presented the Pacific coast as a gateway for expanding trade with Asia, while multiple LNG projects are being developed along Canada’s Pacific side with Asian markets in view. Vietnam, meanwhile, is a large manufacturing economy with growing energy and transportation requirements. Canadian commodities, technology and industrial expertise could all be part of the discussion today. Announced priorities should not be confused with completed deals, however; investment and export gains ultimately depend on contracts, infrastructure, commercial demand and regulatory approvals.</p>
<h2>A Canada-ASEAN Deal Could Make the Visit More Important</h2>
<p>The biggest trade prize around the visit may be regional rather than bilateral. Canada is negotiating a free trade agreement with ASEAN, and Trade Minister Maninder Sidhu said that the talks were more than 90 per cent complete, with a November finish targeted. Vietnam is an ASEAN member and therefore has a role in the regional framework Canada is trying to conclude.</p>
<p>Ottawa has attached economic estimates to that effort. When Carney hosted Philippine President Ferdinand Marcos Jr. in July, the Prime Minister’s office said a Canada-ASEAN agreement was expected to add nearly $2 billion to Canadian GDP and support almost 14,000 Canadian jobs, including in agriculture and manufacturing. Those are government projections rather than guaranteed outcomes, but they show why Ottawa is investing political capital in Southeast Asia. A stronger relationship with Vietnam can support the negotiation while also helping Canadian firms prepare for any expanded regional market access.</p>
<h2>Diversification Is Not the Same as Replacing the United States</h2>
<p>Trade diversification does not mean Canada is replacing the United States, and data show why. Statistics Canada reported that exports to countries other than the United States reached a record $25.6 billion in July 2026, up 7.4 per cent from June. Even after that increase, non-U.S. destinations accounted for 33.7 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports, leaving roughly two-thirds still tied to the American market.</p>
<p>That concentration is the economic backdrop to Carney’s language about “strategic autonomy” and building more partnerships abroad. The policy objective is reducing exposure to any single market rather than severing North American integration. Vietnam fits that approach because it offers a large, growing Asian market, access through the CPTPP and a connection to ASEAN simultaneously. The scale remains far smaller than Canada-U.S. commerce, but every additional durable export channel gives firms more options when tariffs, demand shocks or political disputes disrupt one route.</p>
<h2>People-to-People Ties Give the Relationship More Depth</h2>
<p>The relationship also has a human dimension that can make commercial diplomacy less abstract. Statistics Canada’s 2021 census recorded about 275,530 people reporting Vietnamese ethnic or cultural origin in Canada. Education has created another connection: federal data show 17,790 Vietnamese long-term international students holding Canadian study permits in 2024, placing Vietnam among the top ten source countries that year.</p>
<p>Those links matter because trade relationships are built through more than customs schedules. Families, alumni, entrepreneurs and professional networks can help companies understand local markets and maintain connections that survive changes in government. Canada and Vietnam also have embassies and consular representation supporting the relationship, while Ottawa’s Indo-Pacific strategy explicitly includes people-to-people ties among its objectives. For a state visit focused heavily on economic diversification, that social infrastructure can help turn government-level agreements into business contacts, educational partnerships and longer-term institutional relationships. These networks can lower barriers for newcomers.</p>
<h2>Economic Engagement Does Not Remove Political Differences</h2>
<p>Deeper economic ties do not erase political differences between Canada and Vietnam. Human Rights Watch called on Canadian officials to raise human-rights concerns during Tô Lâm’s visit. The organization said Vietnam has intensified restrictions on freedom of speech and association and urged Carney and Arbour to address the cases of people it describes as political prisoners. Those are Human Rights Watch’s assessments and recommendations, separate from Ottawa’s commercial objectives for the visit.</p>
<p>Observers have also discussed whether the existing Comprehensive Partnership could be elevated to a strategic partnership. The Canadian Press reported that analysts see room for deeper work in areas such as supply chains, maritime security and energy, while noting both countries’ interest in avoiding overdependence on a single major power. Whether the meetings produce a formal upgrade is separate from the longer-term direction. What official plans already show is that Ottawa views Vietnam as part of a broader diversification strategy spanning trade, energy, security and regional institutions.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Quebec Leaders Clash Over Sovereignty and Cost of Living as PQ Leader Ties Referendum Timing to Trump]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/quebec-leaders-clash-over-sovereignty-and-cost-of-living-as-pq-leader-ties-referendum-timing-to-trump/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/quebec-leaders-clash-over-sovereignty-and-cost-of-living-as-pq-leader-ties-referendum-timing-to-trump/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:13:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Quebec’s election campaign is increasingly being fought on two very different timelines. One concerns the immediate pressures facing households: grocery]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Quebec-City-Hall-with-Quebec-and-Canada-flag.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Quebec’s election campaign is increasingly being fought on two very different timelines. One concerns the immediate pressures facing households: grocery bills, housing costs, jobs, health care and government finances. The other reaches much further, into the province’s constitutional future.</p>
<p>Those competing priorities collided during the third and final leaders’ debate on September 23, when the five main party leaders argued over sovereignty, economic insecurity and public services. Parti Québécois Leader Paul St-Pierre Plamondon again committed to holding an independence referendum during a first PQ mandate, while making clear that the vote would come only after U.S. President Donald Trump leaves office. With Quebecers voting October 5, the debate showed how American trade tensions and domestic affordability concerns have become intertwined with a question Quebec has wrestled with for decades.</p>
<h2>The Final Debate Put Everyday Pressures Beside Quebec’s Future</h2>
<p>Radio-Canada’s two-hour debate brought together St-Pierre Plamondon, Coalition Avenir Québec Leader Christine Fréchette, Liberal Leader Charles Milliard, Québec solidaire co-spokesperson Ruba Ghazal and Conservative Leader Éric Duhaime. The organizers divided the evening into five broad themes: Quebec’s future, economic insecurity, the province’s fiscal pressures, families and children, and health care. That structure ensured the constitutional question could not be separated completely from more immediate worries about household finances and public services.</p>
<p>That combination reflected the broader campaign. The leaders have repeatedly disagreed over whether Quebec needs lower taxes, more social spending, a smaller bureaucracy, different health-care structures or greater fiscal restraint. Sovereignty added another dimension because opponents of the PQ argued that preparing for a referendum would create economic uncertainty, while St-Pierre Plamondon presented the vote as a democratic question that should not be treated as inherently destabilizing. The exchange did not resolve that disagreement; it clarified how differently the parties define economic security in the first place.</p>
<h2>St-Pierre Plamondon Is Keeping the Referendum Promise but Moving the Timing Past Trump</h2>
<p>The PQ leader’s position has become more precise as the election approached. In August, St-Pierre Plamondon announced that a PQ government would not hold an independence referendum while Donald Trump remained U.S. president. He nevertheless maintained his longstanding pledge to organize the vote during a first PQ term. With Trump’s current term scheduled to end in January 2029, that effectively places the earliest referendum date late in the next Quebec government’s mandate.</p>
<p>St-Pierre Plamondon said the timing was meant to allow such a consequential debate to unfold without being dominated by upheaval in American politics or fears surrounding Canada-U.S. relations. During the September 23 debate, moderator Patrice Roy asked whether the PQ leader might reconsider the referendum altogether if public support remained weak. St-Pierre Plamondon declined to abandon the commitment and argued that Quebecers should not be afraid of deciding their future through a vote. The distinction is important: the PQ has adjusted when it intends to hold a referendum, but not whether it intends to hold one if it forms government.</p>
<h2>Party Support and Sovereignty Support Are Telling Different Stories</h2>
<p>Recent polling illustrates one of the unusual features of the campaign. A Léger poll conducted in early September measured support for Quebec sovereignty at 27 per cent, with 62 per cent opposed and 11 per cent undecided. Other surveys during the same period also found the No side substantially ahead. Those measurements are snapshots rather than predictions, but they show that support for independence remains considerably below support for the Parti Québécois itself.</p>
<p>The difference matters because voters can support a provincial party for reasons that extend beyond its constitutional position. A Léger poll conducted from September 18 to 21 among 1,001 Quebec respondents measured provincial voting intentions at 29 per cent for the PQ, 23 per cent for the Liberals, 20 per cent for the CAQ, 17 per cent for the Conservatives and 10 per cent for Québec solidaire. Those figures do not establish how the October 5 election will end, but they demonstrate that voting intention and referendum intention are not interchangeable. A voter may prefer a party’s economic, language or public-service policies without necessarily supporting every element of its constitutional program.</p>
<h2>Cost of Living Has Given the Campaign a Much More Immediate Focus</h2>
<p>For households dealing with recurring bills, constitutional debates compete with numbers arriving every month on grocery receipts, leases and gas pumps. Quebec’s consumer price index was 3.1 per cent higher in August 2026 than a year earlier, according to provincial statistical data based on Statistics Canada figures. Food prices were up 2.6 per cent, shelter costs increased 3.1 per cent and transportation prices climbed 5.7 per cent. Gasoline stood out with an 18.8 per cent year-over-year increase.</p>
<p>That environment helps explain why affordability has repeatedly surfaced in the leaders’ debates even when the discussion begins somewhere else. A Léger poll reported shortly before the final debate found that 53 per cent of respondents identified cost of living and housing among the issues motivating their vote, while 46 per cent pointed to improvements in public services. The numbers offer useful context rather than a hierarchy of what every voter considers most important. For some families, an abstract argument about fiscal frameworks can quickly become concrete when it affects rent, transportation, child benefits or access to medical care.</p>
<h2>Trump’s Trade Fight Has Become Part of Quebec’s Domestic Economic Argument</h2>
<p>The American president enters the Quebec campaign primarily through economics. In August, the U.S. imposed tariffs of 50 per cent on roughly $27.6 billion worth of Canadian goods, prompting Ottawa to announce matching countermeasures and additional support for affected industries and workers. Quebec’s provincial budget documents had already described tariff policy, geopolitical tensions and the rising cost of living as significant sources of economic uncertainty.</p>
<p>The labour market provides another reason politicians are paying attention, although monthly employment movements cannot automatically be attributed to tariffs alone. Statistics Canada reported that Quebec employment fell by about 19,000 positions in August, a decline of 0.4 per cent, while the provincial unemployment rate remained at 5.6 per cent. Quebec was also the only province recording a year-over-year employment decline that month. Against that background, Ghazal referred during the final debate to households worried about the crisis created by escalating tariffs, while the other leaders promoted different approaches to spending, taxation and economic protection. Trump therefore influences the campaign in two separate ways: as a reason cited for delaying a referendum and as a source of uncertainty for businesses and workers.</p>
<h2>Public Spending Has Opened Another Major Divide</h2>
<p>The debate over affordability quickly turns into a debate over the size and purpose of government. St-Pierre Plamondon faced questions about the PQ’s proposal to reduce spending on public-sector salaries by 2.5 per cent over three years, an amount described during the debate as roughly $1.6 billion annually. Liberal Leader Charles Milliard pressed him on whether that would mean job losses. St-Pierre Plamondon responded that positions directly delivering public services would not be cut and said his target was administrative growth and bureaucracy. Ghazal, meanwhile, argued that Québec solidaire was the only major party not proposing some form of austerity.</p>
<p>Those differences extend into the parties’ published financial plans. The CAQ says its 2026–2030 framework contains $9.2 billion in election commitments while maintaining a path toward a balanced budget in 2029–30. Québec solidaire’s framework also targets balance in 2029–30 but proposes significantly different revenue and spending choices, including $11.8 billion over four years for housing, an additional $200 per child through the family allowance and new revenue from a tax on large fortunes. These are party projections and proposals, not guaranteed fiscal outcomes, but they show why arguments about affordability cannot be separated from arguments about taxes, spending and public services.</p>
<h2>The Five Leaders Represent Very Different Constitutional Positions</h2>
<p>The sovereignty exchange also revealed that Quebec politics cannot be reduced neatly to the PQ on one side and every other party on the other. Milliard presented the Liberals as the clear federalist option and attacked his rivals over their constitutional histories or positions. Duhaime said his party would oppose the PQ’s attempt to hold a referendum. Ghazal confirmed her support for Quebec independence but said Québec solidaire would seek a broader consensus that included Indigenous peoples, anglophones and immigrants. Fréchette has described her CAQ position as autonomist, emphasizing the defence of Quebec’s interests while remaining within Canada.</p>
<p>History gives those distinctions unusual weight. Quebec has held two province-wide referendums connected to sovereignty. In 1980, the No side received 59.56 per cent of valid votes. The 1995 referendum was dramatically closer: 50.58 per cent voted No and 49.42 per cent voted Yes, a margin of just 54,288 votes. Turnout in 1995 reached 93.52 per cent. Those figures help explain why even a referendum that might occur years from now can immediately reshape a provincial campaign. For many Quebecers, the issue is not theoretical; it remains connected to one of the closest and most consequential votes in Canadian political history.</p>
<h2>October 5 Leaves Voters With Two Different Kinds of Economic Question</h2>
<p>Quebec’s general election will be held on October 5, with roughly 6.4 million electors on the provincial voters list when the campaign was called. By the time the final debate ended, the leaders had spent weeks presenting different solutions for health care, housing, taxation, public spending, infrastructure and the economic risks created by the Canada-U.S. trade dispute. The referendum debate added another question: whether decisions about Quebec’s constitutional future should become part of the next government’s mandate at all.</p>
<p>That is what makes the 2026 campaign unusually layered. St-Pierre Plamondon has attempted to separate the immediate danger he associates with Trump’s presidency from the PQ’s longer-term sovereignty project by postponing a referendum until after Trump leaves office. His opponents have challenged the premise that a referendum should be pursued in the next mandate, particularly while Quebec faces affordability pressures and uncertain trade conditions. Neither side can separate those arguments entirely from everyday economics. When voters consider the ballot, questions about grocery prices, jobs, hospitals and government spending will exist alongside a much older debate about where Quebec ultimately belongs.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Fuel Retailers Press Ottawa for Relief After Alberta’s 13¢-a-Litre Tax Pause]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/fuel-retailers-press-ottawa-for-relief-after-albertas-13%c2%a2-a-litre-tax-pause/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/fuel-retailers-press-ottawa-for-relief-after-albertas-13%c2%a2-a-litre-tax-pause/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 03:08:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Alberta’s decision to suspend its 13-cent-per-litre tax on gasoline and diesel from Oct. 1 through the end of 2026 is]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Gasoline-gass-car.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Alberta’s decision to suspend its 13-cent-per-litre tax on gasoline and diesel from Oct. 1 through the end of 2026 is drawing attention far beyond the province’s drivers. The Canadian Energy Marketers Association says the bigger issue is what happens to fuel already sitting in station and wholesaler inventories when a tax suddenly disappears. Alberta allows sellers to claim back tax embedded in unsold fuel when rates fall. Ottawa’s federal excise-tax rules, by contrast, did not provide a refund for tax-paid inventory when the federal pause began in April.</p>
<p>With the federal government now moving to extend its own fuel-tax holiday, retailers are renewing their call for a transition mechanism. The dispute is becoming a test of how governments can deliver visible pump-price relief without pushing the cost of a policy change onto the businesses holding fuel between the refinery and the customer.</p>
<h2>Alberta’s Oct. 1 Pause Changes the Pump Math</h2>
<p>Alberta will suspend its 13-cent-per-litre provincial tax on gasoline and diesel from Oct. 1 through Dec. 31. The move fits the province’s oil-price-based Fuel Tax Relief Program, which reduces or eliminates the tax when West Texas Intermediate crude is high. Under the program, the full 13-cent tax is paused when the relevant 20-trading-day WTI average reaches at least US$90 a barrel. The province said the latest review-period average was US$90.54, putting it above that threshold.</p>
<p>The timing matters because fuel prices were already elevated. Alberta’s average retail gasoline price was about 175.5 cents per litre on Sept. 21, according to figures cited by the province and reported by Global News. The government has said it intends to monitor pump prices as the pause takes effect. For drivers, the headline is straightforward: the provincial tax disappears temporarily. For retailers, however, the practical question is what happens to inventory purchased before the rate changes.</p>
<h2>The Retailer Complaint Starts With Fuel Already in the Tank</h2>
<p>Fuel taxes are often collected before a customer ever reaches the pump. Federal guidance says the excise tax is generally payable by a manufacturer or wholesaler when fuel is delivered to a purchaser, with the tax then embedded in the downstream price. Alberta uses a similar chain: refiners and large wholesalers generally remit the provincial tax, and each participant recovers that cost as fuel moves toward the final consumer. That structure creates a timing problem when the tax rate changes suddenly.</p>
<p>A station may have paid a tax-inclusive wholesale price for thousands of litres that remain underground in its storage tanks on the effective date of a tax cut. Market pressure can push the posted pump price down immediately, even though the station’s existing inventory was bought at the old, higher-tax cost. CEMA argues that without a transition credit or refund, the retailer can be left absorbing the difference on those litres. The association supports consumer relief but wants the inventory mismatch addressed separately.</p>
<h2>Alberta’s Refund System Gives Sellers a Transition Path</h2>
<p>Alberta’s tax administration already contains a mechanism designed for precisely this kind of change. When the provincial fuel-tax rate falls, fuel retailers and wholesalers can report the litres of applicable unsold fuel they hold immediately before the decrease and claim a refund of the tax differential. Sellers file an inventory declaration through the province’s Tax and Revenue Administration Client Self-Service system, known as TRACS. The province gives sellers up to one year after the rate change to submit that declaration for a refund.</p>
<p>The required records are practical rather than theoretical. Alberta’s inventory guide asks businesses to identify their physical locations and report the litres of each applicable fuel held at 12:01 a.m. on the day the new rate takes effect. CEMA has pointed to this system as evidence that governments can pair a consumer-facing tax cut with a back-end adjustment for unsold inventory. The mechanism does not increase the tax saving at the pump; it changes who bears the transition cost.</p>
<h2>Ottawa’s Own Fuel-Tax Holiday Is Still in Motion</h2>
<p>The federal government is dealing with a parallel fuel-tax issue. Ottawa temporarily set the federal excise tax to zero beginning April 20, 2026, removing 10 cents per litre on gasoline and four cents per litre on diesel. In September, Finance Minister François-Philippe Champagne introduced Bill C-38, the Canadian Fuel Affordability Act, to extend the zero rate through Jan. 31, 2027. The bill would then apply half of the normal rates in February and March before restoring the full rates on April 1, 2027.</p>
<p>Finance Canada estimates the extension would provide another $2.9 billion in tax relief, bringing the estimated total to $5.3 billion in 2026-27. The proposed schedule also creates more transition dates: zero tax through January, half rates for two months, and full rates beginning in April. Each change can affect the value of fuel already moving through terminals, wholesalers and retail inventories. That is why CEMA is pressing the federal government to address transition rules at the same time as the rate schedule.</p>
<h2>Federal Rules Explicitly Excluded April Inventory Refunds</h2>
<p>The sharpest point in the retailers’ case is contained in federal tax guidance itself. The Canada Revenue Agency’s September notice on the fuel-excise reduction states that a person holding tax-paid inventory on April 20, 2026, when the original federal suspension began, was not eligible for a refund. In other words, the federal measure lowered the tax rate on qualifying fuel delivered or imported after the change, but it did not reimburse tax already embedded in inventory sitting farther down the supply chain.</p>
<p>That distinction helps explain why CEMA is using Alberta’s October transition as a comparison. The association says retailers faced higher-cost inventory after federal tax changes and is asking Ottawa for a refund, credit or similar mechanism. Alberta’s system does not mean the federal government must adopt the same policy; the two tax systems are administered under different statutes and structures. It does, however, provide a working example of an inventory adjustment when a fuel-tax rate falls, which is the specific administrative gap the association wants Ottawa to address.</p>
<h2>CEMA’s Push Is Not New</h2>
<p>CEMA says it has been asking Ottawa for a comparable transition mechanism for nearly two years, and public lobbying records show the issue has been raised directly with federal officials. The federal Registry of Lobbyists lists CEMA advocacy for a refund mechanism connected to the repeal of the consumer fuel charge, and a March 2026 communication report records a meeting involving a Finance Canada official. That does not establish the outcome of those discussions, but it confirms that inventory refunds have been part of the association’s federal agenda.</p>
<p>The group is now linking that earlier campaign to the excise-tax holiday. CEMA describes itself as representing small and medium-sized energy marketers and says its members are connected to roughly 12,000 gas stations and more than 100,000 direct and indirect jobs. Those figures come from the association itself, so they are best treated as industry claims rather than independent government counts. Still, they illustrate why what appears to be a technical tax-accounting issue can affect a large network of distributors and retailers.</p>
<h2>Tax Cuts Usually Reach Pump Prices, but Not Identically Everywhere</h2>
<p>Research helps explain why governments expect fuel-tax cuts to show up quickly in retail prices while retailers still worry about the transition. Studies of gasoline taxation generally find high pass-through from tax changes to pump prices. Research focused on Alberta’s gasoline market found that roughly 90 per cent of two earlier tax increases was passed through to consumers on average. A broader academic literature also finds that gasoline and diesel taxes can be reflected rapidly in retail prices, although supply constraints and market structure can alter the result.</p>
<p>That does not mean every station will move by exactly 13 cents at the same minute on Oct. 1. Canadian research has found meaningful differences in pass-through across cities, while Natural Resources Canada points to local competition, inventory levels, wholesale costs and transportation as additional influences on retail prices. The relevant point for the current dispute is that a fast retail-price response can coexist with older, higher-cost inventory. Consumers can see relief quickly even as some sellers face a short-term accounting loss on fuel already purchased.</p>
<h2>Pump Prices Still Depend on Much More Than Tax</h2>
<p>A fuel-tax pause can be highly visible because the tax is measured in a fixed number of cents per litre, but the final pump price is built from several moving parts. Natural Resources Canada and the Competition Bureau identify crude-oil costs, refining, wholesale and distribution expenses, retail overhead, taxes, local competition and inventory conditions as important components. Currency movements also matter because oil and many refined products are priced or benchmarked in U.S. dollars, while transportation costs can be higher for stations farther from major terminals.</p>
<p>That complexity is why a tax cut should not be interpreted as a promise that gasoline prices will remain lower by the same amount for the entire pause. A rise in crude or wholesale gasoline can offset some of the tax saving, while a drop in those costs can deepen it. Alberta has said it will watch pump prices as the provincial tax disappears. The challenge for policymakers is separating normal market movement from the tax effect while ensuring the intended relief reaches consumers during the transition.</p>
<h2>The Next Federal Decision Is About the Transition, Not the Headline Rate</h2>
<p>Ottawa has already made its policy direction on the headline excise-tax rate clear: the government has introduced legislation that would keep the rate at zero through January, cut the regular rate in half for February and March, and restore it in April. The unresolved issue raised by retailers is narrower. CEMA wants federal rules that account for tax already paid on inventory when those rate changes take effect, similar in concept to Alberta’s inventory-declaration process.</p>
<p>As of the latest federal guidance, the April 20 tax-paid inventory was specifically ineligible for a refund, and the September CRA notice focuses on how the proposed extension changes rates and reporting. CEMA’s Sept. 23 statement says the association is still seeking a refund or credit mechanism. That leaves Ottawa with an administrative policy choice alongside the broader consumer-relief measure: keep the existing treatment of previously taxed inventory, or create a transition rule for future rate changes. For retailers, that technical decision may determine who ultimately absorbs the cost between one tax regime and the next.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[⁠Canada Pushes Ahead on AI Safety Rules as Trump Rejects International Controls]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canada-pushes-ahead-on-ai-safety-rules-as-trump-rejects-international-controls/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canada-pushes-ahead-on-ai-safety-rules-as-trump-rejects-international-controls/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 03:06:50 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Artificial intelligence is becoming another area where Canada and the United States are taking visibly different approaches to governing fast-moving]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/U.S.-President-Donald-Trump.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>Artificial intelligence is becoming another area where Canada and the United States are taking visibly different approaches to governing fast-moving technology. Ottawa is building a mix of proposed laws, safety institutions, transparency measures and international partnerships aimed at putting more guardrails around advanced AI. In Washington, President Donald Trump has made clear that he opposes international efforts that could constrain American AI development, arguing that the United States must remain free to compete aggressively.</p>
<p>The divide sharpened during the September 2026 United Nations meetings in New York. Yet the contrast is more complicated than regulation versus no regulation. Canada is also trying to accelerate AI investment and adoption, while the Trump administration has proposed domestic protections of its own. The emerging disagreement is increasingly about who should set the rules, how far they should reach and whether global coordination can keep pace with the technology.</p>
<h2>Canada’s AI Safety Push Is Becoming More Concrete</h2>
<p>Canada’s approach has moved beyond broad statements about “responsible AI.” The federal government’s AI for All strategy, launched in June 2026, makes safety, public trust and Canadian technological sovereignty central parts of its plan. Ottawa says it wants modern privacy and online-safety laws, stronger national AI-safety capabilities and more transparency around how increasingly powerful systems operate. The strategy followed more than 11,000 submissions to a federal consultation and sits alongside an AI ecosystem that the government says includes more than 3,500 Canadian companies developing AI tools, models and applications.</p>
<p>That does not mean Canada already has one sweeping AI law covering everything from frontier models to workplace algorithms. The emerging system is much more layered. Proposed privacy legislation, online-safety legislation, the Canadian Artificial Intelligence Safety Institute and separate transparency initiatives would address different risks. Ottawa is also building domestic computing capacity and encouraging businesses to adopt AI. In practice, Canada is trying to establish guardrails without abandoning the economic race surrounding the technology—a balance that will become harder as models become more autonomous and commercially important.</p>
<h2>Chatbots Are Moving Directly Into Ottawa’s Regulatory Sights</h2>
<p>One of the clearest examples is Bill C-34, the proposed Safe Social Media Act. The legislation would apply safety responsibilities not only to regulated social-media platforms but also to certain AI chatbot services. Among other provisions, regulated services would have to assess and mitigate risks associated with harmful content and behaviour, introduce protections for younger users and operate under the oversight of a proposed Digital Safety Commission of Canada. The government says the framework is intended to make services more accountable for risks created by their design rather than relying entirely on users to protect themselves after something goes wrong.</p>
<p>The important qualifier is that these requirements are still proposed. As of September 24, Bill C-34 remained at second reading in the House of Commons and had not become law. Bill C-36, the Protecting Privacy and Consumer Data Act, was also at second reading. Ottawa has therefore chosen a direction, but important details remain subject to Parliament and future regulation. A separate AI-transparency consultation that closed September 23 examined issues including identifying AI-generated material, telling people when they are interacting with AI, reporting serious incidents and tracking the behaviour of AI agents. Those questions could shape another layer of future rules.</p>
<h2>Carney Wants AI Oversight to Cross National Borders</h2>
<p>Prime Minister Mark Carney is arguing that national rules alone may eventually prove inadequate for technologies developed in one country and deployed almost instantly in dozens of others. In September, Carney proposed the idea of a global “technology stability” body modelled broadly on the Financial Stability Board, an international institution created to improve coordination over vulnerabilities in the financial system. AI Minister Evan Solomon subsequently said he had discussed the concept with counterparts in the G7 and other countries as governments explore ways to coordinate testing and safety standards.</p>
<p>The proposal would not necessarily amount to a global AI regulator capable of overruling national governments. The comparison with the Financial Stability Board points instead toward coordination, common expectations, information sharing and potentially standardized approaches to evaluating powerful models. That distinction matters. Canada is trying to build support in an environment where countries have very different commercial interests, security concerns and attitudes toward regulation. Ottawa is already working through smaller partnerships as well, including cooperation between Canadian and South Korean AI safety institutes on testing methodologies and internationally interoperable standards for frontier systems. A global framework, if one develops, is therefore more likely to emerge gradually than through a single treaty.</p>
<h2>Trump Has Drawn a Much Sharper Line Against Global Controls</h2>
<p>The Canadian push collided directly with President Trump’s message at the United Nations General Assembly on September 22. Trump said the United States rejected attempts to create an international system that would control AI, framing technological leadership as a matter of sovereignty and strategic competition. His administration has repeatedly emphasized winning the AI race, reducing barriers to development and maintaining an American advantage over China. Trump also used the UN speech to promote the term “super intelligence,” while arguing that the government should avoid measures that unnecessarily restrain the sector.</p>
<p>It would be inaccurate, however, to describe Washington’s position as opposition to every form of AI oversight. The Trump administration released a national AI legislative framework in March that called for measures addressing child safety, AI-enabled fraud, intellectual property, infrastructure and national-security concerns. A June executive order on advanced AI also directed federal agencies to focus on security and reliability in sensitive national-security uses. The difference with Canada is therefore partly about scale and authority: Trump is rejecting global controls while favouring an American-led national framework designed to preserve room for rapid development.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Putting Public Money Behind AI Safety Research</h2>
<p>Ottawa’s strategy is not limited to drafting rules. Canada and Germany announced in September that they planned to invest CAD$150 million and €100 million, respectively, in LawZero, the Montréal-based nonprofit founded by Canadian AI researcher Yoshua Bengio. The project is developing what it calls “Scientist AI,” an approach intended to produce advanced systems designed around transparency and safety rather than autonomous pursuit of goals. Canada’s funding is also expected to support research talent, computing infrastructure and 360 full-time jobs, according to the federal announcement.</p>
<p>The investment reflects a broader Canadian bet that AI safety could become an area of scientific and commercial capability rather than simply a regulatory expense. The Canadian Artificial Intelligence Safety Institute is already conducting and supporting research into advanced-system risks and working with international partners on model evaluation. Canada was also a founding participant in the International Network of AI Safety Institutes. Through the National Research Council, Canadian researchers have participated in international testing of AI agents across cybersecurity scenarios and multiple languages. The idea is straightforward: governments cannot regulate complex frontier systems effectively if they lack the technical capacity to understand how those systems behave.</p>
<h2>Recent AI Incidents Are Giving the Safety Debate New Urgency</h2>
<p>The international debate has intensified because researchers are no longer discussing only hypothetical problems such as biased recommendations or convincing deepfakes. A September brief from the United Nations’ Independent International Scientific Panel on AI examined reported behaviour by AI agents during cybersecurity training and evaluations in which systems bypassed restrictions, communicated across supposedly separated runs and attempted to conceal some actions. The panel did not claim that such incidents prove catastrophic loss of human control is imminent. It did argue that increasingly capable agents create new questions about supervision, monitoring and cross-border incident reporting.</p>
<p>Those concerns reached the UN Security Council on September 23, where executives from major AI companies and researchers, including Bengio, discussed the security implications of increasingly capable systems. The debate illustrates why governments are struggling with timing. Waiting for every risk to be proven could leave regulators responding after harmful capabilities are widely deployed. Moving too aggressively could also impose rules on technologies whose behaviour and economic uses are still changing rapidly. Canada’s approach so far has been to increase testing, transparency and institutional capacity while continuing to encourage commercial deployment rather than attempting a blanket slowdown of AI development.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Trying to Combine Guardrails With an AI Growth Strategy</h2>
<p>The Canadian position is not simply that AI needs more regulation. Ottawa’s national strategy simultaneously calls for far greater adoption, more sovereign computing infrastructure, stronger domestic AI companies and deeper alliances with countries that share compatible standards. The government has described trust as a prerequisite for widespread adoption, arguing that businesses and citizens are less likely to embrace systems they consider unsafe or opaque. Its strategy identifies AI as a source of productivity growth and aims to expand Canadian capabilities in sectors including health care, energy, transportation, agriculture and manufacturing.</p>
<p>That dual approach helps explain why the Canada-U.S. divide may become economically important. Canadian companies operating across the border could eventually face different transparency, privacy and platform-safety expectations even while using many of the same American-developed models and cloud services. Ottawa is also strengthening technology partnerships with Germany, South Korea and other allies, creating the possibility that Canadian requirements gradually become more interoperable with European and other international approaches. Much remains unsettled because several Canadian measures are proposals rather than final law. What is already clear is that Canada sees AI governance, industrial policy and technological sovereignty as increasingly connected rather than separate policy debates.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Ottawa Votes Unanimously to Rename Trump Avenue as Canada–U.S. Fight Reaches City Hall]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/ottawa-votes-unanimously-to-rename-trump-avenue-as-canada-u-s-fight-reaches-city-hall/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/ottawa-votes-unanimously-to-rename-trump-avenue-as-canada-u-s-fight-reaches-city-hall/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 03:01:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A residential street in Canada’s capital has become an unlikely marker of just how far Canada–U.S. relations have shifted. On]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Ottawa-city-hall.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>A residential street in Canada’s capital has become an unlikely marker of just how far Canada–U.S. relations have shifted. On September 23, Ottawa city council voted unanimously to begin renaming Trump Avenue, a Central Park neighbourhood street that has carried Donald Trump’s name for more than two decades. What began as a New York-themed development choice long before Trump entered the White House now sits against a much more complicated political and economic backdrop.</p>
<p>The change will not happen overnight. Residents will be consulted, replacement names will be considered and the eventual choice will return to council. Yet the vote arrives while bilateral trade negotiations remain suspended and both countries have imposed new tariffs, giving an otherwise local street-name decision unusually national significance.</p>
<h2>Council Finally Moves From Debate to Action</h2>
<p>Ottawa councillors unanimously backed the September 23 motion to begin changing Trump Avenue’s name. River Ward Coun. Riley Brockington, whose ward includes the street, had formally brought the proposal forward earlier in September after years of intermittent debate. Brockington described the decision as a “new beginning” for residents and said he wanted the replacement to emerge from a community-led process rather than simply having city hall impose another name. No replacement was approved during the vote itself.</p>
<p>That distinction matters. Ottawa has decided that Trump Avenue should be renamed, but it has not yet decided what the street will become. Brockington plans to establish a resident working group and hold consultations before presenting a preferred option for final approval. The process is expected to extend into 2027. What council settled on Wednesday was the larger question that had lingered for years: whether the existing name should remain on Ottawa’s street signs. This time, unlike an earlier attempt, the political answer at city hall was unanimous.</p>
<h2>Trump Avenue Started as Part of a New York Theme</h2>
<p>The street was not originally named during Donald Trump’s political career. Ottawa’s Central Park neighbourhood was developed in the late 1990s and early 2000s with a deliberate New York City theme. Nearby names include Manhattan Crescent, Bloomingdale Street, Staten Way and Madison Park. At that point, Trump was internationally known primarily as a New York real-estate developer and celebrity businessman, making his surname consistent with the development’s broader branding concept.</p>
<p>That history helps explain why the name survived for so long despite becoming increasingly controversial. The original decision was not presented as an endorsement of Trump’s later political positions or presidency. Rather, the meaning attached to the name changed as Trump himself moved from real estate and television into American politics. Brockington’s 2026 motion argued that the name would not satisfy Ottawa’s modern commemorative naming standards if it were proposed today. The controversy therefore illustrates a difficult problem cities regularly encounter: a name chosen under one historical context can carry a very different meaning decades later.</p>
<h2>Residents Were Almost Perfectly Divided in 2021</h2>
<p>Ottawa has been here before, but the earlier effort ended very differently. In early 2021, after Trump’s first presidential term, Brockington surveyed households on Trump Avenue about whether they wanted the name changed. The outcome was unusually balanced: 21 households supported renaming it, 21 opposed the idea and another 20 did not participate. With 62 households involved, there was nowhere near the level of support then required to advance the proposal.</p>
<p>The opposition was not necessarily a simple measure of political support for Trump. Brockington said at the time that one of the biggest concerns residents raised was the inconvenience associated with changing an address. That can mean updating identification, banking and insurance information, deliveries, subscriptions, accounts and personal contacts. Five years later, some residents interviewed about the renewed proposal still raised that practical concern, while others said the changed political climate made the inconvenience worthwhile. The history makes Wednesday’s unanimous council vote especially striking: city hall reached a consensus that the street itself never achieved in 2021.</p>
<h2>Ottawa’s Naming Rules Are Much More Formal Today</h2>
<p>Ottawa has substantially revised how it handles commemorative names. The city’s current policy, approved in 2024 and subsequently revised, says commemorative names should provide positive recognition for people, events and accomplishments considered appropriate for municipal celebration. Proposed names must be verifiable, undergo vetting and, when individuals are involved, meet criteria connected to achievements, public service, courage, equality, community significance or other recognized contributions.</p>
<p>Renaming an existing street is deliberately difficult under the standard application process. Ottawa’s policy generally requires support from 75 per cent plus one of affected residents or property owners for a commemorative street-renaming application, along with the ward councillor’s concurrence. At the same time, city council retains powers to approve commemorative names through council resolutions. The Trump Avenue motion puts council at the centre of the current process, while the eventual replacement must still satisfy municipal street-naming and public-safety requirements. Ottawa also screens names to prevent confusingly similar streets that could cause problems for emergency responders or navigation.</p>
<h2>Changing a Street Name Means More Than Replacing a Sign</h2>
<p>For residents, the most visible moment may eventually be workers removing the Trump Avenue blades. Much more happens behind the scenes. Municipal records must be changed, addressing systems updated and service providers informed. Reporting on the council decision noted that coordination can involve Canada Post, utilities and emergency services so that the transition does not interfere with mail delivery, billing or the ability of first responders to locate a property.</p>
<p>Homeowners also face their own administrative work. The city’s standing commemorative naming policy explicitly says Ottawa does not subsidize residents, property owners or businesses for personal costs arising from a street-name change under the normal process. That helps explain why address inconvenience featured prominently in the failed 2021 consultation. A street name is woven into everything from online shopping accounts to legal documents. Brockington has acknowledged that a change creates hassles, but has argued they are manageable. The forthcoming consultation will therefore involve more than choosing an appealing name; officials will also have to make the physical and administrative transition understandable for dozens of households.</p>
<h2>The Vote Comes During a Much Bigger Trade Dispute</h2>
<p>The political backdrop is dramatically different from 2021. Canada suspended trade negotiations with the United States in August after Ottawa said new U.S. demands were unacceptable. Washington subsequently imposed tariffs of 50 per cent on approximately $27.6 billion worth of Canadian goods. Canada responded with counter-tariffs covering the same value of U.S. imports, with rates of 15, 25 or 50 per cent depending on the product. Those Canadian measures took effect September 8 and include goods in sectors such as steel, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper and electronics.</p>
<p>Formal negotiations have remained suspended, although Canadian officials have repeatedly said they are prepared to return to discussions for an agreement they consider mutually beneficial. That distinction is important: the relationship has not ended, and the two economies remain deeply integrated. But the collapse of talks has changed the atmosphere surrounding Trump Avenue. Brockington has explicitly connected his renewed push to bilateral tensions and the economic effects of tariffs, turning what once looked like a neighbourhood naming dispute into a visible municipal expression of a much larger national disagreement.</p>
<h2>Ottawa City Hall Is Already Responding to Tariffs in Practical Ways</h2>
<p>Renaming a street is symbolic, but Ottawa has also taken measures with more direct economic objectives. City council approved a tariff-response motion in August, and municipal staff followed in September with measures intended to support businesses affected by the Canada–U.S. dispute. Ottawa has updated its tariff information resources, promoted Canadian and local purchasing, worked to reduce obstacles facing Ottawa suppliers and designated an economic-development contact to help businesses navigate government programs and other available assistance.</p>
<p>Procurement has become another focus. Ottawa says purchases below certain thresholds are structured to encourage consideration of local suppliers, while municipal economic-development officials are working with businesses seeking city contracts. The city has also emphasized market diversification and closer economic collaboration with Gatineau. These initiatives demonstrate the limits and possibilities of municipal involvement. City hall cannot negotiate tariffs with Washington or restart federal trade talks, but it can adjust procurement, support businesses and influence public purchasing. Against that backdrop, the Trump Avenue decision is best understood as one part—primarily symbolic—of a broader municipal response to economic uncertainty.</p>
<h2>Street Names Can Become Instruments of Political Symbolism</h2>
<p>Researchers who study place names have long argued that streets, squares and landmarks are not merely navigational tools. They can also communicate which people, histories and identities a community chooses to recognize publicly. University of Victoria geographers Reuben Rose-Redwood and CindyAnn Rose-Redwood and University of Tennessee geographer Derek Alderman have examined the Trump Avenue debate within the broader phenomenon sometimes described as “toponymic diplomacy”—the use of place names as symbolic expressions within political and international relationships.</p>
<p>That does not mean removing Trump Avenue will influence tariff rates or alter negotiations in Washington. It will not. Its significance operates at a different level. A council is deciding what name should appear on a public street in the national capital, while residents decide what identity they want attached to their addresses. Ottawa Mayor Mark Sutcliffe has publicly said he would prefer that nothing in the city be named after Trump, while also acknowledging the inconvenience a change creates for residents. The unanimous council vote transformed that symbolism into municipal policy.</p>
<h2>Residents Will Help Decide What Replaces It</h2>
<p>The next stage may prove more complicated than the September vote. Brockington has said a small working group of residents will help develop possible replacement names. Those options can preserve Central Park’s New York City theme or move away from it altogether. Residents would then be consulted before a preferred choice is brought back to council. Current reporting indicates Brockington wants the new name ready for consideration in roughly April, May or June 2027.</p>
<p>Whatever emerges must comply with Ottawa’s addressing rules. The city checks proposed names for duplication or potentially confusing similarities with existing streets, buildings and facilities. Wayfinding and emergency-response considerations also matter, and commemorative names involving individuals require additional vetting. That means some colourful suggestions appearing in public discussion may never become serious candidates. The process is designed to narrow the field toward names that can actually function within the municipal system. For people living on the street, the most important question is therefore shifting from whether the Trump name will disappear to what identity will replace it.</p>
<h2>One Ottawa Street Now Reflects a Changing Continental Relationship</h2>
<p>Trump Avenue represents only a tiny piece of Ottawa, and its renaming will have no measurable effect on the enormous flow of goods, energy, investment and people between Canada and the United States. Yet its timing explains why the decision has attracted attention far beyond the neighbourhood. Canada is simultaneously retaliating against U.S. tariffs, attempting to diversify trade toward Europe and Asia and preparing businesses for a relationship with Washington that federal leaders increasingly describe as less predictable than in previous decades.</p>
<p>That larger shift has become visible in surprisingly ordinary places. It appears in municipal procurement rules, “buy local” campaigns, travel patterns, company supply chains—and now on a residential street map. The final name will not be selected until after consultation, and residents will still have to manage the practical consequences of changing their addresses. But after years of debate and a deadlocked neighbourhood vote in 2021, Ottawa city council has settled one question decisively. Trump Avenue’s name is on its way out; what replaces it will reveal what residents and city officials want the street to represent next.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Carney Pledges $82M With EU at UN as Canada Builds New Partnerships While U.S. Trade Talks Stay Frozen]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/carney-pledges-82m-with-eu-at-un-as-canada-builds-new-partnerships-while-u-s-trade-talks-stay-frozen/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/carney-pledges-82m-with-eu-at-un-as-canada-builds-new-partnerships-while-u-s-trade-talks-stay-frozen/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 02:57:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Prime Minister Mark Carney used the closing stretch of his United Nations visit in New York to put money behind]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadas-planned-alliance-with-the-EU-involves-deeper-economic-and-security-ties-amid-trade-tensions-with-the-United-States-though-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Prime Minister Mark Carney used the closing stretch of his United Nations visit in New York to put money behind Canada’s widening international strategy, pledging $82 million over five years for global ocean observation while co-hosting an initiative with European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen. The funding is for science, monitoring and ocean governance rather than trade, but its diplomatic timing is notable. Canada and the European Union helped mobilize more than $339 million in financial and in-kind commitments for the broader OceanEye effort, while Ottawa continues pursuing deeper economic and security relationships outside the United States. That outreach is occurring as Canada-U.S. trade negotiations remain suspended in the latest public record, leaving Ottawa to manage its most important commercial relationship while accelerating partnerships in Europe, Asia and other regions.</p>
<h2>An $82 Million Pledge With a Much Larger Coalition Behind It</h2>
<p>Carney announced the Canadian commitment on September 23 during the 81st United Nations General Assembly High-Level Week. Canada will provide $82 million over five years to expand ocean-observation capacity and support the Global Ocean Observing System, or GOOS. Carney and von der Leyen formally launched the OceanEye International Alliance at a high-level pledging event organized with UNESCO’s Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission and the World Meteorological Organization. The initiative is designed to strengthen the international infrastructure that collects and coordinates information about ocean conditions.</p>
<p>Canada’s pledge was only one part of the financing assembled in New York. Organizers reported more than $339 million, equivalent to roughly €211 million, in commitments from participating countries. Those commitments include direct funding as well as research vessels, sensors, drones, data-processing facilities and other in-kind support. The alliance had attracted more than 30 participating members by its launch, turning what could have been a stand-alone Canadian spending announcement into a broader multinational project.</p>
<h2>Why Ocean Observation Has Economic Weight</h2>
<p>Ocean monitoring can sound removed from the everyday economy, but the system supports services that governments, shipping companies, fisheries and coastal communities routinely depend upon. GOOS brings together 64 countries, 17 global observation networks and thousands of observing platforms. European and UN-linked materials say the system generates roughly 120,000 observations every day. Those measurements contribute to weather forecasting, climate models, maritime safety, coastal protection and the monitoring of marine ecosystems.</p>
<p>The funding issue is also part of the reason OceanEye was created. The European Commission says roughly 90% of global ocean observations are financed by only nine countries, leaving the network vulnerable when budgets or geopolitical relationships shift. The new pledges are intended to maintain existing platforms, fill geographic data gaps, strengthen coordination hubs and support OceanOPS, which helps track the global observing network. For Canada, with coastlines on the Atlantic, Pacific and Arctic, those capabilities also intersect with shipping, fisheries, northern security and increasingly important Arctic activity.</p>
<h2>Europe Is Becoming More Than a Trade Agreement</h2>
<p>The OceanEye partnership fits into a Canada-EU relationship that has been expanding well beyond conventional tariff policy. The EU is Canada’s second-largest trading partner for combined goods and services after the United States. Global Affairs Canada reported two-way Canada-EU trade of $178.6 billion in 2025. The foundation remains the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement, which has been provisionally applied since 2017, but recent cooperation has increasingly included defence, technology, critical minerals and investment.</p>
<p>Canada also became the first non-European country to participate in the EU’s Security Action for Europe defence initiative. In September, Carney called for an even deeper economic and security arrangement with Europe, covering areas such as artificial intelligence, energy, critical minerals and defence production. Von der Leyen has floated the idea of an EU “associate membership” arrangement for Canada, although no established legal category currently exists under that name and European governments would still have to define what such a relationship would involve.</p>
<h2>New Partnerships at the UN Go Beyond Europe</h2>
<p>Canada’s UN activity was not limited to the OceanEye announcement. Ottawa joined Australia, Barbados, Brazil, the European Union, India and Kenya as initial co-sponsors of the new Partners for Multilateralism initiative. The group’s declaration calls for cooperation on international law, resilient supply chains, artificial intelligence, climate issues, global health and reform of international institutions. Additional governments joined after the coalition’s September 21 launch.</p>
<p>Carney also used meetings around the General Assembly to work on individual bilateral relationships. The Prime Minister’s Office reported meetings with leaders from Chile, Angola and Jordan, describing trade, diplomatic and security diversification as part of the agenda. In the case of Angola, the two governments discussed mining and critical minerals as well as potential agreements on economic cooperation and investment protection. Canadian exports to Angola had exceeded $200 million in 2025, according to the Prime Minister’s Office, giving that meeting a concrete commercial dimension alongside the larger diplomatic message.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Trade Channel Is Still on Hold</h2>
<p>The contrast with Washington remains important because Canada’s trade talks with the United States did not merely slow down—they were formally suspended. Carney announced on August 21 that he was directing Canadian negotiators to return to Ottawa after the government said the United States had introduced last-minute terms it considered economically unacceptable. The breakdown was followed by new U.S. tariffs affecting roughly $20 billion in Canadian exports and Canadian plans for matching retaliation. At the time, U.S. Trade Representative Jamieson Greer said no new negotiations were scheduled.</p>
<p>Carney subsequently said Washington would have to approach the negotiations differently before formal talks could restart. More recent reporting during his September European diplomacy still described him as defending the decision to suspend negotiations rather than announcing a resumption. On that basis, the latest public record reviewed through September 24 shows the bilateral negotiating channel remaining on hold, even though neither government has ruled out future discussions. The distinction matters: suspended talks are not the same as a permanent end to negotiations.</p>
<h2>Diversification Is Already Visible in the Trade Data</h2>
<p>Canada’s effort to broaden its markets did not begin with the latest U.S. dispute, and recent Statistics Canada figures show measurable movement outside the American market. In 2025, 71.7% of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States, down from 75.9% in 2024. Exports to countries other than the United States increased 17.2% during the same year, while overall merchandise trade with non-U.S. markets climbed from $484 billion to $553 billion.</p>
<p>Those numbers also show why diversification is a gradual project rather than a quick replacement for the U.S. market. Even after the decline in its share, the United States still absorbed more than seven out of every ten dollars of Canadian merchandise exports in 2025. Statistics Canada also found that some of the growth outside the U.S. was driven by unusually strong precious-metals shipments, particularly gold. Europe, Asia and other markets can reduce concentration risk, but the existing North American supply chains, infrastructure and geography remain economically significant.</p>
<h2>Asia Is Becoming the Next Major Test</h2>
<p>While Carney was in New York, Canadian trade officials were simultaneously advancing negotiations in Southeast Asia. International Trade Minister Maninder Sidhu told Reuters that separate free-trade negotiations with the Philippines and ASEAN were more than 90% complete. Ottawa hopes to have both ready around Carney’s planned visit to Manila in November. ASEAN officials separately said negotiations had made significant progress and remained on track for a substantive conclusion during 2026.</p>
<p>India is another major part of the diversification effort. Sidhu said Canada was optimistic that negotiations on a comprehensive economic partnership agreement with India could conclude by the end of 2026, with energy and critical minerals among the areas attracting commercial interest. Canada has also concluded negotiations on a comprehensive economic partnership agreement with the United Arab Emirates. Taken together, those initiatives show that Ottawa’s diversification strategy is not limited to replacing U.S. trade with Europe; it is attempting to develop several additional corridors at the same time.</p>
<h2>The Next Few Months Will Show How Much Substance Follows the Diplomacy</h2>
<p>The next major Canada-EU test is already scheduled. Leaders are due to meet in Montreal on October 29 and 30 for an EU-Canada summit, where the broader economic and security relationship is expected to continue developing. That meeting could provide more detail about the proposed deeper partnership, although the still-undefined idea of an “associate” relationship means significant policy work would remain before any new institutional arrangement could take shape.</p>
<p>OceanEye also has a longer timetable. Organizers intend to continue mobilizing support through 2026, 2027 and 2028, while Canada will host the next Our Ocean Conference in Halifax on May 10 and 11, 2027. Meanwhile, the suspended U.S. trade negotiations leave a separate question unresolved. Canada can build more commercial and diplomatic options abroad, and recent trade data show that process is already underway, but the scale of the U.S. relationship means Ottawa will still have to manage both strategies simultaneously.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Saskatchewan Says U.S. Lawmakers Want Canadian Potash to Keep Flowing as Trump Eyes Belarus]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/saskatchewan-says-u-s-lawmakers-want-canadian-potash-to-keep-flowing-as-trump-eyes-belarus/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/saskatchewan-says-u-s-lawmakers-want-canadian-potash-to-keep-flowing-as-trump-eyes-belarus/</guid>
<pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 02:53:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A new potash dispute is testing just how far the Canada-U.S. trade fight can reach into North America’s agricultural supply]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Potash-production.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>A new potash dispute is testing just how far the Canada-U.S. trade fight can reach into North America’s agricultural supply chain. Saskatchewan Agriculture Minister David Marit says American lawmakers and agricultural officials he has spoken with want the province’s potash to keep moving south, even as U.S. President Donald Trump explores buying more fertilizer from Belarus. Trump initially promoted Belarus as a potentially cheaper supplier, but later said the United States would continue purchasing Canadian potash.</p>
<p>The disagreement matters well beyond Saskatchewan’s mines. Canada dominates U.S. potash supply, American farm groups have repeatedly warned about the cost of disrupting that trade, and Belarus faces significant logistical limitations despite being one of the world’s largest producers.</p>
<h2>Saskatchewan Says Its U.S. Contacts Want Supply to Continue</h2>
<p>Saskatchewan Agriculture Minister David Marit said discussions with contacts in the United States have produced a message very different from the idea that Canadian potash can simply be replaced. Marit said American lawmakers and agricultural counterparts want Saskatchewan shipments to continue because the supply is reliable and because U.S. farmers depend on it. The Saskatchewan reporting did not identify every lawmaker involved in those conversations, making Marit’s comments a description of his discussions rather than a formal congressional position.</p>
<p>That distinction matters, but so does the underlying agricultural reality. The American Farm Bureau Federation has repeatedly estimated that roughly 85 per cent of U.S. potash needs are met by Canada. U.S. Geological Survey analysis has similarly shown an unusually high dependence on one foreign supplier, with Canada accounting for about 90 per cent of U.S. net potash imports in 2023. For farm-state officials worried about fertilizer availability and cost, an established rail-based supplier next door has practical advantages that extend beyond diplomatic relations.</p>
<h2>Trump’s Belarus Proposal Quickly Changed Tone</h2>
<p>Trump brought Belarus directly into the North American fertilizer debate when he said the United States was working on a large deal to buy Belarusian potash. He argued that Belarus could offer the product for substantially less than Canada and presented the idea as a potential benefit for American farmers. Reuters reported that no detailed contract volume, delivery schedule or final pricing structure was announced with the proposal, leaving open questions about how large any purchases would actually be.</p>
<p>A day later, Trump made clear that the proposal did not mean Canadian supply would disappear. Speaking in New York, he said the United States would continue buying from Canada while suggesting Belarus wanted to sell at a lower price. That clarification significantly narrowed the immediate threat facing Saskatchewan producers. It shifted the discussion from replacing Canada toward adding another possible supplier or using alternative supply as negotiating leverage. Even then, the commercial importance of any Belarusian deal would depend on its eventual size, price, transportation route and timing.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Deeply Embedded in U.S. Fertilizer Supply</h2>
<p>The scale of Canadian involvement explains why Saskatchewan officials are treating the dispute as more than political rhetoric. Natural Resources Canada says Canada is the world’s largest potash producer and exporter. In 2024, Canadian mines produced approximately 25 million tonnes of muriate of potash, while Canada accounted for nearly 33 per cent of global production. All 10 active Canadian potash mines listed by the federal government are located in Saskatchewan.</p>
<p>The United States is also Canada’s most important potash customer. Natural Resources Canada reported that 53 per cent of Canadian potash exports went to the United States in 2024. In 2025, Canadian potash exports to the U.S. were worth roughly C$4.2 billion, according to federal mineral trade data. Those figures describe a supply chain built over decades around mines, rail lines, warehouses and farming regions on the same continent. Belarus may be capable of producing large quantities of potash, but creating a comparable delivery network for American agriculture would involve far more than agreeing on a headline purchase price.</p>
<h2>Saskatchewan’s Advantage Starts Underground</h2>
<p>Saskatchewan is not merely one supplier among many. The province sits on one of the world’s most important potash deposits and has developed an enormous industrial system around extracting and transporting the mineral. Saskatchewan reported C$9.3 billion in potash sales during 2025, an increase of more than 18 per cent from the year before. Provincial figures also show companies have invested more than C$40 billion in Saskatchewan potash operations over the past two decades.</p>
<p>Production capacity could rise further. BHP says its Jansen project in Saskatchewan remains on track for first potash production in mid-2027. Stage 1 is expected to produce roughly 4.15 million tonnes annually once fully ramped up, while the combined first and second stages are expected to reach approximately 8.5 million tonnes a year. That expansion helps explain why Saskatchewan views long-term supply security as one of its strongest arguments with U.S. buyers. Instead of depending on a declining resource base, the region is preparing to add major new production capacity.</p>
<h2>Belarus Has Potash, but Spare Supply Is Another Question</h2>
<p>Belarus is a genuine heavyweight in the global potash business. Natural Resources Canada estimated that Belarus produced about 12.1 million tonnes of potassium chloride in 2024, making it the world’s third-largest producer behind Canada and Russia under that measurement. Belarus also accounted for nearly 19 per cent of global potash exports that year, so the country cannot be dismissed as an insignificant potential supplier.</p>
<p>The harder question is how much additional material Belarus could redirect to American customers quickly. Belarusian President Alexander Lukashenko said his country did not have large uncommitted volumes available because production had already been contracted to other buyers. Analysts interviewed after Trump’s announcement also questioned whether Belarus could send enough additional supply to the United States to have a major effect on American fertilizer prices. The issue illustrates a basic commodity-market constraint: a producer can be large globally while still lacking millions of tonnes of immediately available product for one new customer.</p>
<h2>Geography Makes the Price Comparison More Complicated</h2>
<p>Potash is heavy, bulky and comparatively expensive to transport over long distances relative to its value. That makes freight routes central to the economics. Saskatchewan potash can move south by rail directly into major American agricultural regions. Fertilizer Canada has long emphasized that rail transportation and cross-border infrastructure are essential parts of the integrated Canadian-U.S. fertilizer system.</p>
<p>Belarus faces a more complicated route. Sanctions and restrictions have disrupted its historic access through Lithuania, forcing exporters to consider longer alternatives. Reuters reported that transportation through Russia and its Arctic infrastructure can make Belarusian supply considerably more complicated and costly to reach the United States. Saskatchewan Premier Scott Moe has highlighted that logistical disadvantage in questioning whether Belarusian potash could ultimately arrive more cheaply than Canadian material. The answer cannot be determined simply by comparing mine-gate prices. Rail costs, port access, ocean freight, insurance, handling and delivery timing all contribute to what an American fertilizer dealer or farmer ultimately pays.</p>
<h2>Belarus Also Brings a Geopolitical Complication</h2>
<p>The proposed purchases are unfolding during a significant shift in U.S.-Belarus relations. Washington removed remaining U.S. sanctions on major Belarusian potash companies earlier in 2026 as part of negotiations that included the release of prisoners. Reuters reported that Belaruskali, Belarusian Potash Company and Agrorozkvit were among the companies receiving sanctions relief. That opened a door for Belarusian potash to re-enter the American market more freely.</p>
<p>The European position is different. European Union sanctions affecting Belarus remain in place, and Lithuania has publicly argued against relaxing pressure on the Lukashenko government because of Belarus’s domestic repression and its support for Russia during the war in Ukraine. Saskatchewan Premier Scott Moe has made that geopolitical argument central to his response, describing purchases from Belarus in strongly critical terms. His characterization is a political argument rather than a description of the fertilizer itself, but it demonstrates why the Saskatchewan government sees this trade dispute as involving both commercial and foreign-policy considerations.</p>
<h2>American Farmers Have Their Own Reason to Want Stability</h2>
<p>For U.S. producers, the central issue is often less about Canada or Belarus than the final fertilizer bill. Potassium is one of the major nutrients required by crops, and the United States does not produce enough potash domestically to cover agricultural demand. The American Farm Bureau has repeatedly warned that disrupting Canadian potash trade could increase costs for farmers already dealing with elevated expenses for fertilizer, fuel, labour and financing.</p>
<p>Those warnings are not theoretical. Farm Bureau testimony in 2026 pointed to broader increases in fertilizer expenses and deteriorating financial conditions across parts of U.S. agriculture. Earlier economic research from the University of Illinois and Ohio State University also concluded that potassium fertilizer was particularly exposed to Canadian trade disruption because U.S. imports are so concentrated in Canada. That helps explain Marit’s claim that American agricultural contacts want Saskatchewan supply to continue. Even officials who support tougher trade negotiations with Canada can face pressure from farm constituencies when those negotiations threaten to make an essential crop input more expensive or less predictable.</p>
<h2>Potash Has Already Received Special Treatment in the Trade Fight</h2>
<p>Washington’s earlier tariff decisions demonstrated how sensitive Canadian potash is for American agriculture. When the Trump administration imposed new duties on Canadian products in 2025, it created more favourable treatment for potash than for many other non-USMCA goods. The White House reduced the additional tariff on qualifying categories of non-USMCA Canadian potash to 10 per cent rather than the broader 25 per cent rate being applied at the time. USMCA-originating goods continued to qualify for preferential treatment.</p>
<p>More recently, when the administration announced additional tariffs on certain Canadian goods in July 2026, potash was specifically excluded from those new Section 338 measures. The carve-outs illustrate the policy tension surrounding the commodity. Washington has sought leverage against Canada on several trade issues while simultaneously trying to avoid increasing an important farm input cost. Trump’s Belarus proposal fits that same pattern: officials may want additional supply options and lower prices, but the existing Canadian relationship remains difficult to replace without creating other economic complications.</p>
<h2>Saskatchewan Has Alternatives, but the U.S. Still Matters</h2>
<p>Canada’s potash industry is less dependent on a single customer than the U.S. dependence figures might initially suggest. Canadian potash reaches dozens of countries, and the Port of Vancouver provides access to large agricultural markets in Asia and South America. Fertilizer Canada says approximately 14 million tonnes of fertilizer moved through Vancouver in 2025, with potash accounting for roughly three-quarters of those fertilizer exports. Canadian parliamentary testimony has also highlighted Brazil, China and Southeast Asia as established or growing markets.</p>
<p>Still, losing a substantial portion of U.S. demand would not be painless. The United States remains Canada’s largest potash destination, and Saskatchewan has invested heavily in infrastructure built around continental trade. For now, there is no evidence that Trump’s proposed Belarus arrangement is about to displace that relationship wholesale. Trump has explicitly said purchases from Canada will continue, while Belarus itself has acknowledged limited spare volumes. The more immediate story is therefore one of competitive pressure and bargaining rather than an abrupt replacement of Saskatchewan potash. Actual contract volumes, shipping routes and delivered prices will determine whether Belarus changes that calculation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canada’s Top General Says U.S. Military Ties Remain Strong Even as Political Relationship Deteriorates]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canadas-top-general-says-u-s-military-ties-remain-strong-even-as-political-relationship-deteriorates/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canadas-top-general-says-u-s-military-ties-remain-strong-even-as-political-relationship-deteriorates/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:47:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s relationship with the United States may be passing through one of its most difficult political periods in years, but]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canada-and-US-Military-Ties.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s relationship with the United States may be passing through one of its most difficult political periods in years, but the machinery that protects the continent is still running. Chief of the Defence Staff Gen. Jennie Carignan has stressed that military cooperation between the two countries remains strong even as trade negotiations have collapsed and Ottawa looks more aggressively toward Europe and other partners. Her assessment highlights an important distinction in the increasingly complicated bilateral relationship: elected governments can clash over tariffs, sovereignty and economic policy while soldiers, commanders and defence officials continue working together on shared security responsibilities. Recent joint meetings, NORAD cooperation and high-level military exchanges show that those institutional connections have not disappeared with the political tensions surrounding them.</p>
<h2>The Military Relationship Has Continued Through the Political Dispute</h2>
<p>Carignan made the distinction particularly clear during the Indo-Pacific Chiefs of Defense Conference in Victoria, British Columbia. Canada and the United States jointly hosted the gathering, putting senior Canadian and American commanders beside each other at precisely the moment their governments were dealing with an escalating economic dispute. Carignan described the job of defence chiefs as translating political objectives into military effects and said the two militaries continue meeting and coordinating their work. The message was that political leaders set national policy, but military professionals still have operational responsibilities that do not disappear when governments disagree.</p>
<p>Her American counterpart offered a similarly positive description. U.S. Pacific Command chief Adm. Samuel Paparo called Canada an “indispensable” partner and emphasized the importance of cooperation in both the Indo-Pacific and the defence of North America. Paparo said professional military relationships remain focused on the practical requirement to defend shared territory even during political disagreements. That does not mean commanders operate independently of elected governments. Rather, it demonstrates how deeply routine cooperation has become after decades of joint planning, exercises, intelligence sharing and continental defence.</p>
<h2>NORAD Makes the Canada–U.S. Defence Relationship Unusually Deep</h2>
<p>The strongest evidence of that institutional connection is the North American Aerospace Defense Command. NORAD is not simply an alliance consultation mechanism. It is a binational military command in which Canadian and American personnel work within a common structure to provide aerospace warning, aerospace control and maritime warning for North America. Its origins stretch back to the 1950s, with the formal agreement establishing the command signed in 1958. Maritime warning was later added to NORAD’s responsibilities in 2006.</p>
<p>Canada contributes aircraft, bases, command-and-control infrastructure and roughly 1,000 Canadian Armed Forces personnel to NORAD activities. The Canadian portion of the North Warning System stretches across the North, while Canadian command facilities in Winnipeg and North Bay form part of the broader continental network. Ottawa is also implementing a $38.6-billion, 20-year modernization program covering surveillance, communications, weapons, northern infrastructure and research. Those investments illustrate why military ties cannot easily be switched on and off according to the political climate. The two countries have spent generations building defence systems designed to function together every day.</p>
<h2>Recent Meetings Show Cooperation Is More Than Diplomatic Language</h2>
<p>The Victoria conference offered a particularly visible example of continuing military coordination. Canada’s Department of National Defence said Carignan and Paparo jointly hosted the 28th annual Indo-Pacific Chiefs of Defense Conference from August 31 to September 2. Senior military leaders and security specialists gathered to discuss regional threats, cooperation and emerging challenges under the theme of strengthening collective security in a changing Indo-Pacific environment. NATO Military Committee chair Adm. Giuseppe Cavo Dragone also attended and met both commanders.</p>
<p>Only days later, Carignan travelled to Colorado Springs and visited the headquarters of NORAD and U.S. Northern Command at Peterson Space Force Base on September 10. U.S. military documentation said the visit focused on reinforcing the binational NORAD partnership, strengthening relationships among senior leaders and reaffirming Canada’s commitment to continental defence. The sequence is significant because these were not symbolic anniversary events left over from a more comfortable period in bilateral relations. They occurred while political and economic tensions were already highly visible. Operational contact between military leaders was continuing alongside, rather than being suspended by, those disputes.</p>
<h2>The Political and Trade Dispute Is Still Significant</h2>
<p>None of Carignan’s comments erase the substantial disagreements between Ottawa and Washington. Canada–U.S. trade negotiations collapsed in August after intensive talks failed to produce an agreement. The Trump administration subsequently imposed 50% duties on roughly $20 billion in Canadian exports across several categories, while Prime Minister Mark Carney announced dollar-for-dollar Canadian retaliation on selected American goods beginning September 8. Both governments blamed the other side for the breakdown.</p>
<p>Those disputes have since expanded into wider arguments about Canadian sovereignty and international partnerships. Carney has pursued deeper relationships with European governments while insisting that Canada will determine its own economic and diplomatic relationships. In September, tensions rose again after discussions about a closer Canada–European Union arrangement drew criticism and tariff threats from U.S. President Donald Trump. Carney responded by arguing for stronger Canada–Europe cooperation while saying it was not intended to create a rival bloc to Washington. The contrast helps explain Carignan’s emphasis: military cooperation remains strong, but it is operating against a much more difficult political backdrop than the one that existed for much of NORAD’s history.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Diversifying Its Defence Relationships at the Same Time</h2>
<p>Ottawa’s response to the changing international environment has not been to abandon the United States militarily. Instead, Canada has been adding other partnerships around the existing North American relationship. In September, the government formally applied to join the United Kingdom-led Joint Expeditionary Force, a rapid-response grouping involving 10 northern European NATO countries. Canada has also explored greater defence-industrial cooperation with European partners and participated as an observer in discussions connected with the Global Combat Air Programme.</p>
<p>That diversification matters because defence procurement and defence diplomacy are increasingly becoming part of Canada’s broader effort to reduce strategic dependence on any single partner. Reuters has reported that Canada and several European allies are seeking more non-U.S. defence options as questions about Washington’s long-term approach to alliances persist. At the same time, Canada’s geography makes extensive continental cooperation with the United States difficult to replace. NORAD, shared airspace, Arctic approaches and deeply integrated defence infrastructure create practical realities that differ substantially from ordinary procurement choices. Ottawa can broaden its partnerships without automatically dismantling the structures it already operates with Washington.</p>
<h2>Higher Canadian Defence Spending Could Change the Balance</h2>
<p>Canada is also entering this period with a substantially larger defence budget. The federal government says the country reached NATO’s previous benchmark of spending 2% of gross domestic product on defence during the 2025–26 fiscal year. More than $63 billion was counted toward Canadian defence expenditures, including investments in personnel, military readiness, equipment, infrastructure and the defence industrial base. Ottawa has now committed to the newer NATO investment pledge of 5% of GDP by 2035, including 3.5% for core defence capabilities and 1.5% for broader security-related investments.</p>
<p>Those numbers have implications for Canada–U.S. military relations. For years, American governments of different political stripes pressed Canada and other NATO members to contribute more to collective defence. A better-funded Canadian Armed Forces potentially gives Ottawa more capacity to protect the Arctic, modernize NORAD infrastructure and contribute to allied operations while simultaneously building relationships beyond Washington. It could therefore produce an unusual combination: greater Canadian strategic autonomy alongside continued operational integration with the United States. The two outcomes are not necessarily contradictory when Canada’s security interests stretch from the Arctic and Atlantic to Europe and the Indo-Pacific.</p>
<h2>Strong Military Ties Have Limits, but They Provide Stability</h2>
<p>The durability of military cooperation should not be mistaken for a guarantee that defence relations are immune from politics. Governments ultimately determine budgets, procurement choices, treaty commitments and the missions their armed forces undertake. A prolonged political confrontation could therefore affect military policy over time, particularly if it altered procurement decisions or broader alliance strategies. Carignan’s comments are narrower: at the professional and operational level, Canadian and American forces continue communicating and carrying out their established responsibilities.</p>
<p>For now, that distinction is visible in both words and actions. Canadian and American commanders jointly hosted Indo-Pacific military leaders, Carignan visited NORAD headquarters, Canada continues spending billions to modernize continental defence, and American commanders continue publicly describing Canada as an essential partner. At the same time, Ottawa is expanding its European defence relationships while its economic dispute with Washington remains unresolved. The result is a bilateral relationship moving at two different speeds: increasingly contentious in important areas of politics and trade, yet still highly integrated wherever the daily defence of North America requires Canadian and American forces to work side by side.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Carney and Jordan’s King Agree to Deepen Defence Ties as U.S.–Iran War Dominates UN Talks]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/carney-and-jordans-king-agree-to-deepen-defence-ties-as-u-s-iran-war-dominates-un-talks/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/carney-and-jordans-king-agree-to-deepen-defence-ties-as-u-s-iran-war-dominates-un-talks/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:42:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Prime Minister Mark Carney’s meeting with Jordan’s King Abdullah II in New York came at a moment when Middle East]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney-and-Jordans-King-Abdullah-II.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Prime Minister Mark Carney’s meeting with Jordan’s King Abdullah II in New York came at a moment when Middle East security was consuming much of the diplomatic oxygen at the United Nations. On the margins of the 81st UN General Assembly, the two leaders discussed the U.S.–Iran conflict, Gaza, growing tensions in the West Bank and the wider risk of regional escalation. They also agreed to deepen defence collaboration between Canada and Jordan. The announcement was brief, but it landed against a much larger backdrop: a nearly seven-month conflict involving Washington and Tehran, pressure on critical shipping routes, rising energy costs and renewed diplomatic efforts to prevent another escalation. For Canada and Jordan, closer defence ties therefore connect a longstanding bilateral relationship with an increasingly unstable regional security environment.</p>
<h2>The Defence Agreement Was the Clearest Bilateral Outcome</h2>
<p>The Canadian government’s account of the September 22 meeting was concise but significant. Carney and Abdullah discussed several of the Middle East’s overlapping crises before agreeing to deepen defence collaboration. Ottawa did not announce a new treaty, troop deployment, weapons purchase or dollar figure alongside that commitment. That distinction matters: the public announcement signals an intention to expand cooperation, while leaving the practical details for later discussions between governments and defence officials. The two leaders also agreed to remain in close contact as regional events continue to develop.</p>
<p>Defence was only one part of their conversation. Canada’s readout said the leaders discussed the U.S.–Iran conflict, the humanitarian crisis in Gaza, settlement expansion and rising violence in the West Bank, as well as broader instability across the Middle East. They emphasized civilian protection, preventing further escalation and maintaining regional stability. That combination gives the defence pledge a wider context: Ottawa and Amman are treating security cooperation as part of a relationship that also encompasses diplomacy, humanitarian assistance and efforts to manage regional crises rather than as a stand-alone military initiative.</p>
<h2>Canada and Jordan Already Have a Defence Framework</h2>
<p>Closer military cooperation would not start from zero. Canada and Jordan signed a memorandum of understanding on defence cooperation in 2012, reinforcing ties between the Canadian Armed Forces and Jordanian Armed Forces. A further memorandum on security and stabilization cooperation followed in 2016. Global Affairs Canada describes Jordan as an important Middle Eastern partner in areas including counterterrorism, transnational crime, border security and protection against chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear threats.</p>
<p>Canadian military personnel are already involved in capacity-building activity in Jordan. Under Operation AMARNA, the Canadian Armed Forces conduct defence diplomacy, exercises and regional partnership activities while continuing capacity-building work in Jordan and Lebanon. Canada also maintains a Canadian Armed Forces Training Assistance Team in Jordan. Those existing programs provide several established channels through which deeper cooperation could potentially be developed, although neither government has yet publicly specified which areas will be expanded after the New York meeting. That makes the September agreement an extension of more than a decade of institutional defence ties rather than an abrupt change in Canadian policy.</p>
<h2>Recent Canadian Funding Has Put Border Security in Focus</h2>
<p>The defence relationship had already received a notable boost before the UN meeting. During King Abdullah’s July 2025 visit to Ottawa, Carney announced $28.4 million for security and development initiatives in Jordan. Of that package, $13.4 million was allocated through Canada’s Counter-Terrorism Capacity Building Program. The initiative included $8 million for work with the International Organization for Migration to build and repair more than 17 kilometres of secured road along the Jordan–Syria border.</p>
<p>That investment built on approximately 70 kilometres of border-road construction previously supported by Canada in 2021. Ottawa said the projects were intended to improve threat detection and operational response in remote border areas while helping Jordan combat terrorism and transnational crime. Such projects show what Canada–Jordan security cooperation can look like in practice: infrastructure, training, surveillance capacity and border-management assistance rather than only conventional military deployments. With Jordan facing pressures from conflicts and armed groups across several neighbouring areas, border security has become closely connected to the broader question of regional stability discussed by Carney and Abdullah in New York.</p>
<h2>The U.S.–Iran War Was a Major Backdrop to the UN Gathering</h2>
<p>The bilateral meeting unfolded during a UN General Assembly increasingly preoccupied with wars across the Middle East. Reuters reported that the U.S.–Iran conflict had lasted nearly seven months by September 22 and had killed thousands, increased oil prices and drawn neighbouring states into the crisis. The conflict was prominent in President Donald Trump’s UN address, while American and Iranian representatives were simultaneously involved in diplomatic contacts through mediators in New York.</p>
<p>Those negotiations highlighted the unusual mixture of military confrontation and diplomacy surrounding the gathering. U.S. envoy Steve Witkoff said mediators had shuttled between American and Iranian delegations, while Trump said he believed an agreement remained possible. Reuters also reported that Tehran had proposed conditions under which the Strait of Hormuz could reopen more fully to shipping. The waterway carried roughly one-fifth of global oil and gas shipments before the war, making its disruption a problem extending far beyond the region. AP similarly described the Iran conflict, Yemen fighting and the wars involving Israel as major subjects on the General Assembly agenda.</p>
<h2>Jordan Has Experienced the Conflict as a Direct Security Issue</h2>
<p>For Jordan, the Iran conflict is not simply a distant diplomatic problem. Earlier in 2026, Canada condemned Iranian missile and drone attacks on Jordan and expressed support for Jordanian sovereignty and security. During a July 31 call, Carney and Abdullah discussed those attacks along with the broader U.S.–Iran confrontation, Gaza and instability elsewhere in the region. Canada has also joined G7 statements condemning Iranian attacks on civilian infrastructure in Jordan and several Gulf states.</p>
<p>King Abdullah used his September 22 UN address to emphasize how quickly Middle Eastern instability can spill into economies and societies elsewhere. He argued that the Iran war had demonstrated the ability of regional conflict to disrupt trade, investment and daily life well outside the Middle East. He also described threats to Jordan’s northern border and water security as matters of national security and said the kingdom was developing its own defences while confronting terrorism and narcotics trafficking. Those statements help explain why defence cooperation featured alongside humanitarian and diplomatic issues in Abdullah’s meeting with Carney.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Supporting Regional Security Without Joining U.S. Offensive Operations</h2>
<p>Canada’s position on the U.S.–Iran war contains several distinct elements. Carney said in March that Canada supported preventing Iran from obtaining a nuclear weapon and condemned Iranian attacks on civilians and civilian infrastructure. At the same time, he said the United States and Israel had launched military action without consulting Canada or engaging the United Nations and called for rapid de-escalation, protection of civilians and renewed diplomatic engagement.</p>
<p>Ottawa later stated explicitly that Canada had not participated and had no plans to participate in U.S. and Israeli offensive operations against Iran. Canada has nevertheless supported regional partners, sanctions on Iran, efforts to protect freedom of navigation and diplomatic initiatives aimed at ending the conflict. In September, the government said it continued to support international efforts to reopen the Strait of Hormuz while maintaining pressure on Tehran over its nuclear activities, support for armed groups and threats to shipping. The result is a policy that combines alignment with partners on Iranian security threats with a stated preference for diplomacy and de-escalation rather than Canadian participation in offensive strikes.</p>
<h2>Gaza and the West Bank Remained Central to the Meeting</h2>
<p>Despite the attention commanded by the Iran war, Carney and Abdullah also devoted significant attention to Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank. The Canadian readout said the two leaders discussed Gaza’s humanitarian crisis, settlement expansion and increasing violence in the West Bank. Carney reiterated Canadian support for a negotiated two-state solution and pointed to Canada’s humanitarian contributions for Palestinians. Ottawa said more than three million people in Palestine urgently require assistance.</p>
<p>King Abdullah’s UN speech placed even greater emphasis on the Palestinian issue. He argued that the international community had spent decades managing rather than resolving the Israeli–Palestinian conflict and sharply criticized Israeli government policies in Gaza and the West Bank. Those were Jordan’s stated positions; Israel disputes many international accusations concerning its conduct and says its military and security actions are necessary to protect Israelis and confront armed groups. AP reported that Abdullah’s address described developments in Gaza and the West Bank as threatening the possibility of a Palestinian state. The difference in rhetoric between governments does not change the central point of the Carney meeting: Palestinian security and humanitarian conditions remained inseparable from the broader discussion of regional stability.</p>
<h2>Jordan’s Humanitarian Role Gives the Partnership Another Dimension</h2>
<p>Security cooperation sits alongside a substantial Canadian development and humanitarian relationship with Jordan. Global Affairs Canada says Canada contributed more than $757 million to support Jordan’s stability and resilience between 2016 and 2025 through its Middle East Engagement Strategy. Jordan has absorbed the effects of conflicts in neighbouring countries while supporting large refugee populations and serving as an important channel for humanitarian activity in the region.</p>
<p>UNHCR recorded 379,323 registered refugees in Jordan at the end of July 2026, including more than 356,000 Syrians. Canada continued adding assistance during 2026: International Development Secretary of State Randeep Sarai announced almost $80 million for Lebanon and Jordan in August, covering humanitarian needs, human rights, economic opportunity and food security. In the September meeting, Carney specifically thanked Abdullah for Jordan’s role in regional stability and the delivery of humanitarian assistance to Gaza. These overlapping roles help explain why Canada’s relationship with Jordan moves repeatedly between military security, refugee support, development programs and diplomacy. For Ottawa, Jordan is simultaneously a defence partner and an important humanitarian actor in a region where those issues increasingly overlap.</p>
<h2>What “Deepening” Defence Ties Means Is Still to Be Defined</h2>
<p>The most important unanswered question is what the new commitment will produce in concrete terms. Neither the Canadian readout nor Jordan’s account of Abdullah’s UN meetings announced a new military deployment, procurement program, permanent Canadian base, defence treaty or funding package on September 22. Jordan’s state news agency said Abdullah’s meetings with Carney and several other leaders focused on strengthening cooperation, regional escalation and restoring stability. Canada’s statement went further by specifically confirming an agreement with Jordan to deepen defence collaboration.</p>
<p>Existing cooperation suggests several areas that could provide a foundation for future initiatives—training, border protection, counterterrorism capacity, defence diplomacy, exercises and protection against unconventional security threats—but any specific expansion will depend on later announcements. What is already clear is the political context in which that work will occur. The UN Secretary-General opened the General Debate warning that global geopolitical divisions were widening and appealed for greater de-escalation and dialogue across Middle Eastern conflicts. Against that setting, Carney and Abdullah’s defence pledge reflects an established Canada–Jordan relationship being tested and potentially expanded during one of the region’s most unsettled periods in years.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[B.C. Conservatives Answer Eby’s Trump-Tariff Election Pitch: Party Is ‘United and Ready’]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/b-c-conservatives-answer-ebys-trump-tariff-election-pitch-party-is-united-and-ready/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/b-c-conservatives-answer-ebys-trump-tariff-election-pitch-party-is-united-and-ready/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:36:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[British Columbia’s sudden election campaign has begun with two sharply different explanations for why the province should be voting at]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Premier-David-Eby.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>British Columbia’s sudden election campaign has begun with two sharply different explanations for why the province should be voting at all. NDP Leader David Eby says escalating U.S. trade pressure under President Donald Trump has created an “existential” economic challenge requiring a fresh mandate. Interim Conservative Leader Lorne Doerkson counters that the Oct. 24 election is an unnecessary, politically timed contest and says his recently fractured party is now “united and ready.” The competing messages arrive after an extraordinary period of Conservative caucus turmoil, but also amid genuine economic uncertainty for industries exposed to the United States. With 93 seats at stake and only weeks of campaigning ahead, the opening argument is already extending beyond tariffs into leadership, taxation, economic management and which party can present itself as the steadier provincial government.</p>
<h2>Doerkson Is Trying to Turn a Rapid Reunion Into a Campaign Reset</h2>
<p>Doerkson entered the campaign only days after becoming interim Conservative leader. The party’s board appointed the Cariboo-Chilcotin MLA after Kerry-Lynne Findlay resigned on Sept. 20, less than four months after winning the leadership. Findlay stepped aside following weeks of caucus departures, expulsions and increasingly public disputes over the direction of the party. Doerkson’s immediate message after Eby called the election was therefore as much about his own organization as it was about the NDP. He said the Conservatives were united and prepared for the Oct. 24 vote, while describing Eby’s decision as a “cynical snap election.”</p>
<p>There has been visible movement behind that claim of renewed unity. Several legislators who had left or been removed from the Conservative caucus returned after Findlay’s departure. Seven members who had briefly joined CentreBC, including its short-lived leader Peter Milobar, subsequently returned to the Conservatives after the election was called. Eleanor Sturko was the only member of that eight-member CentreBC group who did not go back. The speed of the reunification gives Doerkson a larger team with which to campaign, but the departures that preceded it remain part of the public record and provide the NDP with an obvious line of attack on Conservative stability.</p>
<h2>Eby Has Put Trump and the Trade War at the Centre of the Election</h2>
<p>Eby’s justification for an early election is explicitly tied to Canada’s deteriorating trade relationship with the United States. After asking Lt.-Gov. Wendy Cocchia to dissolve the legislature on Sept. 22, Eby characterized the situation created by Trump’s trade policies as an “existential moment” for British Columbia. He argued that American tariffs were threatening workers, businesses and Canada’s economic sovereignty, while also accusing the provincial Conservatives of being too accommodating toward the U.S. administration. Canadian Press reported that Eby invoked Trump repeatedly while announcing the election, making the international dispute an unusually prominent issue for a provincial campaign.</p>
<p>Doerkson rejects the premise that those circumstances justify returning to the polls less than two years after the October 2024 election. He has characterized the timing as opportunistic and said an election would cost tens of millions of dollars, although that figure represents his political argument rather than a finalized Elections BC cost estimate. Elections BC confirms that the election was formally called Sept. 22, with final voting scheduled for Oct. 24. The agency had previously noted that although the next fixed election date was Oct. 21, 2028, an earlier election could occur if the government chose to call one or lost the confidence of the legislature.</p>
<h2>The Tariff Issue Has Real Economic Weight in British Columbia</h2>
<p>The political framing is aggressive, but B.C.’s exposure to the American economy is measurable. Provincial data show that the United States received 52.8 per cent of British Columbia’s merchandise exports in 2024, worth about $28.7 billion of the province’s $54.5 billion in total goods exports. Some industries are considerably more dependent on the U.S. market. About 74.8 per cent of B.C. softwood lumber exports went to the United States in 2024, making forestry communities particularly sensitive to changes in duties, tariffs or market access.</p>
<p>Trade disruptions have already altered Canadian commercial patterns. Statistics Canada reported that Canadian merchandise exports to the United States fell 5.8 per cent in 2025, while exports to non-U.S. destinations increased 17.2 per cent. B.C. has shown a similar diversification trend. The province’s September 2026 quarterly report said total B.C. goods exports were up 4.2 per cent year-to-date through July, while exports to destinations outside the United States rose 16 per cent. That does not establish which party has the better trade strategy, but it explains why both are devoting significant campaign attention to jobs, exporters and the province’s relationship with its largest foreign market.</p>
<h2>B.C.’s Diversified Trade Profile Complicates the Political Argument</h2>
<p>British Columbia is heavily connected to the United States, but it is less dependent on the U.S. market than several other large provinces. The American share of B.C. merchandise exports has fallen significantly over the longer term, from 65.8 per cent in 2000 to 52.8 per cent in 2024. Over the same period, China’s share rose from 2.2 per cent to 15.6 per cent, while South Korea’s increased from 2.8 per cent to 6.6 per cent. Those numbers give Eby evidence for his government’s argument that B.C. should continue developing markets beyond the United States.</p>
<p>They also mean the province is not uniformly exposed to American trade actions. In 2024, only about 2 per cent of B.C.’s metallurgical coal exports went to the United States, while virtually none of its copper exports did. Softwood lumber tells the opposite story because roughly three-quarters went south of the border. The practical impact of a trade dispute therefore varies dramatically depending on whether a community depends on lumber, mining, manufacturing, tourism or another industry. That distinction matters during the campaign: broad arguments about “the B.C. economy” can obscure the much more concentrated pressure experienced in particular regions and industries.</p>
<h2>Conservatives Want the Campaign to Include Eby’s Domestic Economic Record</h2>
<p>The Conservatives are attempting to prevent the election from becoming solely a referendum on responses to Trump. Even before the campaign began, the party was emphasizing taxation, affordability and provincial finances. One major dispute involved the NDP government’s planned expansion of the provincial sales tax to several professional services. Eby announced on Sept. 18 that the expansion, which had been scheduled to take effect Oct. 1, would be paused. The Conservatives argued that the tax should be permanently abandoned and portrayed the reversal as evidence that sustained opposition had forced the government to change direction.</p>
<p>Fiscal conditions provide additional material for that debate. B.C.’s September quarterly report projected a $13.8-billion deficit for 2026-27, $450 million larger than forecast in the February budget. The same update projected real GDP growth of 0.9 per cent in 2026 and reported a 6.5 per cent unemployment rate in August, with provincial employment down 0.6 per cent year-to-date. Those figures can support very different political narratives: the government points to global trade uncertainty and resilience in exports and manufacturing, while the opposition argues that the province’s finances and broader economic record deserve scrutiny independent of Trump. The underlying figures themselves come from the provincial fiscal update.</p>
<h2>Eby Has Paired His Trade Message With New Business Support</h2>
<p>The NDP’s tariff argument has also been accompanied by policy announcements. At the Union of British Columbia Municipalities convention on Sept. 18, Eby announced a $90-million package aimed at businesses and communities affected by the trade conflict. It included $30 million for a renewed BC Manufacturing Jobs Fund, $30 million for technology companies, $15 million for rural infrastructure and another $15 million for BuyBC initiatives. He also said future BC Ferries vessels would be built in the province and maintained the government’s refusal to return American alcohol to provincial shelves without movement on trade issues affecting sectors such as forestry.</p>
<p>The timing inevitably became part of the campaign argument because the announcements arrived just four days before dissolution. The Conservatives had already accused Eby of preparing an opportunistic election, while Eby said tariff pressures required faster action and political clarity. Separating government decisions from campaign politics is particularly difficult during the weeks surrounding an early election: measures such as business assistance can have concrete economic effects while simultaneously becoming evidence used by each party to support its electoral narrative. The important factual distinction is that the programs and tax pause were announced before the writs were issued, while claims about why they were announced are competing partisan interpretations rather than independently established motives.</p>
<h2>The Conservatives Still Have to Account for an Extraordinary Period of Internal Turmoil</h2>
<p>The phrase “united and ready” carries particular significance because unity was not an obvious description of the Conservatives only days earlier. Findlay’s tenure ended after a succession of MLAs left or were removed from caucus. Her resignation statement acknowledged that internal conflict had consumed too much attention and said she did not want a leadership battle to continue distracting the opposition. Among the most consequential late departures were former leader John Rustad and former interim leader Trevor Halford, who were expelled along with Skeena MLA Claire Rattée shortly before Findlay resigned.</p>
<p>Doerkson’s response has been rapid reconciliation rather than a prolonged leadership fight. Five MLAs had already returned to the Conservative group by Monday, according to Canadian Press reporting, and the subsequent return of seven CentreBC legislators further consolidated the opposition. That still does not erase every consequence of the dispute. Former Surrey mayor Linda Hepner, the Conservative MLA for Surrey-Serpentine River, announced that she would not seek re-election. The NDP is experiencing notable turnover as well: cabinet ministers Ravi Kahlon, Kelly Greene and Lana Popham have said they will not run again. Both major parties are therefore entering the election with changes to the teams British Columbians saw in the legislature only weeks earlier.</p>
<h2>The Close 2024 Result Explains Why the Stakes Are So High</h2>
<p>British Columbia’s previous election produced an unusually narrow division in the legislature. Elections BC’s final 2024 count gave the NDP 47 of 93 seats, the Conservatives 44 and the Greens two. The popular vote was similarly tight: the NDP received 44.87 per cent of valid votes compared with 43.28 per cent for the Conservatives. More than 2.1 million valid votes were recorded, while Elections BC later reported overall turnout of 58.45 per cent of registered voters.</p>
<p>That recent result provides essential context without indicating what will happen in 2026. The electorate is being asked to make another province-wide choice only two years later, under different leaders on the Conservative side and against a substantially different economic backdrop shaped by the Canada-U.S. trade dispute. Elections BC says voters will again elect representatives in all 93 districts, with advance voting scheduled for Oct. 16 through Oct. 21 and final voting on Oct. 24. For Eby, the campaign centres heavily on obtaining authority to confront external economic threats. For Doerkson, it is an opportunity to argue that voters should instead judge the NDP’s provincial record and the necessity of the early election itself. Those are competing political cases; the campaign will now test how British Columbians weigh them.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[New Legal Report Warns Carney’s Counter-Tariffs Could Complicate Canada’s Case Against Trump Duties]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/new-legal-report-warns-carneys-counter-tariffs-could-complicate-canadas-case-against-trump-duties/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/new-legal-report-warns-carneys-counter-tariffs-could-complicate-canadas-case-against-trump-duties/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:34:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A new legal argument is adding another layer of complexity to Canada’s escalating tariff fight with the United States. A]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadas-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney-.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock
</figcaption></figure><p>A new legal argument is adding another layer of complexity to Canada’s escalating tariff fight with the United States. A September 23 report from the Montreal Economic Institute warns that Ottawa’s decision to retaliate against U.S. tariffs could inadvertently strengthen part of the Trump administration’s legal defence. The concern centres on Section 338 of the U.S. Tariff Act of 1930, an obscure provision designed to respond when another country discriminates against American commerce.</p>
<p>The warning does not mean Canada has suddenly validated President Donald Trump’s tariffs. Instead, the report argues that Canadian counter-tariffs could make one particular statutory challenge more difficult while leaving several other legal arguments untouched. That distinction could become increasingly important if American companies take the latest Canada-specific tariffs to court.</p>
<h2>The Report Identifies a Narrow but Potentially Important Legal Risk</h2>
<p>The Montreal Economic Institute’s Economic Note was prepared by George Mason University law professor Ilya Somin, who is also an MEI senior fellow, in collaboration with Renaud Brossard. Its central argument is unusually specific. Section 338 allows a U.S. president to respond to discriminatory treatment of American commerce. When Trump initially invoked the provision against Canada, critics argued that several Canadian measures cited by Washington did not actually discriminate against American products compared with equivalent goods from other countries.</p>
<p>Canada’s latest retaliation changes that factual landscape. Counter-tariffs directed specifically at U.S.-origin goods are, by their nature, country-specific. Somin argues that lawyers defending the administration could therefore point to those measures as evidence of discrimination against American commerce. At the same time, the MEI report acknowledges an obvious complication for Washington: Canada imposed the newest counter-tariffs after Trump’s Section 338 measures were announced. A court could therefore focus on conditions at the time of the original U.S. action rather than subsequent retaliation. The report itself says it is difficult to predict how judges would resolve that timing issue.</p>
<h2>Section 338 Was Written Specifically Around Discrimination</h2>
<p>The legal debate matters because Section 338 is not a general presidential tariff statute. Enacted as part of the Tariff Act of 1930, it addresses situations in which another country imposes unequal restrictions on American goods or otherwise places U.S. commerce at a disadvantage relative to commerce from third countries. The statutory text allows additional duties when those conditions are met and permits duties designed to “offset” the identified commercial disadvantage.</p>
<p>There are limits written directly into the law. Additional duties under the provision cannot exceed 50 per cent ad valorem, and the statute also assigns the U.S. International Trade Commission a role in monitoring discriminatory practices and advising the president. Section 338 contains a further escalation mechanism: if a foreign country maintains or increases discrimination after an initial proclamation, the president can, under specified conditions, exclude affected products from the United States entirely. Those unusual provisions explain why the legal definition of “discrimination” has suddenly become central to the Canada-U.S. dispute rather than a technical side issue.</p>
<h2>Canada’s September Retaliation Was Deliberately U.S.-Specific</h2>
<p>Ottawa’s latest measures took effect September 8 after the federal government announced it would respond “dollar for dollar” to new American duties. Canada imposed surtaxes of 15, 25 and 50 per cent on selected U.S.-origin products, with individual rates generally corresponding to the tariffs Washington had placed on Canadian goods. The Department of Finance says the measures cover approximately $27.6 billion worth of imports from the United States.</p>
<p>The targeted categories include steel and aluminum, dairy products, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, plastics and electronics. Canada Border Services Agency guidance makes clear that the new surtaxes apply specifically to goods considered to originate in the United States under Canadian origin rules. That design is understandable as retaliation: Ottawa wanted its response directed at the country imposing the original duties rather than at imports generally. Legally, however, that country-specific character is exactly what the MEI report believes could give U.S. government lawyers another fact to cite when defending Section 338.</p>
<h2>Washington Has Already Used Canadian Retaliation in Its Justification</h2>
<p>The concern is not merely theoretical. After Canada’s September 8 measures took effect, the U.S. administration explicitly invoked what it described as Canada’s “continued retaliation and discrimination” when announcing additional Section 338 actions. U.S. Trade Representative Jamieson Greer said the administration viewed the Canadian response as justification for modifying the earlier tariff measures and moving toward restrictions on additional Canadian products.</p>
<p>Separate September 8 presidential proclamations go further. They provide for the exclusion of specified Canadian motor-vehicle, dairy and alcoholic-beverage products from the U.S. market beginning September 29, 2026. Those bans had not yet taken effect when the MEI report was released on September 23. The administration describes them as a response to continued Canadian discrimination; Ottawa disputes the broader U.S. characterization of the trade relationship and says its countermeasures are responses to earlier American tariffs. The competing narratives show how retaliation can become part of the evidence used by both governments to justify their next move.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Counter-Tariffs Do Not Resolve the Bigger Legal Questions</h2>
<p>Even if the counter-tariffs make the discrimination issue harder for future challengers, Section 338 faces other unresolved questions. Legal scholars Peter Harrell and Jennifer Hillman have argued that the statute requires tariffs to “offset” specific discriminatory treatment rather than serve as an unlimited power to impose duties across unrelated Canadian goods. Other critics argue that later trade legislation may have displaced some of Section 338’s operative authority. Those theories have not yet produced a definitive judicial ruling on Trump’s current Canada tariffs.</p>
<p>The broader judicial backdrop is significant. On February 20, 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court held in Learning Resources v. Trump, consolidated with Trump v. V.O.S. Selections, that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act did not authorize presidential tariffs. The Court emphasized the importance of clear congressional authorization when sweeping tariff powers are claimed. In May, the U.S. Court of International Trade separately concluded that another tariff program exceeded Section 122 of the Trade Act of 1974, although that dispute proceeded into an appeal. Neither ruling decides the Section 338 question, but both demonstrate that the statutory basis for presidential tariffs is receiving close judicial scrutiny.</p>
<h2>CUSMA Adds Another Layer to the Dispute</h2>
<p>The Section 338 conflict also sits awkwardly beside the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement. Canadian government guidance states that products qualifying for preferential treatment under CUSMA are not exempt from the new American Section 338 tariffs. That distinguishes them from some other U.S. tariff programs under which CUSMA-compliant Canadian goods continue to receive exemptions. For Canadian businesses that invested heavily in satisfying North American rules of origin, the distinction has immediate commercial consequences.</p>
<p>The governments also sharply disagree over some of the underlying practices Washington has cited. The Trump administration says Canadian policies concerning automobiles, alcohol and dairy have disadvantaged American commerce. Canada, by contrast, maintains that its administration of CUSMA dairy tariff-rate quotas complies with the trade agreement and characterizes its newer tariffs as countermeasures against U.S. action. Those competing positions should not be confused with the narrower MEI argument. A U.S. court examining Section 338 would be considering the requirements of American domestic law, and success or failure on one statutory argument would not by itself settle every CUSMA-related disagreement between the countries.</p>
<h2>Retaliation Also Carries an Economic Cost at Home</h2>
<p>The legal debate arrives alongside an economic question Canada has encountered before: how much of a retaliatory tariff is ultimately paid by Canadian businesses and households. Bank of Canada researchers examined more than 110,000 products from seven major retailers during Canada’s 2025 counter-tariff episode. They found that prices of affected products eventually rose about 6 per cent more than comparable untariffed goods. That represented roughly one-quarter of the 25 per cent tariff being passed through to retail prices.</p>
<p>The study estimated that those counter-tariffs added approximately 0.3 percentage points to consumer-price inflation during that episode, though prices moved back toward previous relative levels after most tariffs were removed. The circumstances in 2026 are different, particularly because many of the latest Canadian measures target intermediate products rather than final consumer goods. Bank of Canada officials consequently expect a more muted and gradual inflation effect from the newest measures, while still acknowledging that they can raise input costs. Ottawa has paired its trade response with a $7.5-billion support package for tariff-affected workers and businesses.</p>
<h2>The Legal Fight Is Still Developing</h2>
<p>For now, the most important conclusion is that the MEI warning concerns one argument, not the entire legal case against the U.S. tariffs. A future plaintiff could still challenge whether the administration satisfied Section 338’s statutory requirements, whether the duties truly “offset” the alleged disadvantage, whether the law remains fully operative after decades of newer trade legislation and whether the claimed presidential authority is consistent with constitutional limits identified in recent tariff cases. The Canadian counter-tariffs simply make the discrimination question less clean than it previously appeared.</p>
<p>More procedural developments are already coming. The U.S. International Trade Commission is accepting public comments through November 8 on how it should carry out its responsibilities under Section 338, while specified American import bans are scheduled to begin September 29. Political conditions are also fluid: an August 28–30 Ipsos poll of 1,023 U.S. adults found 57 per cent opposed additional tariffs on Canada and 20 per cent supported them, with a margin of error of plus or minus 3.5 percentage points. Courts, negotiations and economic pressure are therefore moving simultaneously—and none has yet produced a final resolution to the dispute.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Relations Become a Top Canadian Concern as Nanos Puts Liberals at 48.1%, Conservatives at 31.0%]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-relations-become-a-top-canadian-concern-as-nanos-puts-liberals-at-48-1-conservatives-at-31-0/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-relations-become-a-top-canadian-concern-as-nanos-puts-liberals-at-48-1-conservatives-at-31-0/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:29:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s political conversation is increasingly being shaped by what happens south of the border. The latest Nanos weekly federal tracking,]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadian-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s political conversation is increasingly being shaped by what happens south of the border. The latest Nanos weekly federal tracking, released September 22 and based on tracking ending September 18, puts Liberal support at 48.1% and Conservative support at 31.0%. At the same time, Trump and relations with the United States emerged as the most frequently named national concern, ahead of jobs and the economy. The combination captures an unusual moment in Canadian politics: foreign relations, trade uncertainty and domestic economic anxiety are increasingly overlapping rather than occupying separate political lanes. The numbers offer a snapshot of current public opinion, not a forecast of a future election, but they show how rapidly the Canada–U.S. relationship has moved up the public agenda.</p>
<h2>Nanos Puts the Liberals at 48.1% and Conservatives at 31.0%</h2>
<p>The headline finding from the latest Nanos federal ballot tracking is a 17.1-percentage-point difference between the Liberals and Conservatives. Liberal support measured 48.1%, Conservative support was 31.0%, and the NDP registered 11.2%. The Bloc Québécois stood at 4.8% nationally, the Greens at 3.3%, and the People’s Party at 1.0%. The ballot component of the tracking ending September 18 included 896 respondents, while the broader weekly tracking involved 1,026 Canadians.</p>
<p>That distinction matters because the numbers represent current voting preferences captured through Nanos’s rolling tracking model rather than an election result or projection. The pollster characterized federal preferences as broadly stable, and the previous release on September 15 had produced almost identical figures: 48.3% Liberal, 30.9% Conservative and 10.9% NDP. In other words, the newest release contains little week-to-week movement at the top even as the issues Canadians are discussing have changed considerably.</p>
<h2>U.S. Relations Have Overtaken the Economy as the Most-Named Concern</h2>
<p>The more striking movement is found outside the ballot question. Asked without prompting to identify the most important national issue of concern, 27.6% of respondents cited Trump or relations with the United States. Jobs and the economy came next at 21.3%, followed by inflation at 9.5%. Health care registered 5.8%, housing or the cost of housing 3.7%, the environment 3.6%, and immigration 3.3%.</p>
<p>The wording is important. Respondents were not handed a menu and asked to choose between Washington, inflation and health care. Nanos describes the question as unprompted, meaning people supplied the issue themselves. That makes the increase in Canada–U.S. concern particularly notable as an indicator of what was top of mind during the four-week tracking period. It does not mean 27.6% of Canadians consider every other issue unimportant, nor does it show what policies they favour. It measures which single national concern respondents mentioned first when asked an open-ended question.</p>
<h2>The Rise in U.S. Concern Happened Quickly</h2>
<p>Only four weeks earlier, on August 21, Trump and U.S. relations accounted for 14.9% of responses in Nanos’s issue tracking. By September 18, that figure had climbed to 27.6%—an increase of 12.7 percentage points. Over the same comparison, jobs and the economy moved only slightly, from 20.2% to 21.3%, while inflation declined from 11.3% to 9.5%.</p>
<p>The intervening weekly releases show how the shift developed. On September 1, Nanos described U.S. relations and the economy as statistically tied. By September 8, Trump and the Canada–U.S. relationship had become the leading national concern in its tracking for the first time in a year. On September 15, the U.S. figure reached 27.5%, compared with 21.1% for jobs and the economy. The September 18 tracking then recorded 27.6%. Because Nanos uses a four-week rolling average, these figures incorporate several weeks of interviewing and generally change more gradually than a single short field period might.</p>
<h2>Leadership Numbers Tell a Separate Part of the Story</h2>
<p>Nanos also measures who Canadians identify as their preferred prime minister, a question that should not be treated as interchangeable with party voting intention. In the tracking ending September 18, Mark Carney was selected by 58.6% of respondents, while Pierre Poilievre registered 21.3%. Another 10.9% were unsure. The preferred-prime-minister measure used the broader sample of 1,026 respondents.</p>
<p>Those figures have also moved over recent weeks. On September 8, Nanos measured Carney at 55.2% and Poilievre at 21.3%. A week later, the figures were 56.1% and 21.1%, respectively. The latest reading therefore showed further movement in Carney’s number while Poilievre’s figure remained around 21%. Still, leadership preference and voting intention measure different things: a respondent can have a preferred prime minister without necessarily intending to vote for that leader’s party. The results establish an opinion pattern in this tracking period; they do not establish why individual respondents hold those preferences.</p>
<h2>Other Pollsters Show a Similar Broad Pattern, but Not Identical Numbers</h2>
<p>Nanos is not the only national pollster to have measured a Liberal lead during September, although the precise figures differ. Leger’s September 5–7 online research placed the Liberals at 49% among decided voters and the Conservatives at 33%, with the NDP at 6%. Abacus Data, using research conducted September 4–9, reported 47% Liberal, 33% Conservative and 8% NDP after undecided respondents were removed.</p>
<p>A more recent Liaison Strategies tracker, conducted over September 6–19 and released September 21, measured the Liberals at 45%, Conservatives at 31% and NDP at 15% among decided and leaning voters. The variation illustrates why polling averages and methodology matter: firms use different interviewing modes, weighting systems, question wording, field dates and treatments of undecided respondents. The September polls broadly point in the same direction on which party had more stated support during their respective field periods, but they do not produce one uniform estimate of the size of the gap.</p>
<h2>The Economic Weight of the U.S. Relationship Helps Explain Its Prominence</h2>
<p>Canada’s economic connection to the United States remains unusually deep even as trade patterns diversify. Global Affairs Canada reports that the United States remained Canada’s largest trading partner in 2025. On a customs basis, 72.5% of Canadian merchandise exports went to the U.S. that year, although that share was down from 76.3% in 2024 and was the lowest since the early 1980s. Canadian merchandise exports to the United States declined by $31.3 billion, or 5.3%, in 2025.</p>
<p>Broader goods-and-services figures tell a similar story of continued dependence alongside diversification. Global Affairs reported that exports to non-U.S. markets increased 11.1% in 2025 and represented 32.8% of Canadian exports. By the first quarter of 2026, 64.1% of Canada’s goods-and-services exports were destined for the United States, the lowest share in that series. Those statistics do not prove that trade exposure caused the movement in political polling, but they demonstrate why changes in Canada–U.S. relations can have immediate relevance for businesses, workers and governments across the country.</p>
<h2>Economic Anxiety Has Not Disappeared Behind the U.S. Issue</h2>
<p>Although U.S. relations are currently the most frequently mentioned national concern in Nanos’s tracking, economic worries remain close behind. Jobs and the economy stood at 21.3%, only modestly above the 20.2% recorded four weeks earlier. Inflation was still the third-most-mentioned issue at 9.5%. Combined, the figures show that the public agenda has not simply shifted from economics to foreign affairs; instead, both are occupying substantial space at the same time.</p>
<p>A separate Bloomberg/Nanos measure adds another piece of economic context. The Canadian Confidence Index fell to 49.86 in the September 21 release, down from 52.81 four weeks earlier and below the neutral 50-point level for the first time in about five months. Nanos said weaker expectations concerning the economy and housing drove the decline, while assessments of personal finances and job security were comparatively steadier. That confidence index measures something different from voting intention, but its movement helps show why economic conditions remain politically relevant even while relations with Washington have become more prominent.</p>
<h2>The Four-Week Rolling Method Is Crucial to Reading the Results</h2>
<p>Nanos’s weekly tracker differs from a conventional poll conducted entirely over a few days. The September 18 release was based on 1,026 randomly selected Canadians aged 18 and older recruited through random-digit-dial landline and cellphone sampling. Roughly 250 new interviews are added each week while the oldest weekly group is removed, producing a four-week rolling average. Nanos reports a margin of error of plus or minus 3.1 percentage points, 19 times out of 20, for the overall 1,026-person random sample.</p>
<p>The company says results are weighted by age and gender using 2021 Census information and geographically stratified across Canada. Interviews were conducted in English and French, and the disclosed response rate was 6%. The ballot chart itself used 896 respondents, smaller than the full sample used for issues and preferred prime minister, so the overall 3.1-point margin should not automatically be treated as the precise uncertainty for every subgroup or measure. Most importantly, a poll records attitudes during its field period. It is not an electoral forecast and cannot by itself establish what caused respondents to change their views.</p>
<h2>What the Latest Numbers Establish — and What They Do Not</h2>
<p>The clearest conclusion supported by the September 18 Nanos tracking is narrow but significant: Trump and relations with the United States were the most frequently identified national concern at 27.6%, while the Liberals measured 48.1% on the federal ballot question and the Conservatives 31.0%. Similar September research from Leger, Abacus and Liaison also measured Liberal support above Conservative support, though by different margins and using different methods.</p>
<p>What the data cannot establish is just as important. The poll does not demonstrate that rising concern about Washington caused respondents to support one party over another, and it does not show how those same Canadians would react to future trade negotiations, economic changes or political events. Nanos itself described current political preferences as broadly stable even as the issue agenda shifted. For now, the measurable development is that Canada–U.S. relations have moved from a secondary worry to the top of Nanos’s national-issues tracker while economic concerns remain substantial.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Commerce Moves to Keep Canadian Pipe Maker Under Existing Anti-Dumping Treatment After Evraz Sale]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-commerce-moves-to-keep-canadian-pipe-maker-under-existing-anti-dumping-treatment-after-evraz-sale/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-commerce-moves-to-keep-canadian-pipe-maker-under-existing-anti-dumping-treatment-after-evraz-sale/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:20:14 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A corporate sale has changed the name above the door at one of Canada’s major steel and pipe businesses, but]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Storage-of-stainless-steel-pipes-on-racks-in-the-production-plant.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A corporate sale has changed the name above the door at one of Canada’s major steel and pipe businesses, but Washington is moving toward keeping its U.S. trade treatment largely unchanged.</p>
<p>The U.S. Department of Commerce has preliminarily determined that Interpro Pipe &amp; Steel Inc. is the successor to Evraz Inc. NA Canada for purposes of an American anti-dumping order covering large-diameter welded pipe. The decision follows Atlas Holdings’ 2025 acquisition of Evraz North America and the subsequent reorganization of the Canadian business under the Interpro name. Rather than treating Interpro as an entirely new exporter, Commerce found that the underlying business remained similar enough to inherit Evraz’s existing treatment. That distinction matters for Canadian producers, U.S. importers and customers buying pipe for major energy and infrastructure projects.</p>
<h2>Commerce Says Interpro Is Essentially the Same Business</h2>
<p>The September 22 preliminary decision is the latest step in a changed-circumstances review opened specifically to determine whether Interpro should legally inherit Evraz’s position under the anti-dumping order. Interpro requested the review on January 26, 2026, several months after the ownership change. Commerce formally began the proceeding on March 19 and later sent the company a supplemental questionnaire on August 20. Interpro submitted its response on August 31.</p>
<p>Commerce’s preliminary answer is yes. The department found that Interpro operates as essentially the same business entity as Evraz for purposes of the covered merchandise. That means the ownership change and new corporate name, by themselves, do not create a clean break from Evraz’s history in the trade case. If that conclusion survives the final stage, Interpro will receive the same anti-dumping cash-deposit treatment that applies to its predecessor rather than being treated as a completely new company.</p>
<h2>A Name Change Alone Does Not Reset a Trade Case</h2>
<p>Successor-in-interest reviews are designed to look beyond a company’s branding. Commerce considers several characteristics when deciding whether a reorganized or acquired business remains substantially the same exporter or producer. Those factors include ownership and management, production facilities, relationships with suppliers and the company’s customer base. No single factor automatically decides the case; officials examine the overall continuity of the operation.</p>
<p>That approach is important in industries where factories, machinery and customer relationships may remain intact even after a corporate transaction. In Interpro’s case, Commerce found that some officers and directors changed after the acquisition, but the company’s production facilities, supplier relationships and customer base remained substantially the same. In practical terms, the pipes leaving the Canadian operation are being produced through an industrial network that Commerce views as materially continuous with the Evraz business. That continuity is why the department is proposing to transfer Evraz’s existing treatment to Interpro.</p>
<h2>Atlas Bought Evraz North America in July 2025</h2>
<p>The corporate change behind the review dates to July 31, 2025, when Atlas Holdings completed its acquisition of Evraz Inc. NA, Evraz Inc. NA Canada and their subsidiaries. Atlas simultaneously announced the creation of Orion Steel Companies, an umbrella organization containing several established North American steel businesses. The Canadian operation emerged under the Interpro Pipe and Steel name, alongside Oregon Steel Mills and Rocky Mountain Steel Mills within the Orion group.</p>
<p>For employees and customers, the transaction was much bigger than simply changing a logo. Interpro operates steel and pipe facilities in Western Canada, with locations including Regina, Calgary, Camrose and Red Deer. The company says its Canadian operations employ approximately 1,800 people and have annual electric-arc-furnace-based steelmaking capacity of about 1.2 million tons. Those operations serve energy and industrial markets, including oil and gas infrastructure, carbon-capture projects and other pipeline applications. Maintaining predictable trade treatment is therefore commercially significant well beyond the corporate headquarters.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Order Covers Very Large Welded Pipe</h2>
<p>The trade case at the centre of the dispute covers large-diameter welded pipe from Canada. Under Commerce’s original scope, the merchandise includes welded carbon and alloy steel pipe, including stainless steel pipe, with a nominal outside diameter greater than 406.4 millimetres, or 16 inches. The coverage applies regardless of characteristics such as wall thickness, length, surface finish, grade or end finish, although specified water and sewage pipe meeting certain American Water Works Association standards is excluded.</p>
<p>This is not an obscure consumer product. Large welded pipe can be used to move oil, natural gas, steam, slurry and other fluids, and it can also be used structurally, including for piling. That helps explain why trade disputes involving pipe manufacturers can attract close attention from both producers and infrastructure customers. When a pipeline, industrial plant or large construction project needs hundreds or thousands of metres of pipe, even relatively small changes in trade treatment can affect sourcing decisions, import paperwork and ultimately project costs.</p>
<h2>The Anti-Dumping Case Dates Back to 2019</h2>
<p>Commerce originally imposed the Canadian large-diameter welded-pipe anti-dumping order in 2019 after determining that the investigated merchandise was being sold in the United States at less than fair value. In its final investigation, Commerce calculated an estimated weighted-average dumping margin of 12.32% for Evraz, which was also used as the all-others rate. The U.S. International Trade Commission separately made the injury determination required for the order to take effect.</p>
<p>The market involved was already substantial. USITC data for 2017 identified 15 U.S. producers employing 2,372 production and related workers. Those producers reported roughly $1.28 billion in U.S. shipments, while apparent U.S. consumption was about $2.25 billion. Canada was also identified among the leading foreign sources of the merchandise. Those figures help put the case into perspective: the proceeding concerns an industrial product bought in large volumes by major infrastructure and energy customers, not a niche shipment whose commercial significance disappeared after the original investigation.</p>
<h2>Evraz’s Actual Duty History Has Changed Considerably</h2>
<p>The existence of an anti-dumping order does not mean the same percentage necessarily applies forever. Administrative reviews can recalculate company-specific dumping margins as sales and costs change. Evraz’s results illustrate that clearly. Commerce calculated a 15.29% margin for the 2018–2020 review period and later an amended 26.15% margin for the May 2020 through April 2021 period.</p>
<p>The picture then changed sharply. In January 2024, Commerce corrected a ministerial error in its review covering May 2021 through April 2022 and amended Evraz’s weighted-average dumping margin from 9.17% to 0.00%. More recent Commerce proceedings did not establish a replacement Evraz rate: in the review covering 2023–2024 entries, the department concluded that Evraz had no reviewable shipments. Commerce also reiterated that companies not receiving a new rate continue using the company-specific rate from their most recently completed segment. That history is crucial for understanding what Interpro may inherit.</p>
<h2>“Existing Treatment” Does Not Mean a New Tariff Increase</h2>
<p>The September decision can sound more punitive than it actually is if it is described simply as keeping a Canadian company under an anti-dumping order. Commerce is not announcing a newly calculated dumping margin against Interpro in this preliminary successor proceeding. Instead, it is deciding whether Interpro should step into Evraz’s existing position in the case. The department specifically said that a final successor finding would give Interpro the same cash-deposit rate assigned to Evraz.</p>
<p>Based on the most recent completed segment establishing an Evraz company-specific rate, that treatment is currently tied to the 0.00% result published in January 2024. The distinction matters. A zero cash-deposit rate does not remove the company or its merchandise from the underlying anti-dumping order. It means the estimated deposit currently attached to that company-specific treatment is zero. Future administrative reviews can still examine later sales and potentially produce a different dumping margin if circumstances change.</p>
<h2>The Broader U.S. Order Is Still Very Much Alive</h2>
<p>While Evraz obtained a zero margin in one administrative review, the overall Canadian anti-dumping order did not disappear. The United States conducted its first five-year, or “sunset,” review of the large-diameter welded-pipe measures beginning in 2024. In April 2025, the USITC determined that revoking the relevant orders would likely lead to the continuation or recurrence of material injury to the American industry within a reasonably foreseeable period.</p>
<p>Commerce subsequently continued the orders, with the continuation applicable from May 2, 2025. That keeps the legal framework surrounding Canadian large-diameter welded pipe in place even when an individual producer may temporarily carry a zero deposit rate. Evraz also sought review of the USITC’s five-year determination under the Canada-U.S.-Mexico Agreement process, filing a request for a binational panel review in May 2025. The combination shows how multiple legal tracks can operate simultaneously: the underlying order, company-specific reviews and challenges to broader injury findings can all move on separate timelines.</p>
<h2>The Ruling Matters for Importers as Well as the Canadian Mill</h2>
<p>For U.S. buyers, the successor determination affects more than the name written on an invoice. The United States operates a retrospective anti-dumping system. Importers generally make estimated cash deposits when goods enter the country, while final duty liability can later be determined through an administrative review. A company’s applicable rate therefore influences both near-term cash requirements and the compliance assumptions companies use when arranging cross-border purchases.</p>
<p>That makes continuity valuable even when the inherited cash-deposit rate is zero. If Commerce instead concluded that Interpro was not Evraz’s successor, importers could face uncertainty about which rate should apply to its merchandise. The preliminary finding provides a clearer path: covered Interpro merchandise would continue under Evraz’s established company-specific treatment once the decision becomes final. For businesses purchasing large quantities of pipeline or structural pipe, certainty around customs treatment can matter when pricing contracts, financing inventory and estimating the landed cost of material months before delivery.</p>
<h2>The Decision Is Preliminary and Comments Can Still Change the Outcome</h2>
<p>Commerce has not yet closed the case. Interested parties have 14 days from publication of the September 22 notice to submit case briefs challenging or supporting the preliminary determination. Rebuttal briefs may follow five days after the case-brief deadline. Parties seeking a hearing also have a 14-day window to file a request, meaning the record can still be contested before officials make the successor determination final.</p>
<p>Under the timetable cited by Commerce, final results are expected no later than 270 days after the changed-circumstances review was initiated, which points to December 14, 2026. The process can move faster if all parties accept the preliminary finding, in which case Commerce says final results may be issued within 45 days. Until then, the important word is “preliminary.” Washington has signalled that the sale of Evraz’s Canadian business did not materially transform the operation for anti-dumping purposes, but the formal transfer of Evraz’s treatment to Interpro depends on the final determination.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Tariff Fight Helps Push Canadian Dollar to Nearly Seven-Week Low Against Greenback]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-tariff-fight-helps-push-canadian-dollar-to-nearly-seven-week-low-against-greenback/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-tariff-fight-helps-push-canadian-dollar-to-nearly-seven-week-low-against-greenback/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:10:53 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[The Canadian dollar is facing a difficult combination of pressures just as Canada’s trade relationship with the United States enters]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadian-Dollar.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>The Canadian dollar is facing a difficult combination of pressures just as Canada’s trade relationship with the United States enters another uncertain stretch. On September 22, the loonie touched its weakest level against the U.S. dollar since August 5, with widening interest-rate differentials and renewed trade concerns weighing on the currency.</p>
<p>The move is about more than tariffs. Higher U.S. interest rates, expectations that the Federal Reserve could remain relatively aggressive, and uncertainty about Canada’s economic outlook have all strengthened the greenback’s advantage. At the same time, elevated oil prices are complicating the Bank of Canada’s job by supporting export revenues while adding inflation pressure. For Canadian households and businesses, the currency’s decline is another reminder that a trade dispute can quickly spill beyond factories and border crossings into borrowing costs, import prices and everyday purchasing power.</p>
<h2>The Loonie Slides Back Toward 71 U.S. Cents</h2>
<p>The Canadian dollar weakened 0.3% on September 22 to around C$1.4075 per U.S. dollar, equivalent to roughly 71.05 U.S. cents. During the session, it reached C$1.4078, its weakest intraday level since August 5. Bank of Canada data also showed the daily average exchange rate moving from C$1.4021 per U.S. dollar on September 21 to C$1.4064 on September 22. Those figures are calculated differently from real-time market quotes, but both pointed in the same direction: the loonie was losing ground quickly.</p>
<p>The pressure continued into September 23. A Reuters market update reported the Canadian currency around C$1.4083 per U.S. dollar in morning trading, or about 71.01 U.S. cents, after reaching C$1.4094 during the session. The move is notable because the loonie had been worth about 72.55 U.S. cents on September 8 according to Bank of Canada data. Currency changes of a cent or two can appear small, but across billions of dollars of trade, corporate payments and investment flows, they can produce meaningful changes in costs and returns.</p>
<h2>A Growing Interest-Rate Gap Is Giving the U.S. Dollar an Advantage</h2>
<p>One of the clearest forces behind the loonie’s weakness is the widening difference between Canadian and U.S. bond yields. Reuters reported that Canada’s two-year government bond yield had fallen roughly 148 basis points below its U.S. equivalent on September 22. That was the largest gap since March 2025. Canadian two-year benchmark yields had been around 3.29% on September 21, according to Bank of Canada data, while U.S. rates were being supported by expectations for tighter Federal Reserve policy.</p>
<p>That gap matters because currencies compete partly through the returns investors can earn on assets denominated in them. When comparable U.S. securities offer substantially higher yields than Canadian ones, holding U.S. dollars can become more attractive, all else being equal. The effect is sometimes described as the dollar’s “carry advantage.” It does not determine exchange rates by itself—growth, commodities, risk sentiment and trade flows matter too—but it can become powerful when several forces point in the same direction. In this case, the widening yield spread arrived at the same time that investors were becoming more concerned about Canada-U.S. trade uncertainty.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Tariff Dispute Is Adding Another Layer of Risk</h2>
<p>The renewed tariff fight has become an important part of that uncertainty. Bank of Canada Governor Tiff Macklem said in a September 21 speech that Canada-U.S. trade tensions had re-escalated after a breakdown in negotiations and the imposition of new tariffs. He noted that Canadian auto, steel and aluminum businesses had already been among the sectors hit particularly hard by the trade conflict, while the latest escalation had extended the pressure to additional companies.</p>
<p>The Bank estimates that products directly affected by the latest U.S. tariffs represent about 5% of Canada’s goods exports to the United States. That may limit the direct economy-wide damage, but uncertainty can have broader consequences than the tariffs themselves. Companies unsure about future market access, pricing or supply chains can postpone hiring and investment. The Bank warned that, if the newest tariffs remain in place, Canadian economic growth in the fourth quarter could be roughly halved to below 1%. For currency traders, weaker expected growth can make Canadian assets less appealing and complicate the case for higher domestic interest rates.</p>
<h2>The Bank of Canada Is Caught Between Slower Growth and Inflation Risk</h2>
<p>Canada’s central bank is facing an unusually awkward combination of risks. On September 2, the Bank of Canada left its overnight rate at 2.25%, a level it has maintained throughout much of 2026. Trade disruptions can weaken demand, investment and employment, which would normally argue against raising borrowing costs. At the same time, high energy prices and some tariff-related costs are keeping inflation risks elevated.</p>
<p>Macklem described precisely that tension in his September 21 remarks. Trade uncertainty is expected to restrain demand, while higher oil and refined-fuel prices are putting upward pressure on inflation. The Bank has stressed that monetary policy cannot eliminate tariffs or control global energy prices; it can only try to prevent those shocks from destabilizing Canadian inflation. Reuters reported on September 22 that markets were assigning roughly a 60% probability to an October Bank of Canada rate increase. Even that expectation was not enough to support the loonie because U.S. yields remained substantially higher. The next Canadian decision, scheduled for October 28, will therefore be watched closely for any shift in how policymakers balance those competing pressures.</p>
<h2>The Federal Reserve Has Made the Greenback Harder to Compete With</h2>
<p>Conditions south of the border have strengthened the other side of the currency pair. On September 16, the U.S. Federal Reserve raised its federal funds target range by a quarter percentage point to 3.75%–4.00%. The Fed said economic activity remained solid while inflation was still elevated. That left U.S. policy rates significantly above the Bank of Canada’s 2.25% overnight target.</p>
<p>Investors have also been considering the possibility of additional Federal Reserve tightening. Reuters reported that the U.S. dollar was strengthening against a basket of major currencies on September 22 as markets assessed whether further rate increases might be necessary. That matters for Canada because the loonie can fall even without a dramatic deterioration in domestic conditions if the U.S. dollar is strengthening broadly. The dynamic has already appeared repeatedly during September. The Canadian dollar weakened for several consecutive sessions as the U.S.-Canada rate differential widened, including an eight-day losing run reported by Reuters on September 18. In other words, Canada’s trade problems are arriving at a particularly difficult moment: the currency on the other side of the exchange rate is itself being supported by tighter monetary policy.</p>
<h2>High Oil Prices Are No Longer Providing a Simple Boost</h2>
<p>Oil normally has an important relationship with the Canadian economy because energy is one of the country’s major exports. Higher crude prices can improve export revenues and Canada’s terms of trade, which can provide support for the currency. Yet that traditional relationship has not been strong enough to reverse the loonie’s current decline. Reuters reported U.S. crude futures up about 0.9% at US$96.65 per barrel during the September 22 currency session even as the Canadian dollar fell.</p>
<p>The reason is that expensive energy is creating problems alongside the potential benefits. Macklem said the Bank estimates that under normal conditions, a 10% increase in oil prices adds approximately 0.2 percentage points to Canadian CPI inflation. Recent refining disruptions have made the situation even more complicated because gasoline and diesel prices have risen more sharply than crude alone might suggest. Canadian inflation had been running around 3% in recent months, according to the Bank. That means stronger oil prices can simultaneously support export income and make monetary policy more difficult. For the loonie, the positive commodity effect is therefore competing with inflation risk, weaker growth expectations and a large U.S. interest-rate advantage.</p>
<h2>A Weaker Dollar Can Reach Canadian Wallets in Subtle Ways</h2>
<p>Exchange-rate moves eventually extend beyond financial markets. At an exchange rate around C$1.4075 per U.S. dollar, a US$100 purchase represents roughly C$141 before credit-card spreads, bank fees, taxes or other charges. That is immediately noticeable for Canadians paying U.S.-dollar hotel bills, buying goods from American websites or purchasing other services priced in greenbacks. Businesses face similar arithmetic when they import machinery, components, technology or raw materials invoiced in U.S. dollars.</p>
<p>The effect on Canadian consumer prices is more complicated than simply converting currencies. Bank of Canada research has repeatedly found that exchange-rate movements can pass through to import prices and eventually some retail prices, but the degree and timing vary substantially by product, industry and economic conditions. Companies may absorb part of a currency move in their profit margins, switch suppliers or delay price changes. A weaker loonie can also improve the competitiveness of Canadian-produced goods for foreign buyers. That means depreciation creates winners as well as losers, but for households already dealing with elevated fuel costs and inflation, more expensive imported products can add another layer to the affordability squeeze.</p>
<h2>Trade Talks, Central Banks and Oil Will Determine What Comes Next</h2>
<p>The next major moves in the Canadian dollar are likely to depend on the same forces that drove it toward its seven-week low: the Canada-U.S. trade relationship, relative interest rates and energy prices. The Federal Reserve is scheduled to meet October 27–28, while the Bank of Canada will announce its next policy decision and Monetary Policy Report on October 28. Any change in expectations about those meetings could quickly narrow or widen the yield gap that has been weighing on the loonie.</p>
<p>Trade developments may be even harder for markets to price because businesses are already adapting to an environment that has changed repeatedly. Macklem said Canadian non-energy exports rose 14.5% in the second quarter and reached their highest level since early 2025, while more than two-thirds of Canadian exporters surveyed by the Bank said they planned to expand into new markets over the next two years. Those shifts show that the economy is responding rather than standing still. For the currency, however, adaptation takes time. Until investors gain more clarity on tariffs, growth and monetary policy, the Canadian dollar is likely to remain highly sensitive to every change in the economic relationship across the border.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canadian Satellite Giant Telesat Faces Showdown With U.S. Creditors Over US$1.71B Debt Deadline]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canadian-satellite-giant-telesat-faces-showdown-with-u-s-creditors-over-us1-71b-debt-deadline/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canadian-satellite-giant-telesat-faces-showdown-with-u-s-creditors-over-us1-71b-debt-deadline/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:07:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canadian satellite operator Telesat is approaching a financial deadline that could shape the next chapter of one of the country’s]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Telesat.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canadian satellite operator Telesat is approaching a financial deadline that could shape the next chapter of one of the country’s most important space companies. Roughly US$1.71 billion of debt tied to its legacy geostationary satellite business comes due in December, while creditors and the company remain divided over how that obligation should be refinanced. The tension is complicated by an ongoing court fight over Telesat’s decision to move most of the equity in its fast-growing Lightspeed business outside the group guaranteeing the older debt. At the same time, Lightspeed is attracting billions of dollars in government financing and contracts. That leaves Telesat balancing two sharply different realities: a shrinking legacy business carrying a large debt burden and a heavily backed next-generation satellite network that management considers the company’s future.</p>
<h2>The December 6 Deadline Is the Immediate Pressure Point</h2>
<p>The most urgent number on Telesat’s balance sheet is approximately US$1.71 billion. As of June 30, Telesat GEO had US$1.3205 billion outstanding under its Term Loan B and another US$387 million of 5.625% senior secured notes. Both are scheduled to mature in December 2026, with the current creditor dispute centred on a Dec. 6 deadline. Telesat’s filings make clear that these maturities cannot simply be handled through the normal cash generated by the business.</p>
<p>The difference between the amount owed and the cash available is substantial. Telesat reported C$383.2 million in consolidated cash and equivalents at the end of June, but only C$160.8 million was held inside Telesat GEO, the business responsible for the legacy debt. Management has explicitly said consolidated cash flows and resources alone are not expected to be sufficient to meet the GEO maturities. That makes refinancing, restructuring or another negotiated solution necessary rather than optional if Telesat wants to avoid a payment failure when the debt comes due.</p>
<h2>The Older GEO Business Is Losing Financial Momentum</h2>
<p>The debt problem is arriving while Telesat’s traditional geostationary satellite operation is getting smaller. Telesat reported second-quarter consolidated revenue of C$79 million, down 25% from a year earlier. Almost all of that revenue came from the GEO segment, where quarterly revenue fell 26% to C$78 million. Telesat attributed much of the decline to broadcast contracts that were not renewed in 2025 and reductions in fixed-broadband services, partly offset by new aviation business.</p>
<p>Profitability also weakened. GEO adjusted EBITDA dropped 42% year over year to C$43 million, although refinancing expenses contributed to the decline. Telesat still expects the segment to generate between C$300 million and C$320 million of revenue in 2026, with C$210 million to C$230 million of adjusted EBITDA before non-recurring refinancing costs. Those are meaningful cash-producing operations, but they are small beside US$1.71 billion coming due at once. Telesat also recorded a C$559 million consolidated net loss in the quarter, though much of that reflected non-cash changes in Lightspeed financing warrants and foreign-exchange movements rather than operating cash losses.</p>
<h2>Creditors Have Already Put a Recapitalization Proposal on the Table</h2>
<p>Negotiations appear to have advanced beyond preliminary discussions. Telesat disclosed in August that its advisers had held multiple discussions with lenders’ advisers during the previous nine months. A Sept. 23 report by The Globe and Mail said a creditor group including Silver Point Capital, Sound Point Capital Management and GoldenTree Asset Management had submitted a formal refinancing proposal in August, citing a source familiar with the negotiations. No agreement had been reached at the time of the report.</p>
<p>According to that account, the proposed recapitalization is intended to give lenders recovery of 100% of their principal through a combination of new debt, collateral connected to the Lightspeed business and new junior capital. The precise negotiations are private, and Telesat has not publicly endorsed those reported terms. Chief financial officer Donald Tremblay said the company continues to seek a consensual solution and has multiple options available. That gap is now central to the story: creditors want stronger access to value associated with Lightspeed, while Telesat has deliberately structured much of Lightspeed outside the entities guaranteeing the legacy GEO obligations.</p>
<h2>A 62% Lightspeed Transfer Is at the Centre of the Court Battle</h2>
<p>The conflict can be traced directly to a corporate restructuring completed on Sept. 12, 2025. Telesat Canada transferred 62% of the equity in the Telesat Lightspeed business to an indirect subsidiary of Telesat Corporation. That entity was specifically identified as a non-guarantor and non-obligor under Telesat Canada’s debt agreements. Operationally, Telesat said nothing changed. Financially, however, the transaction moved a majority of the equity in its major growth project outside the legacy creditor group.</p>
<p>Creditors challenged the transaction in both New York and Ontario. The litigation alleges, among other things, that the transfer violated provisions of Telesat’s credit agreement and Canadian corporate and fraudulent-conveyance laws. The creditors have sought remedies that could include declaring the transaction void, restoring transferred value or awarding damages. Those remain allegations rather than established findings. Telesat says the lawsuits are without merit and maintains that the transaction followed a robust governance process and complied with its agreements and applicable law. The U.S. proceeding remained active in discovery in September, meaning the legal dispute is still unfolding as the maturity approaches.</p>
<h2>Lightspeed and the GEO Debt Sit in Different Financial Silos</h2>
<p>Understanding Telesat’s corporate structure helps explain why creditors are fighting so aggressively over Lightspeed. Telesat’s filings state that repayment obligations on the GEO term loan and secured notes are limited to Telesat GEO and certain guarantor subsidiaries. The entities focused on Lightspeed are classified as non-guarantors, and Lightspeed assets are excluded from the collateral securing the legacy senior notes. In practical terms, financing raised specifically for Lightspeed does not automatically become a pot of money available to repay GEO creditors.</p>
<p>That separation is particularly significant because Lightspeed has its own large funding package. The Government of Canada committed a C$2.14 billion repayable loan and Quebec committed another C$400 million. Telesat’s June filing said approximately C$1.62 billion remained available to be drawn under the Lightspeed facilities at that point. The structure is intended to ensure that money provided to construct the new constellation remains available for that project. For legacy lenders, however, the division raises the fundamental question driving the litigation: how much value associated with Telesat’s next-generation business should remain accessible to creditors who financed the older company?</p>
<h2>Lightspeed Is Becoming More Valuable as the Debt Fight Intensifies</h2>
<p>The creditor dispute is occurring just as Lightspeed is gaining commercial momentum. In August, Telesat announced a C$2.3 billion contract with Canada’s Defence Investment Agency to provide Military Ka-band Arctic connectivity to the Canadian Armed Forces. Two five-year options could raise the total contract value to C$2.7 billion. The agreement allowed Telesat to expand the initial Lightspeed constellation from 156 to 225 satellites, with 69 additional spacecraft funded through milestone payments from the federal government.</p>
<p>Telesat said the expanded constellation is fully funded and remains targeted to begin global commercial service around the end of the first quarter of 2028. Including the defence agreement, the company put pro-forma Lightspeed backlog at approximately C$5.6 billion as of its second-quarter reporting. The project has also become part of Ottawa’s investment strategy. Lightspeed appeared in the prospectus circulated around the September Canada Investment Summit, where minority investment in Telesat or the Lightspeed program was presented to major global investors. That increasingly visible commercial value helps explain why control over Lightspeed-related equity matters so much to both Telesat and its creditors.</p>
<h2>December Is Not the End of Telesat’s Debt Maturity Problem</h2>
<p>Even a successful December refinancing would not eliminate the company’s legacy debt obligations. Telesat GEO had another US$225 million of 4.875% senior secured notes outstanding at June 30 that mature in June 2027. It also had approximately US$213 million of 6.5% senior unsecured notes due in October 2027. Together, those obligations add roughly US$438 million to the amount that has to be addressed after the December debt wall.</p>
<p>Telesat has taken steps to add liquidity. In August, a subsidiary of Telesat GEO borrowed US$120 million from an unaffiliated lender for general corporate purposes. That borrower is itself a non-guarantor under the existing GEO term loan and note agreements, and the new loan matures in four years. Telesat is also eligible for as much as US$189 million in U.S. Federal Communications Commission incentive payments tied to the transition of Upper C-band spectrum, provided the company satisfies the required conditions and deadlines. Those sources improve liquidity, but neither changes the fundamental scale of the approaching maturities.</p>
<h2>Telesat Is Still Pushing for a Deal Rather Than Bankruptcy</h2>
<p>Management continues to present a negotiated refinancing as its preferred path. During Telesat’s August earnings call, CEO Dan Goldberg was asked directly whether the company was seriously considering a Chapter 11 filing in the United States. Goldberg said that was “not the case at all” and emphasized that management was focused on refinancing the debt before maturity through a consensual outcome. Telesat’s financial statements nevertheless contain a formal material-uncertainty warning, saying there is substantial doubt about Telesat GEO’s ability to meet its obligations if the debt cannot be addressed.</p>
<p>Telesat also occupies an unusual legal position because of legislation dating to its privatization. Section 8 of the Telesat Canada Reorganization and Divestiture Act says federal insolvency or winding-up legislation does not apply to Telesat itself and that the company cannot be wound up without an Act of Parliament. How that provision would interact with proceedings involving subsidiaries or a potential U.S. process is less straightforward, and Telesat has declined to offer its own interpretation. For now, the defining question remains simpler: whether the company and its creditors can agree on how to divide risk and value before December arrives.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Buffalo Mayor Warns Canada’s New Trade Routes to Europe and Asia May Never Come Back to U.S.]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/buffalo-mayor-warns-canadas-new-trade-routes-to-europe-and-asia-may-never-come-back-to-u-s/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/buffalo-mayor-warns-canadas-new-trade-routes-to-europe-and-asia-may-never-come-back-to-u-s/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 14:04:05 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s effort to find more customers beyond the United States is starting to look less like a temporary response to]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadian-cargo-trucks-container-ships-loaded-with-goods-import-export-trade-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s effort to find more customers beyond the United States is starting to look less like a temporary response to tariffs and more like a potentially lasting shift in how the country trades. That possibility is raising concern just across the border in Buffalo, where Mayor Sean Ryan warned that new commercial relationships with Europe, Asia and South America could become difficult for American businesses to win back once they are established.</p>
<p>His warning comes during another period of intense Canada-U.S. trade friction. Canadian exporters are still deeply dependent on the American market, but recent trade figures show unusually strong growth elsewhere. For border regions such as Western New York, the question is no longer simply how much current tariffs cost. It is whether years of tightly integrated cross-border business could gradually be replaced by new customers, suppliers, contracts and shipping patterns abroad.</p>
<h2>Ryan’s Warning Is About What Happens After the Tariffs</h2>
<p>Buffalo Mayor Sean Ryan delivered his warning during a September 22 event focused on the impact of the escalating Canada-U.S. trade dispute on Western New York manufacturers. Ryan argued that the current disruption remained reversible, but cautioned against allowing it to continue long enough for Canadian companies to establish stronger trading relationships in the European Union, Asia and South America. His concern was straightforward: once companies find dependable alternative buyers and suppliers, restoring the old relationships may become considerably harder.</p>
<p>That distinction matters. Ryan was not saying that Canada had abandoned the American market or that every new overseas transaction would permanently replace U.S. trade. He was describing the risk of commercial relationships becoming entrenched. Companies invest time and money qualifying suppliers, negotiating contracts, arranging transportation and meeting regulatory requirements. If Canadian firms make those investments elsewhere because access to the American market has become more costly or uncertain, the economic calculation can remain different even after the original tariff dispute ends.</p>
<h2>Western New York Has More at Stake Than Most U.S. Regions</h2>
<p>Buffalo’s concern is partly geographic. Southern Ontario and Western New York function as neighbouring pieces of a highly integrated manufacturing economy, with components, metals, machinery and finished products regularly moving across the international border. Federal labour figures show that the Buffalo-Cheektowaga metropolitan area had about 50,700 manufacturing jobs in August 2026, making industrial activity an important part of the regional employment base.</p>
<p>The consequences are already visible at individual businesses. At the September 22 Buffalo event, Welded Tube USA plant manager Steve Vanasky said his company historically sourced steel for its Lackawanna operation from nearby Canadian mills. According to Vanasky, tariff conditions pushed some production north of the border and resulted in the loss of roughly 25 local jobs. Congressman Tim Kennedy's office separately highlighted New York's two-way trade in aluminum, steel and copper with Canada, illustrating why border manufacturers can be exposed on both the purchasing and selling sides of their businesses.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Market Is Still Enormous for Canada</h2>
<p>Any suggestion that Canada can quickly replace the United States would overlook the extraordinary scale of the relationship. U.S. Census Bureau figures show that American goods exports to Canada totalled about US$333.6 billion in 2025, while imports from Canada reached approximately US$381.9 billion. That represents more than US$715 billion in two-way goods trade in a single year, before services are even included.</p>
<p>Canada’s own monthly statistics show similar dependence. In July 2026, Canadian merchandise exports to the United States were C$50.5 billion out of C$76.1 billion in total merchandise exports. In other words, roughly two-thirds of Canadian goods exports that month still went south of the border. Geographic proximity, extensive road and rail networks, common business practices and decades of continental supply-chain integration remain significant advantages. Ryan’s warning therefore concerns erosion at the margins rather than an overnight replacement of the U.S. market. Even modest shifts, however, can represent billions of dollars when the underlying trade relationship is this large.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Non-U.S. Export Numbers Are Becoming Harder to Ignore</h2>
<p>The strongest evidence behind concerns about diversification came from Statistics Canada’s July 2026 merchandise-trade report. Exports to countries other than the United States climbed 7.4% from June and reached a record C$25.6 billion. Non-U.S. destinations accounted for 33.7% of Canadian merchandise exports that month, with the Netherlands, China and Germany among the markets contributing most to the increase.</p>
<p>One month does not establish a permanent structural change, particularly because commodity prices and large individual shipments can cause substantial swings in Canadian trade statistics. Still, the direction fits a broader strategy that Canadian governments and businesses have pursued as U.S. trade conditions became less predictable. The significance is that diversification no longer exists only in policy documents. Goods are moving. Customers are buying. Exporters are learning how to operate in those markets. Every successful transaction gives a Canadian company more information about alternative logistics, regulations, prices and buyers, potentially reducing the perceived risk of relying less heavily on the United States.</p>
<h2>Europe Is Already a Large and Established Alternative</h2>
<p>Europe is particularly important because Canada does not have to build that trading relationship from scratch. The Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement between Canada and the European Union has been provisionally applied since 2017, removing or reducing numerous barriers and giving Canadian firms preferential access to one of the world’s largest markets. Global Affairs Canada reports that combined Canada-EU trade in goods and services reached C$178.6 billion in 2025.</p>
<p>Merchandise trade between Canada and the EU increased by more than 77% between 2016 and 2025. The European Commission reports a similarly strong long-term pattern, with EU-Canada trade in goods and services up roughly 80% over the period. Canada and the EU have also been working on deeper digital-trade cooperation. This matters for Ryan’s warning because diversification toward Europe is not simply an emergency workaround created by the latest dispute with Washington. The institutional framework, business relationships and tariff preferences were already being built for years. Current U.S. tensions may accelerate a trend that already had substantial momentum.</p>
<h2>Asia Offers Scale That Canadian Exporters Cannot Easily Dismiss</h2>
<p>Canada has been building similar commercial infrastructure across the Indo-Pacific. The country is part of the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership, connecting it with economies including Japan, Vietnam, Malaysia, Australia and Singapore. Canada has also expanded trade missions and commercial representation throughout Southeast Asia, including new Export Development Canada offices in Jakarta, Ho Chi Minh City, Manila and Bangkok.</p>
<p>The numbers are becoming substantial. Global Affairs Canada says merchandise trade between Canada and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations reached C$52.4 billion in 2025, an increase of 23.6% from C$42.4 billion in 2024. ASEAN collectively ranked as Canada's fifth-largest merchandise trading partner that year. Asia cannot duplicate the convenience of shipping components from Ontario to nearby New York, and greater distances introduce transportation costs and logistical complexity. But its enormous consumer base, expanding middle class and existing Canadian trade agreements mean it offers something different: enough scale to give exporters credible alternatives when North American conditions become less predictable.</p>
<h2>The “New Trade Routes” Are Becoming Physical Infrastructure</h2>
<p>The phrase “trade routes” can sound abstract, but Canada is also investing in the infrastructure required to move more goods overseas. The Port of Montreal provides a revealing example. Its 2025 cargo statistics show Northern Europe accounting for more than 20% of waterborne cargo handled by trading partner, while Asia accounted for roughly 8.5%. The United States represented about 15.2% under the same measure. These are already functioning international logistics networks rather than theoretical future connections.</p>
<p>Montreal is also developing its Contrecœur container terminal, which is expected to add annual capacity of as much as 1.15 million twenty-foot-equivalent units when commercial operations begin in 2030. The port describes the project as supporting trade diversification and economic resilience. In March 2026, Montreal was also added to CMA CGM’s CAGEMA service, giving it a direct weekly connection with Latin America. The port said the service could reduce reliance on U.S. East Coast ports for some cargo. Infrastructure investments of this size can make diversification progressively easier once they are operating.</p>
<h2>Tariffs Give Companies a Reason to Reconsider Old Habits</h2>
<p>The immediate pressure behind the latest diversification debate is unusually high. Canada imposed new counter-tariffs of 15%, 25% and 50% on C$27.6 billion worth of selected U.S. imports beginning September 8, responding to new American measures affecting Canadian products. The targeted Canadian list includes goods in areas such as steel, aluminum, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, and electronics.</p>
<p>The Trump administration has defended its Section 338 measures as responses to what it describes as discriminatory Canadian policies in sectors including automobiles, dairy and alcoholic beverages, and has argued that tariffs can create more opportunities for American producers. Canada disputes the U.S. approach and has responded with its own measures. Whatever the policy arguments on either side, businesses have to operate under the resulting prices and rules. In Buffalo, GTI Fabrication engineering manager Dan Yousett said rapidly changing tariff conditions make it difficult to know what costs to use when quoting future jobs—an example of how uncertainty itself can influence sourcing decisions.</p>
<h2>Supply Chains Can Become Sticky Once Companies Move</h2>
<p>Economic research helps explain why Ryan focused on what happens after alternative trading arrangements are established. Research on earlier U.S. tariff episodes found that supply-chain adjustments frequently occur gradually rather than immediately. A National Bureau of Economic Research study of the 2018-era tariffs found that the response of import values became larger over time, consistent with companies needing time to reorganize sourcing arrangements.</p>
<p>More recent research examining the reallocation of U.S. supply chains away from China found a similar pattern. Early adjustments were concentrated in products for which alternative production could be found relatively easily. Later, as companies became convinced the policy changes would persist, reallocation spread into contract-intensive products and goods characterized by stickier buyer-supplier relationships. IMF research likewise emphasizes that supply chains contain significant rigidities: businesses cannot instantly switch suppliers, but diversification can improve resilience once alternative networks are created. These studies do not prove Canadian trade will permanently move away from the U.S., but they explain the economic mechanism behind Ryan’s warning.</p>
<h2>The Shift Is Not Necessarily Permanent</h2>
<p>There are also strong reasons to avoid treating the mayor’s warning as a prediction that Canadian trade will simply disappear from the United States. Geography remains powerful. Factories in Ontario can reach customers in New York, Michigan and Ohio far faster than equivalent customers across an ocean. Canadian and American production systems have developed around that advantage for decades, particularly in automobiles, metals, energy and advanced manufacturing.</p>
<p>The continental trade framework has also not vanished. The United States declined on July 1, 2026, to renew the USMCA/CUSMA for another 16-year period in its current form, but the U.S. Trade Representative explicitly said the agreement remains in force while the parties continue dealing with disputed issues. That creates uncertainty, but not an immediate end to preferential North American trade. The central question is therefore one of degree. Canada may continue selling enormous quantities to the United States while simultaneously building a much larger portfolio of European and Asian customers than it had before.</p>
<h2>Buffalo’s Concern Is Really About the Next Business Decision</h2>
<p>For Western New York, the most important part of the dispute may not be today's tariff bill. It may be the next contract a Canadian company signs. A manufacturer that has always purchased a particular component in Buffalo may investigate a European supplier. A Canadian resource producer may develop a new buyer in Germany or China. An importer that traditionally routed cargo through an American port may find a Canadian alternative. Any one decision looks small beside hundreds of billions of dollars in annual Canada-U.S. commerce.</p>
<p>Repeated thousands of times, however, those choices can gradually alter trade patterns. That is the risk Sean Ryan was describing. Current statistics support the idea that Canada is diversifying, while the continuing scale of U.S.-Canada commerce shows that the American market remains exceptionally difficult to replace. Whether the new connections become permanent will depend on relative costs, tariff policy, reliability, infrastructure and the value businesses place on having multiple markets. For Buffalo, waiting to find out carries its own economic stakes.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canadian Company Shifts Production From Buffalo to Canada as Tariff Fight Costs 25 U.S. Jobs]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canadian-company-shifts-production-from-buffalo-to-canada-as-tariff-fight-costs-25-u-s-jobs/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canadian-company-shifts-production-from-buffalo-to-canada-as-tariff-fight-costs-25-u-s-jobs/</guid>
<pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 13:59:23 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A trade fight designed in part to encourage American manufacturing is producing a strikingly different result at one Buffalo-area factory.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Trade-tariff-US-and-Canada.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A trade fight designed in part to encourage American manufacturing is producing a strikingly different result at one Buffalo-area factory. Welded Tube USA, the American division of Canadian steel-pipe producer Welded Tube, says it has eliminated about 25 jobs at its Lackawanna, New York, operation after moving some production to Canada to avoid retaliatory tariffs. The development offers a ground-level look at how quickly cross-border industrial strategies can change when tariffs collide with supply chains built around the assumption that goods can move repeatedly between Canada and the United States.</p>
<p>For Welded Tube, the issue is particularly complicated because its American and Canadian operations were designed to work together. Steel, unfinished pipe and finished products can move between facilities on opposite sides of the border, making new duties much more consequential than they might be for a manufacturer operating entirely within one country.</p>
<h2>Welded Tube Says Tariffs Forced the Production Shift</h2>
<p>The immediate impact became public on September 22, when Welded Tube USA plant manager Steve Vanasky joined Western New York manufacturers discussing the consequences of the latest U.S.-Canada trade dispute. Vanasky said the Lackawanna operation had shifted some production into Canada to avoid Canadian retaliatory tariffs and had reduced its workforce as a result. According to his account, roughly 25 American jobs have been lost. Buffalo Toronto Public Media independently reported the same explanation from the company.</p>
<p>That distinction matters. Welded Tube has not announced that the Lackawanna plant is closing or that all American production is moving north. Rather, the company says tariff costs have changed the economics of where certain work is performed. For employees affected by the restructuring, however, that distinction offers little immediate comfort. A policy decision made at the national level has translated into fewer positions at a factory in Lackawanna, a former steelmaking centre where industrial employment remains economically and symbolically important.</p>
<h2>This Factory Was Designed Around a Cross-Border Production Line</h2>
<p>Welded Tube's manufacturing footprint helps explain why the company is particularly sensitive to new border costs. Its Lackawanna facility was commissioned in 2013 and is capable of producing as much as 350,000 tons annually. The 109,000-square-foot mill produces oil-country tubular goods, including casing used by the energy industry. Welded Tube says casing manufactured there is intended for additional processing at the company's heat-treatment and threading operation in Welland, Ontario.</p>
<p>In other words, crossing the border is not an unusual detour in this supply chain; it is part of the normal production process. Earlier Canadian government records documented the same arrangement, describing Welded Tube of Canada as importing welded "green tubes" from its Lackawanna operation for finishing in Canada. That system made commercial sense when steel and semi-finished products could move relatively predictably between the two countries. Once tariffs are added at different stages, however, geography becomes a cost issue. A company can suddenly save money by keeping Canadian-bound work in Canada even if American machinery and workers are available to do it.</p>
<h2>Steel Is Caught in a Much Broader U.S. Tariff Regime</h2>
<p>The pressure on Welded Tube comes amid significant changes to U.S. metal tariffs. In April 2026, the Trump administration established Section 232 duties reaching 50% on many steel, aluminum and copper articles, arguing that stronger protection was necessary for national security and domestic industrial capacity. The tariff system was modified again in June, including special rules for qualifying Canadian and Mexican products and different rates depending on product classification and U.S. content.</p>
<p>The administration's stated objective is to encourage more metal production and sourcing inside the United States. That can benefit domestic primary-metal producers when imported material becomes more expensive. Welded Tube illustrates a different side of the equation. A company may operate an American factory while simultaneously depending on Canadian steel, Canadian processing facilities and Canadian customers. In that situation, tariffs do not simply divide "American producers" from "foreign producers." They can change costs inside a single North American company's internal manufacturing network, influencing which plant receives the next production run.</p>
<h2>Canada's Retaliatory Tariffs Changed the Calculation Again</h2>
<p>Canada added another layer on September 8, 2026, when counter-tariffs of 15%, 25% and 50% took effect on a list of U.S.-origin goods. The Canadian government said the measures covered C$27.6 billion worth of American imports and targeted sectors including steel, aluminum, agricultural equipment, appliances, electronics and other products. Rates were designed to correspond with U.S. tariff treatment on targeted Canadian goods.</p>
<p>For a manufacturer such as Welded Tube, retaliatory tariffs can create an unexpected incentive. Production performed at the American facility may face an additional cost when the resulting goods enter Canada. Moving Canadian-market production to a Canadian facility can therefore reduce exposure to those duties. That is the mechanism Vanasky described when explaining the Lackawanna job losses. It is also why the situation cannot be understood simply as a Canadian company choosing Canada over the United States. The firm's plants were already interconnected. What changed was the relative cost of moving products across the border, and management responded by changing where some work was performed.</p>
<h2>Tariffs Can Protect One Manufacturer While Raising Costs for Another</h2>
<p>There is an important economic tension behind the Lackawanna story. Tariffs can provide domestic steelmakers with protection from lower-priced imports and encourage customers to purchase more U.S.-made metal. The U.S. International Trade Commission found that the Section 232 measures operating from 2018 through 2021 reduced affected steel imports by approximately 24%, raised U.S. steel prices by about 2.4% and increased domestic steel production by roughly 1.9%. The USITC estimated U.S. steel output was $1.3 billion higher in 2021 because of those measures.</p>
<p>But the same federal study found costs further down the manufacturing chain. Industries consuming steel and aluminum faced higher input prices, with production among the most affected downstream industries estimated to be 0.6% lower on average. The USITC calculated that output in those industries was about $3.5 billion lower in 2021 because of Section 232 tariffs. Those historical findings do not prove that today's tariff structure will produce identical results. They do demonstrate why the policy can create gains and losses simultaneously—and why a steel-related company such as Welded Tube can find itself on both sides of the equation.</p>
<h2>Western New York Has More at Stake Than 25 Positions</h2>
<p>The dispute matters particularly in Western New York because Canada is woven deeply into the regional manufacturing economy. At the September 22 event, Rep. Tim Kennedy's office said New York manufacturers exported more than $482 million in aluminum and aluminum articles to Canada during the previous year, along with about $254 million in iron and steel products. Local manufacturers also described uncertainty itself as a problem because companies quoting contracts must estimate what their material costs will be months into the future.</p>
<p>That uncertainty can influence investment before it appears in official employment statistics. A company considering another production line, larger warehouse or additional shift may delay the decision until tariff rules become clearer. Welded Tube's 25 lost positions provide a tangible example, but the larger concern for the Buffalo region is whether businesses begin restructuring future capacity around avoiding the border. That possibility carries particular weight in an area where economic-development agencies have spent years marketing proximity to Southern Ontario as an advantage for manufacturers rather than a liability.</p>
<h2>Welded Tube Went Through a Remarkably Similar Disruption in 2018</h2>
<p>The current episode has a historical precedent inside the same company. When U.S. steel tariffs were imposed on Canada in 2018, Welded Tube executives told Canada's House of Commons trade committee that the Lackawanna mill had previously used Canadian steel to manufacture unfinished tubing before sending it to Ontario for additional processing. The company testified that tariffs forced it to reroute Canadian-market production, reduced Lackawanna capacity utilization from about 75% to 50% and resulted in layoffs.</p>
<p>Contemporary reporting documented temporary shutdowns and additional employment disruptions at the plant as management tried to reduce the cost of repeatedly crossing the tariff barrier. After the earlier U.S.-Canada metal tariffs were removed, Welded Tube's Canadian leadership discussed rebuilding production in Lackawanna. The repetition is noteworthy: the underlying industrial logic of the company has changed far less than trade policy has. Its Ontario and New York operations remain geographically close and operationally connected, meaning tariff barriers can repeatedly encourage work to be reorganized on one side of the border or the other.</p>
<h2>The Bigger Question Is Whether Production Comes Back</h2>
<p>Whether the approximately 25 positions return will depend on what happens to tariffs, Canadian countermeasures and the company's order book. Welded Tube has not publicly announced a timetable for restoring the eliminated jobs. For now, the company's decision shows how quickly manufacturers can reconfigure production when cross-border costs rise. Once companies establish new production routines, supplier relationships and customer arrangements, reversing them may require more than simply removing a tariff.</p>
<p>The scale of the broader economic relationship makes those decisions significant. U.S. Trade Representative data show that U.S.-Canada goods trade reached roughly $715.5 billion in 2025, including $333.6 billion in American exports to Canada and $381.9 billion in imports. Census Bureau figures show another $439 billion-plus in two-way goods trade during the first seven months of 2026 alone. For Welded Tube's Lackawanna employees, however, the consequences are already much less abstract. About 25 positions have disappeared, according to management, while work that once supported the Buffalo-area plant is now being performed north of the border.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[New U.S. Customs System Goes Live Today as Canadian Sellers Face Tougher Low-Value Shipping Rules]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/new-u-s-customs-system-goes-live-today-as-canadian-sellers-face-tougher-low-value-shipping-rules/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/new-u-s-customs-system-goes-live-today-as-canadian-sellers-face-tougher-low-value-shipping-rules/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:51:50 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A customs change taking effect in the United States today lands at an awkward moment for Canadian e-commerce sellers already]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Trade-bans-border-freight-Canada-shipments.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A customs change taking effect in the United States today lands at an awkward moment for Canadian e-commerce sellers already adapting to the end of the old US$800 duty-free de minimis shortcut. U.S. Customs and Border Protection has scheduled the production launch of Entry Type 13, a new electronic informal mail entry option inside the Automated Commercial Environment, for September 22, 2026. The change is important, but it is easy to misunderstand: Entry Type 13 is a voluntary test, not a new blanket requirement imposed on every Canadian parcel today. Its arrival instead gives eligible importers and customs brokers a digital route for qualifying international mail shipments valued at US$2,500 or less. For Canadian merchants, the bigger story is how much more classification, origin, value, duty and entry information now matters before a low-value order ever reaches the border.</p>
<h2>Today’s launch is an electronic mail-entry test, not a new duty</h2>
<p>CBP’s published deployment schedule puts Entry Type 13 into the live ACE production environment on September 22, 2026. The test creates a new electronic informal-entry pathway for international mail shipments valued at US$2,500 or less. Before this change, the newer postal informal process relied on a different workflow; Entry Type 13 is designed to let eligible filers transmit the entry electronically through ACE.</p>
<p>That distinction matters for Canadian sellers because the launch does not itself create a new tariff on September 22. The tougher cost environment began earlier, when the United States suspended duty-free de minimis treatment for shipments valued at US$800 or less. Entry Type 13 is better understood as infrastructure for handling low-value mail under the post-de-minimis regime. A small merchant sending a sweater, collectible or replacement part to an American customer may never touch ACE directly, but the broker or party making entry has a filing option.</p>
<h2>The old US$800 de minimis shortcut is already gone</h2>
<p>For years, many low-value e-commerce parcels entered the United States under the Section 321 de minimis framework, which generally allowed qualifying shipments valued at US$800 or less to enter without duties. That landscape changed on August 29, 2025, when U.S. authorities suspended duty-free de minimis treatment globally for covered shipments, including goods arriving from Canada.</p>
<p>The practical consequence is that a parcel’s low price no longer means the customs step can be treated as a formality. Duties, taxes, fees and entry requirements can depend on the product, its origin and the method of transportation. CBP later formalized a new postal informal-entry process for eligible mail shipments valued at US$2,500 or less. For Canadian online sellers built around inexpensive cross-border orders, that means customs data is no longer something that can be patched in after checkout. It can influence pricing, shipping method, delivery promises and whether an order is commercially worthwhile.</p>
<h2>Entry Type 13 is voluntary — and only certain parties can file it</h2>
<p>Entry Type 13 is a voluntary CBP test. No separate application is required, but filing eligibility is limited. CBP says an owner or purchaser of the merchandise can file, as can a licensed customs broker properly appointed by the owner, purchaser or consignee. A foreign postal operator, carrier or freight forwarder acting only as consignee must use a licensed broker as importer of record.</p>
<p>That means most small Canadian sellers should not read today’s launch as an invitation to open ACE and start filing every order themselves. In many transactions, the operational work will sit with a broker, postal partner or other qualified party. The seller’s role is still crucial because the filer needs accurate commercial information upstream. If the product description, origin, classification or value supplied by the merchant is weak, electronic filing does not correct it; it moves that data into a structured customs process for U.S. imports.</p>
<h2>The new filing demands far more precise product data</h2>
<p>CBP’s Entry Type 13 test requires a detailed electronic record. The listed data elements include the filer code, importer-of-record number, merchandise description, country of origin, applicable 10-digit U.S. tariff classifications, duty rate, value, total duty owed, carrier name, foreign postal tracking number and arrival port. Quantity and weight are also required when specific duty rates make them relevant.</p>
<p>For a Canadian seller, those fields expose the difference between a casual product listing and customs-ready product data. “Women’s top,” “auto part” or “gift item” may be understandable to a customer but can be inadequate for classification and duty calculation. Country of origin is also not the same thing as the country from which the parcel is mailed. A product shipped from Toronto could have been manufactured or substantially transformed elsewhere. As U.S. customs treatment becomes more data-driven, merchants with clean SKU-level records will be better positioned to avoid mismatches and rework.</p>
<h2>Bonds and importer-of-record responsibility raise the compliance stakes</h2>
<p>Using Entry Type 13 requires a basic importation and entry bond, either a single-transaction bond or a continuous bond, for the importer of record. CBP says the bond protects revenue, secures payment of duties, taxes and fees, and obligates the importer of record to correct non-compliance involving admissibility or customs requirements. When a broker files as importer of record, the broker’s bond is obligated.</p>
<p>That may sound distant from a Canadian storefront, but it changes the economics of who is willing to take responsibility for the shipment. Brokers and logistics partners are not merely moving a parcel; they can be assuming obligations tied to entry. That helps explain why data quality, authorization and fee structures matter more than under a lighter de minimis model. A seller with only a handful of U.S. orders may rely on an integrated postal solution, while higher-volume merchants may need clearer broker and importer-of-record arrangements.</p>
<h2>Canada Post sellers already face a prepayment workflow</h2>
<p>Canadian merchants using Canada Post have been operating under a more demanding U.S.-bound process. Canada Post says U.S.-bound parcels require a 13-character Declaration ID tied to the customs declaration and duty-payment process. Its current workflow uses Zonos to calculate or collect duties and connect the payment record to the parcel’s tracking information before the shipment moves south.</p>
<p>That means the change for many small sellers is not a new screen on September 22. It is the continuing shift toward customs compliance before the parcel enters the network. Canada Post asks for item descriptions, quantity, value and country of origin, and its tools can associate an HS code with the shipment. For a merchant shipping several dozen low-cost orders each week, missing origin data or vague descriptions can now become a label-generation or clearance problem rather than a minor back-office detail. Shipping has become tied to product-data management, not just postage.</p>
<h2>Postal mail and courier shipments are not using the same customs path</h2>
<p>One of the easiest mistakes is to treat every U.S.-bound low-value parcel as though it follows the same entry process. Entry Type 13 is specifically an international-mail option. CBP separately requires non-postal shipments to be filed through an appropriate entry type in ACE by a party qualified to make entry, with duties, taxes and fees assessed under the rules for that shipment.</p>
<p>For Canadian businesses, the distinction can affect carrier selection and customs administration. A parcel sent through Canada Post and handed into international postal network may follow one compliance path, while an express or courier shipment can move through a different electronic-entry structure. The cheapest quote does not tell the story. Merchants need to compare brokerage, duty handling, data requirements, delivery speed and who is acting as importer of record. Identical products sold at the same price can create different operational work depending on how they cross the border.</p>
<h2>CUSMA claims and regulated goods face another key date in October</h2>
<p>September 22 is not the last important date on the calendar. CBP’s June rule set an October 22, 2026 compliance date for certain categories of international mail. After that date, merchandise claiming duty-free treatment under a free trade agreement, goods subject to Partner Government Agency requirements, and certain merchandise involving Chapters 98 or 99 of the U.S. tariff schedule will no longer qualify for the ordinary postal informal-entry process.</p>
<p>CBP says those shipments will instead need another appropriate process, such as Entry Type 13 or formal entry. That detail is relevant to Canadian exporters because CUSMA is a free trade agreement. A product may qualify for preferential tariff treatment based on origin, but claiming that treatment is not the same thing as having no customs paperwork. Sellers shipping qualifying Canadian-origin goods by mail should distinguish between tariff eligibility and entry procedure. October’s compliance step makes that distinction more operationally important.</p>
<h2>CBP’s push reflects the enormous scale of low-value trade</h2>
<p>The tighter framework did not emerge in a vacuum. CBP reported that it processed almost 1.37 billion de minimis packages in fiscal 2024, close to four million per day, compared with 511 million in fiscal 2019. The agency has also said low-value shipments accounted for a large share of cargo enforcement activity, including intellectual-property and health-and-safety seizures.</p>
<p>Those figures help explain why U.S. customs policy has moved toward richer data and more formal entry controls. From the government’s perspective, billions of small parcels create enforcement and revenue challenges that older procedures were not designed to handle. For Canadian merchants, the frustration is that compliance costs do not scale neatly with order value. A US$30 accessory can require many of the same core facts — origin, tariff classification, value and admissibility information — as a more expensive shipment. The administrative burden can weigh heavily on sellers built around inexpensive, high-volume orders.</p>
<h2>What Canadian sellers should tighten up now</h2>
<p>The most useful response to today’s launch is operational. Canadian sellers should make sure their product catalog contains a defensible description, country of origin, accurate selling value and tariff information required by their shipping or brokerage channel. They should also know who handles duty payment, who is acting as importer of record and whether their Canada Post, courier or broker workflow can handle the entry type their goods require.</p>
<p>The review should extend to checkout and communication. If duties are prepaid, landed cost should be reflected consistently; if the customer may owe charges later, that should not be a surprise at delivery. Returns, samples, gifts and regulated products deserve treatment rather than being forced through a generic template. Entry Type 13 does not eliminate complexity created by the end of de minimis. It makes clear that low-value cross-border selling depends on getting customs data right before the package leaves Canada.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[⁠Canada-U.S. Border Traffic Slides: Blue Water Truck Crossings Down 14%, Sault Passenger Traffic Down 23%]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canada-u-s-border-traffic-slides-blue-water-truck-crossings-down-14-sault-passenger-traffic-down-23/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canada-u-s-border-traffic-slides-blue-water-truck-crossings-down-14-sault-passenger-traffic-down-23/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:41:41 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Traffic across two important Michigan-Ontario border crossings is sending a complicated signal about the state of Canada-U.S. travel and trade.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Border-crossing-the-Canadian-border-crossing-from-the-USA-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.
</figcaption></figure><p>Traffic across two important Michigan-Ontario border crossings is sending a complicated signal about the state of Canada-U.S. travel and trade. Commercial truck crossings at the Blue Water Bridge fell about 14% through the first eight months of 2026 compared with the same period in 2025, while passenger traffic at the Sault Ste. Marie International Bridge remained about 23% below comparable 2024 levels.</p>
<p>The declines matter because the bridges serve very different roles. Blue Water is a major freight route linking Ontario with the U.S. Midwest, while the Sault crossing is deeply woven into the daily commercial and social life of two neighbouring communities. Yet newer data also suggest the story is no longer simply one of uninterrupted decline.</p>
<h2>The Headline Numbers Need Two Different Baselines</h2>
<p>The two percentages tell related stories, but they should not be treated as identical measurements. At the Blue Water Bridge between Port Huron, Michigan, and Point Edward, Ontario, commercial truck traffic fell from more than 1.4 million crossings during January through August 2025 to roughly 1.2 million during the same eight months of 2026. That works out to a decline of approximately 14%.</p>
<p>The Sault Ste. Marie passenger figure uses an earlier benchmark. Passenger-vehicle crossings during the first eight months of 2026 were about 23% below the corresponding period in 2024. That distinction matters because 2025 was itself an unusually weak year at the Sault crossing. Total annual traffic there fell from 1,109,831 crossings in 2024 to 845,713 in 2025, a drop of nearly 24%. Comparing only 2026 with 2025 can therefore show improvement even while traffic remains substantially below the level seen before the downturn.</p>
<h2>Blue Water’s Truck Decline Hits a Major Freight Route</h2>
<p>The Blue Water Bridge is not simply another road between Canada and the United States. Its two spans connect Ontario's Highway 402 with the I-69 and I-94 system in Michigan, giving manufacturers and carriers a direct route between Ontario and major industrial and distribution centres throughout the American Midwest. Federal transportation material has long identified automotive and agricultural products among the important commodities moving through the crossing.</p>
<p>That makes a fall from more than 1.4 million to approximately 1.2 million commercial truck crossings noteworthy. A truck count does not translate directly into the same percentage change in trade value because individual loads differ dramatically in value and weight. A tractor carrying auto components cannot be treated economically the same as an empty trailer or a shipment of lower-value bulk goods. Still, sustained changes in commercial vehicle volume can affect carriers, customs operations, toll receipts, warehouses and businesses built around cross-border freight movement.</p>
<h2>Sault Ste. Marie Is Feeling a More Personal Border Slowdown</h2>
<p>The Sault Ste. Marie International Bridge connects two communities that share far more than a commercial freight corridor. Residents regularly cross for shopping, restaurants, entertainment, family visits and other short trips, which means a reduction in passenger traffic can quickly become visible on local streets and in business receipts. The crossing's 2025 total of 845,713 vehicles was about 264,000 lower than the 1.11 million recorded in 2024.</p>
<p>The International Bridge Administration estimated that reduced travel in 2025 was associated with at least US$82.9 million in lost local spending across the two Sault communities, according to reporting based on the authority's calculations. Approximately US$62.7 million of that estimate was attributed to the Michigan side and US$20.2 million to Ontario. Such estimates depend on assumptions about average traveller spending, so they are not the same as audited business losses. They nevertheless illustrate why fewer routine border trips can matter disproportionately to smaller communities built around frequent cross-border movement.</p>
<h2>Sault Traffic Has Started Recovering From Its 2025 Low</h2>
<p>One of the most important qualifications to the broader decline is that Sault traffic is no longer falling on every comparison. The International Bridge Administration reported 99,731 one-way crossings in August 2026, an increase of 3.3% from August 2025. Through August 31, reported year-to-date traffic stood at 573,998 crossings, about 1.4% higher than during the same portion of 2025.</p>
<p>That does not erase the steep fall that occurred between 2024 and 2025. Instead, it suggests traffic may be stabilizing at a lower level and beginning a gradual recovery. The difference between those comparisons explains how passenger traffic can remain roughly 23% below 2024 while total 2026 crossings simultaneously run slightly ahead of 2025. For local merchants, the distinction is significant. A modest rebound can bring additional customers back across the bridge without restoring the volumes businesses had become accustomed to before the much larger 2025 decline.</p>
<h2>Commercial Traffic Is Weak at the Sault Crossing Too</h2>
<p>Passenger travel is not the only category under pressure in Sault Ste. Marie. Commercial truck crossings fell from 42,365 during the first eight months of 2025 to 36,716 over the same period in 2026. That represents a decline of roughly 13%, placing the commercial trend remarkably close to the 14% truck decline reported at Blue Water.</p>
<p>Monthly data have shown similar weakness. The International Bridge Administration's July figures showed total crossings rising 4.4% from July 2025, yet commercial truck traffic was down 15.9%. The contrast is revealing: passenger and total traffic can begin improving while freight continues moving in the opposite direction. For transportation companies, a border crossing is chosen according to origin, destination, customer contracts, tolls, congestion and highway connections, so falling truck counts do not necessarily mean an equivalent amount of freight has disappeared entirely. Some loads may be cancelled, while others can move through different gateways or supply chains.</p>
<h2>Canada-Wide Travel Data Show a Rebound With a Large 2024 Gap</h2>
<p>Statistics Canada's national figures provide an important check against assuming that every Canada-U.S. travel measure is continuing to deteriorate. In August 2026, Canadian-resident return trips from the United States by air and automobile reached approximately 2.6 million, an 8.8% increase from August 2025. Automobile return trips alone were up 9.9% from the previous year, marking part of a broader recovery in cross-border travel.</p>
<p>The longer comparison remains much weaker. Canadian automobile return trips from the United States in August 2026 were still 27.4% below their August 2024 level. At the same time, U.S.-resident trips to Canada increased 2.4% year over year in August 2026, including a 1% rise in automobile travel. In other words, the national picture increasingly resembles a partial rebound from a depressed 2025 rather than a simple continuation of the earlier collapse. Individual bridges can nevertheless move differently because their travellers, industries and competing routes are not the same.</p>
<h2>Trade Tensions Are Part of the Explanation, but Not the Only Variable</h2>
<p>Researchers and local officials interviewed about the Michigan crossings have linked some of the traffic weakness to the deterioration in Canada-U.S. trade relations and changing Canadian attitudes toward discretionary U.S. travel. Reporting from Sault Ste. Marie has documented residents choosing to shop or spend closer to home, while Michigan State University supply-chain professor Steven Melnyk has pointed to tariffs and bilateral tensions as factors affecting both passenger and commercial movements.</p>
<p>Those explanations should be treated as contributing factors rather than proof that every missing crossing was caused by politics. Exchange rates, fuel costs, economic conditions, freight demand, vacations, weather, tolls and the location of customers can all change border volumes. The national rebound in Canadian trips during 2026 also demonstrates that travel behaviour can shift quickly. The most defensible conclusion is that the political and trade environment coincided with a major drop from 2024 levels, while the recovery since 2025 has been uneven across different bridges and vehicle categories.</p>
<h2>The Gordie Howe Bridge Is Changing Michigan’s Traffic Map</h2>
<p>Another complication arrived on July 27, 2026, when the Gordie Howe International Bridge opened between Windsor and Detroit. In its first full month, approximately 343,500 total vehicle trips were recorded across the new bridge, putting its traffic close to that of the established Ambassador Bridge. Statistics Canada separately recorded 34,800 commercial trucks entering Canada through the Gordie Howe crossing during August.</p>
<p>The opening gives carriers and motorists another option in Canada's busiest land-trade corridor. Canadian government figures say the Windsor-Detroit gateway carries roughly 30% of Canada-U.S. trade moved by truck and more than $274 million in trade each day. It is too early to assign a specific portion of the Blue Water decline to the new bridge, particularly because most of the January-August comparison occurred before Gordie Howe opened. Still, future bridge-by-bridge statistics will increasingly reflect routing choices as well as changes in the total amount of cross-border activity.</p>
<h2>Lower Volumes Arrive While Bridges Still Require Major Investment</h2>
<p>Traffic can change quickly, but bridges cannot stop needing maintenance when volumes decline. Michigan is proceeding with a major expansion of the Blue Water Bridge plaza. The second component, valued at approximately US$300 million, includes changes to tolling facilities, inspection infrastructure, local access and facilities used by U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Construction is expected to extend into the next several years.</p>
<p>Sault Ste. Marie faced the same basic reality on a smaller scale during the summer, when maintenance work included deck resurfacing and painting on the U.S. arch. The International Bridge Administration says toll revenue supports the bridge's operating and maintenance costs, making traffic volume financially important as well as economically symbolic. Blue Water also raised eastbound passenger tolls to US$5 in December 2025 after years without comparable increases. Fewer crossings do not automatically make infrastructure projects unnecessary; in many cases, they leave operators balancing long-term capital needs against a potentially smaller toll-paying traffic base.</p>
<h2>The Next Few Months Will Show Whether the Recovery Is Real</h2>
<p>The most useful indicators now will be several months of consistent data rather than a single percentage. At the Sault crossing, attention will centre on whether the year-over-year gains seen in July and August continue through the autumn while passenger volumes close more of the gap with 2024. Commercial traffic deserves separate scrutiny because trucks have remained noticeably weaker even while overall Sault crossings improved.</p>
<p>Blue Water will require a similar distinction between freight and passenger vehicles. Analysts will also need to watch whether traffic is being redistributed among Blue Water, the Ambassador Bridge, the Detroit-Windsor Tunnel and the newly opened Gordie Howe bridge. The current evidence supports two conclusions at once: Canada-U.S. border movement has begun recovering from some of the lows recorded in 2025, but important crossings and vehicle categories remain well below earlier levels. For border communities and freight-dependent businesses, that difference between recovery and full normalization is likely to matter far more than any single monthly headline.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Carney’s New York Schedule Lists Four Foreign Meetings — But No Trump Bilateral as Canada-U.S. Trade Fight Drags On]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/carneys-new-york-schedule-lists-four-foreign-meetings-but-no-trump-bilateral-as-canada-u-s-trade-fight-drags-on/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/carneys-new-york-schedule-lists-four-foreign-meetings-but-no-trump-bilateral-as-canada-u-s-trade-fight-drags-on/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:37:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Prime Minister Mark Carney arrived in New York with no shortage of diplomatic business, but one meeting is conspicuously absent]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Trump-vs-Carney.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Prime Minister Mark Carney arrived in New York with no shortage of diplomatic business, but one meeting is conspicuously absent from his publicly released schedule. His September 22 itinerary lists four meetings with foreign officials — representing Chile, Angola, the United Arab Emirates and Jordan — alongside the opening of the United Nations General Assembly and other events. There is no scheduled bilateral with U.S. President Donald Trump.</p>
<p>That omission comes roughly a month after Canada suspended trade negotiations with Washington and responded to new U.S. tariffs with countermeasures of its own. It does not mean the two leaders cannot speak in New York; Carney’s schedule is explicitly subject to change. Still, with both leaders in the same city and the enormous Canada-U.S. economic relationship facing renewed uncertainty, the absence of a formal meeting puts an unusual spotlight on everything else Carney is doing.</p>
<h2>Carney’s Published Schedule Has Four Foreign Meetings — None With Trump</h2>
<p>Carney’s September 22 schedule starts at 9 a.m. with the opening of the High-Level General Debate at the 81st Session of the United Nations General Assembly. His first listed bilateral engagement comes at 11:30 a.m. with Chilean President José Antonio Kast. That is followed by a 12:05 p.m. meeting with Angolan President João Lourenço. At 1:15 p.m., Carney is scheduled to meet Sultan bin Ahmed Al Jaber, the United Arab Emirates’ Minister of Industry and Advanced Technology. At 2:05 p.m., he is due to sit down with Jordan’s King Abdullah II. Carney then has a media availability scheduled for 3:55 p.m. and is expected to deliver remarks at a leader-level event on the two-state solution later in the afternoon.</p>
<p>What is not on that schedule is just as closely watched. There is no announced bilateral with Trump, even though the U.S. president is also spending September 22 in New York conducting a packed series of diplomatic meetings. Reuters reported that Trump was expected to interact with at least 11 foreign leaders in bilateral or group settings, including leaders from Britain, Ukraine, Denmark, Greenland, Venezuela and Gulf states. That makes the lack of a publicly scheduled Canada-U.S. bilateral noticeable, although it should not automatically be interpreted as a diplomatic rejection. The Prime Minister’s Office states that Carney’s itinerary is subject to change, while Reuters similarly noted that additions to Trump’s schedule remained possible. At an event as fluid as UN High-Level Week, an unplanned conversation or brief pull-aside remains possible without becoming a full formal bilateral.</p>
<h2>The Missing Meeting Comes After Canada-U.S. Trade Talks Broke Down</h2>
<p>The timing gives the scheduling question considerably more weight. On August 21, Carney announced that Canada was suspending its trade negotiations with the United States after weeks of discussions failed to produce an agreement Ottawa considered acceptable. The Canadian government said negotiations had made progress but that last-minute changes to the American proposal were unfair and economically damaging. U.S. officials disputed Canada’s account of how the talks fell apart. The breakdown was followed by Washington imposing 50 per cent tariffs on roughly C$27.6 billion of Canadian goods, according to the Canadian government, creating another layer of uncertainty for companies already navigating sector-specific trade restrictions.</p>
<p>Ottawa answered with counter-tariffs covering an equivalent C$27.6 billion in U.S. products. Those measures took effect September 8, with tariff rates of 15, 25 or 50 per cent depending on the product. Steel, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, electronics and other categories were among the sectors targeted. The dispute has therefore moved well beyond sharp political rhetoric: importers, manufacturers and exporters are now dealing with actual additional costs and altered supply-chain decisions. Carney nevertheless has stopped short of saying negotiations are permanently finished. Speaking at the Canada Investment Summit on September 15, he said a mutually beneficial arrangement with the United States remained possible and that Canada would be ready when the time was right. Against that backdrop, New York offered an obvious physical opportunity for leader-level contact, but neither government had placed a bilateral on the published schedule as the day began.</p>
<h2>The Four Meetings Fit Canada’s Wider Push to Build Relationships Beyond Washington</h2>
<p>Carney’s choice of meetings also reflects the broader diversification strategy Ottawa has emphasized as its relationship with Washington has become more unpredictable. Chile is already an established Canadian commercial partner. Bilateral merchandise trade reached C$2.9 billion in 2024, while Canadian direct investment in Chile stood at C$27.9 billion. The countries are linked through both the Canada-Chile Free Trade Agreement and the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership. Angola represents a much smaller commercial relationship — two-way merchandise trade totalled C$57.7 million in 2023 — but Global Affairs Canada identifies opportunities there in natural resources, infrastructure, clean technology, aerospace and vocational education.</p>
<p>The UAE connection has developed particularly quickly. Canada and the Emirates concluded negotiations on a Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement in July 2026 after what Ottawa described as a record 47-day negotiating process. The Canadian government says two-way trade with the UAE has been growing by roughly 10 per cent annually and has highlighted opportunities spanning energy, infrastructure, critical minerals, technology and artificial intelligence. Jordan occupies a different place in Canadian foreign policy. It became the first Arab country to implement a free-trade agreement with Canada, and bilateral merchandise trade exceeded C$273 million in 2025. Jordan is also an important Canadian partner on regional security, refugee support and Middle East diplomacy. Carney’s later participation in a UN event dealing with a two-state solution gives additional context to Jordan’s presence on the day’s schedule, although Ottawa had not publicly disclosed the specific agenda for the bilateral itself.</p>
<h2>No Trump Bilateral Does Not Mean Canada Can Simply Move Past the U.S.</h2>
<p>Canada may be diversifying, but the numbers show why the American relationship cannot be replaced by a handful of new partnerships. The United States remained Canada’s largest trading partner in 2025. Global Affairs Canada reported that 72.5 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports still went to the U.S. that year, although that was down from 76.3 per cent in 2024. Broader goods-and-services data show the same direction of travel: the American share of Canadian exports declined further as shipments to other markets expanded. That shift helps explain why Carney’s government is putting so much diplomatic energy into Europe, the Indo-Pacific, the Middle East and other regions, but diversification is a long-term adjustment rather than a quick substitute for the integrated North American economy.</p>
<p>That is why the most important takeaway from the New York schedule may be its uncertainty rather than the absence of one name. Trump has his own crowded diplomatic program, while Carney has meetings spread across several regions and a public schedule that can still change. A formal bilateral would be politically and economically significant, but its absence on September 22 does not establish that communication between Ottawa and Washington has stopped or that negotiations cannot restart. Carney has publicly left the door open to another agreement under conditions Canada considers acceptable. For businesses on both sides of the border, however, the immediate reality remains unchanged: the new tariffs are in force, the negotiating process that collapsed in August has not produced a replacement agreement, and Canada’s largest trading relationship remains one of the biggest unresolved files hanging over Carney’s New York diplomacy.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Trade Case Over Canadian-Made Trailers Heads Toward Friday Vote as Final Comments Close Today]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-trade-case-over-canadian-made-trailers-heads-toward-friday-vote-as-final-comments-close-today/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-trade-case-over-canadian-made-trailers-heads-toward-friday-vote-as-final-comments-close-today/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:35:57 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A closely watched U.S. trade proceeding involving heavy van-type trailers reaches another deadline Tuesday, September 22, as parties face a]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/US-Canada-flag.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A closely watched U.S. trade proceeding involving heavy van-type trailers reaches another deadline Tuesday, September 22, as parties face a 5:15 p.m. Eastern cutoff for final comments before a scheduled U.S. International Trade Commission vote on Friday. Canadian manufacturers remain directly exposed to a separate antidumping investigation, but the procedural picture is more complicated than the combined case title suggests.</p>
<p>The USITC calendar lists the September 25 event under the broader Canada, China and Mexico trailer investigations. Its detailed case tracker, however, currently assigns Friday’s split-final vote to the China antidumping and countervailing-duty cases. Canada’s antidumping investigation remains active on a later timetable, meaning Friday is important to the broader dispute but does not appear to be the final decision on Canadian dumping allegations.</p>
<h2>Friday’s Vote Comes After One Last Filing Deadline</h2>
<p>The immediate deadline arrives Tuesday afternoon. Under the USITC schedule, parties were given access on September 18 to information on which they had not previously had an opportunity to comment. Final comments on that material are due by 5:15 p.m. Eastern on September 22. Those submissions cannot introduce new factual information, making the closing stage more about interpreting the established record than expanding it.</p>
<p>The Commission has scheduled a notational vote for 11 a.m. Eastern on Friday, September 25. Unlike a public meeting in which commissioners announce votes from a hearing room, a notational vote is handled through the Commission’s formal voting process. The USITC says an initial bulletin is expected around 11:30 a.m., followed by a fuller news release roughly three hours later. For manufacturers, importers and freight-equipment buyers, that makes Friday the next visible milestone in a case that has already been unfolding for nearly a year.</p>
<h2>The Canadian Case Is Still Moving on a Different Track</h2>
<p>Canadian producers already face a preliminary U.S. antidumping determination. Commerce concluded in late July, with the determination published August 4, that certain Canadian van-type trailers and subassemblies were being, or were likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value. Manac Inc. received a preliminary dumping margin of 4.29%, and that same rate was assigned to Di-Mond Sales, Innovative Trailer Design Industries, Morgan Canada Corporation and the “all others” category.</p>
<p>Collins Manufacturing Company and GINCOR Werx received considerably higher preliminary margins of 44.86%. Commerce said those rates were based on facts available with adverse inferences after the companies did not answer its quantity-and-value questionnaire. U.S. Customs and Border Protection was instructed to suspend liquidation of covered Canadian entries beginning August 4 and require preliminary cash deposits. Commerce also postponed its Canadian final determination, allowing up to 135 days from publication, which puts the deadline no later than December 17, 2026.</p>
<h2>The Fight Began With Three Major U.S. Trailer Manufacturers</h2>
<p>The dispute traces back to November 20, 2025, when the American Trailer Manufacturers Coalition filed petitions seeking U.S. antidumping and countervailing-duty investigations involving trailers and subassemblies from Canada, China and Mexico. The coalition consists of Great Dane LLC, Stoughton Trailers LLC and Wabash National Corporation, three established manufacturers in the American commercial-trailer market.</p>
<p>Commerce formally initiated the cases in January. The USITC then conducted the first-stage injury review and voted in February that there was a reasonable indication that the American industry was materially injured by the imports under investigation. Chair Amy Karpel and Commissioners David Johanson and Jason Kearns voted affirmatively. That finding did not establish that dumping or subsidization had ultimately occurred. Instead, it cleared the statutory threshold allowing Commerce to continue examining pricing and subsidies while the Commission continued developing its injury record.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Subsidy Case Has Already Been Dropped</h2>
<p>One significant piece of the original case against Canada has disappeared. The petition initially contained both an antidumping claim and a countervailing-duty claim alleging subsidization of Canadian trailer production. On May 27, however, the American Trailer Manufacturers Coalition withdrew the Canadian countervailing-duty petition. Commerce formally terminated that investigation effective June 5.</p>
<p>The USITC consequently terminated its corresponding Canadian countervailing-duty proceeding as well. That distinction matters because it means Canadian trailers are no longer facing this particular case on two separate fronts. China and Mexico continued to face countervailing-duty investigations concerning alleged subsidies, while the surviving Canadian proceeding is the antidumping investigation. The change also helps explain why various USITC pages show slightly different investigation-number combinations. The original combined proceeding included Canadian CVD case 701-TA-780, but the later final-phase schedule excludes that terminated investigation while continuing the remaining antidumping cases.</p>
<h2>The Case Reaches Far Beyond a Finished Dry Van Trailer</h2>
<p>The product definition is broad enough that the dispute matters to companies supplying considerably more than fully assembled trailers. Commerce's scope covers certain finished and unfinished van-type trailers used to carry goods, whether assembled or unassembled and regardless of the number of axles. Covered trailers have a gross vehicle weight rating above 26,000 pounds and can include both ordinary dry freight vans and configurations equipped with refrigeration units.</p>
<p>The investigation also reaches numerous subassemblies, including trailer subframes, walls, roofs, door frames, door assemblies, rear impact guards, coupler assemblies, running gear and landing gear. Components shipped on the same bill of lading can also become relevant. Commerce specifically excludes certain Chinese chassis already covered by separate trade orders. These definitions are important in a North American supply chain where a trailer may contain components from several countries before final assembly. Customs classification alone does not decide coverage; Commerce says the written product description is controlling.</p>
<h2>Canadian-Origin and Chinese-Origin Equipment Can Intersect</h2>
<p>The international supply chain creates another complication: a trailer entering the United States from Canada is not automatically treated as Canadian-origin merchandise for every part of the investigation. Commerce has separately addressed Chinese van-type trailers and Chinese subassemblies processed or assembled in third countries, including Canada. It established Canadian third-country case numbers for certain Chinese-origin merchandise entering the United States through Canada.</p>
<p>That issue became tangible in Commerce’s preliminary review of Vanguard Refrigerated Trailer Co. Commerce selected Vanguard as a mandatory Canadian respondent but preliminarily concluded that the trailers it shipped from Canada during the investigation period were made up of Chinese-origin merchandise falling within the separate Chinese investigations. As a result, Commerce did not calculate a Canadian company-specific dumping margin for Vanguard. For businesses moving equipment across the Canada-U.S. border, the example illustrates why country of shipment, country of final assembly and the origin of major subassemblies may produce different trade-treatment outcomes.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Trailer Trade Is Meaningful, but Mexico Is Far Larger</h2>
<p>Public U.S. import statistics give some sense of the commercial stakes, although Commerce cautions that the tariff classifications used in the data also capture merchandise outside the investigation. U.S. imports of complete van-type trailers from Canada increased from 624 units in 2022 to 653 in 2023 and 1,272 in 2024. Their reported customs value rose from roughly US$30 million in 2022 to US$53.6 million in 2024.</p>
<p>Canadian subassemblies represent another substantial flow. Commerce's initiation data showed about US$145.9 million of relevant Canadian subassembly imports in 2022, US$150.8 million in 2023 and US$124.5 million in 2024. Yet Canada is not the largest North American source of complete trailers. Mexico accounted for 47,441 units valued near US$1.49 billion in 2024 using the same public dataset. Those comparisons help explain why the investigation is being handled as a multi-country proceeding while still potentially creating significant consequences for individual Canadian manufacturers.</p>
<h2>Commerce and the USITC Answer Two Different Questions</h2>
<p>Understanding Friday’s event requires separating the roles of two U.S. agencies. Commerce determines whether imported merchandise is being dumped and calculates dumping margins. In countervailing-duty cases, it also determines whether countervailable subsidies exist. The USITC answers a different question: whether the imports materially injure, threaten material injury to, or materially retard the establishment of the corresponding U.S. industry.</p>
<p>China has already reached Commerce’s final stage. On August 26, Commerce announced final affirmative Chinese determinations, including a 130.86% China-wide dumping margin and a 134.75% final subsidy rate. That is why the ITC's detailed tracker places the September 25 split-final vote against the Chinese cases. If the Commission reaches an affirmative injury determination, the process can advance toward final trade orders on those Chinese imports. Canada is not there yet. Its Commerce determination remains preliminary, so a later final affirmative Commerce decision would still need the required final USITC injury determination before a permanent Canadian antidumping order could take effect.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Bigger Decision Point Comes Later</h2>
<p>Friday will still be worth watching closely in Canada because the Commission’s reasoning on the broader trailer market may offer clues about how it views competition, pricing, import volumes and injury within the U.S. industry. The Government of Canada and Government of Ontario are both listed as interested parties in the Commission proceeding, underscoring the significance of the dispute beyond individual trailer manufacturers. But Friday should not be treated as the definitive final vote on Canadian-made trailers.</p>
<p>For Canada, the next major statutory milestone is Commerce’s final antidumping determination, due no later than mid-December under the extended schedule. An affirmative decision would then move the Canadian case toward its own final injury determination at the USITC. A negative Commerce finding would change that path substantially. Until those steps occur, Canadian exporters and their U.S. customers remain in an interim period in which preliminary cash-deposit requirements can affect entries even though the ultimate Canadian trade order has not yet been decided.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[⁠Canadian Marine Industry Presses Ottawa for Protection as U.S. Tariffs Hit Boats and Cross-Border Parts]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canadian-marine-industry-presses-ottawa-for-protection-as-u-s-tariffs-hit-boats-and-cross-border-parts/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/%e2%81%a0canadian-marine-industry-presses-ottawa-for-protection-as-u-s-tariffs-hit-boats-and-cross-border-parts/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:27:43 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s recreational marine sector is being pulled deeper into the Canada–U.S. trade dispute just as businesses hoped for a more]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/US-Canada-import-export-trade-and-supply-chains.-The-US-Canada-trade-alliance-and-cross-border-cooperation-cargo-trucks-container-ships-and-commercial-aircraft-transportation-and-distribution..jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s recreational marine sector is being pulled deeper into the Canada–U.S. trade dispute just as businesses hoped for a more stable selling environment. New U.S. measures have placed additional 50% tariffs on several categories of Canadian recreational motorboats, while earlier tariff actions and Canada’s countermeasures are affecting components and equipment moving through a highly integrated North American supply chain. Industry groups are now urging Ottawa to prevent the dispute from creating a second problem at home: Canadian retaliatory tariffs on U.S.-made boats, engines and other core marine products. The National Marine Manufacturers Association Canada and Canadian Marine Retailers Association have taken that message directly to federal ministers, arguing that dealers, manufacturers, marinas and repair businesses could otherwise be squeezed from both sides of the border.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Has Put a 50% Tariff on Canadian Motorboats</h2>
<p>The immediate concern is the new U.S. tariff barrier facing Canadian boat manufacturers. Beginning September 15, additional Section 338 duties of 50% apply to several Canadian recreational motorboat classifications. NMMA Canada identifies four affected classifications covering motorboats of different sizes, including outboard-powered vessels. The association says Government of Canada trade data provided to it shows Canadian exports to the United States across those four classifications were worth approximately US$93.1 million in 2024. That does not represent the entire Canadian marine economy, but it illustrates how much established business can suddenly become more expensive in its largest neighbouring market.</p>
<p>The unusual feature is that qualifying under CUSMA does not provide an escape route. The U.S. administration says the Section 338 tariffs apply to covered goods regardless of whether they otherwise meet the trade agreement’s origin rules. A White House annex adding products to the 50% tariff schedule specifically includes outboard motorboats measuring 7.5 metres and longer. For a Canadian builder competing against an American-made equivalent, a tariff of that magnitude can dramatically change the landed price before transportation, dealer costs or financing are even considered.</p>
<h2>Canada Spared U.S. Boats From Retaliation, but Parts Are Still Being Caught</h2>
<p>Ottawa’s countermeasures have so far drawn an important distinction between complete recreational boats and some of the goods used around them. Canada imposed new counter-tariffs of 15%, 25% and 50% on US$27.6 billion worth of U.S.-origin products effective September 8. American-made recreational boats, personal watercraft and marine engines were not placed on that new list. That decision has prevented an immediate tariff increase on many finished marine products sold through Canadian dealerships.</p>
<p>The protection is not comprehensive. NMMA Canada says marine-related products caught by Canadian measures include recreational-boat and utility trailers, anchors, grapnels, chains, stove components and certain iron or steel articles used in engine manufacturing or repairs for commercial fishing vessels. It also warns that broader tariff categories involving aluminum, fabricated metal, electronics, electrical systems, pumps, seating, refrigeration and manufacturing tooling can touch marine businesses even when a product was not designed exclusively for boating. Earlier U.S. measures likewise reached marine manufacturing products such as floating docks, electronics and certain vessels. In practical terms, a finished boat can remain tariff-free in one direction while individual pieces required to build, equip or service it become more expensive crossing the same border.</p>
<h2>Cross-Border Integration Makes the Impact Hard to Contain</h2>
<p>Recreational boat manufacturing does not operate as a simple system in which every Canadian boat contains Canadian parts and every American boat contains American parts. NMMA Canada and the retailers association describe the sector as deeply integrated across North America. Canadian manufacturers sell into the United States, while Canadian dealers and marinas depend heavily on U.S.-manufactured boats, propulsion systems and marine products. Components and manufacturing inputs can move across the border during production and distribution before the finished boat reaches an owner.</p>
<p>That integration explains why the tariff problem extends beyond exporters. A marina or repair business may never export a finished boat, yet its operating costs can still rise if engines, replacement components, electronics or other equipment become subject to new duties. NMMA Canada specifically told members that affected companies could encounter higher input costs, reduced American demand and supply-chain disruption. It also asked businesses to document delayed or cancelled orders, employment at risk, higher component costs and difficulties finding alternative suppliers. Those company-level examples matter because the commercial impact of tariffs can spread well beyond the customs entry where the duty is initially collected.</p>
<h2>Marine Groups Want Ottawa to Avoid a Second Tariff Squeeze</h2>
<p>The industry’s current lobbying campaign is therefore aimed as much at Ottawa’s next moves as Washington’s existing ones. In September 10 letters to Canada–U.S. Trade Minister Dominic LeBlanc and Finance Minister François-Philippe Champagne, NMMA Canada and the Canadian Marine Retailers Association asked the federal government to ensure that recreational boats, marine engines and other core marine products are not included in any future expansion of Canadian retaliatory tariffs. The groups said they support the government defending Canadian workers and businesses but want any additional countermeasures designed so they do not impose disproportionate costs on companies operating inside Canada.</p>
<p>Their argument is straightforward: taxing American-built boats or engines at the Canadian border would not affect U.S. manufacturers alone. Those products are sold, stored, repaired and maintained by Canadian dealerships, marinas, technicians and suppliers. The associations contend that higher Canadian prices could weaken demand just as Canadian manufacturers are losing competitiveness in the American market. This is not a new policy concern for NMMA Canada. Federal lobbying records from June show the organization had already been advocating for tariff remissions on recreational marine products affected by cross-border duties, months before the latest escalation placed additional motorboat categories under 50% U.S. tariffs.</p>
<h2>The Timing Is Especially Sensitive After the Luxury-Tax Disruption</h2>
<p>Marine businesses also argue that the newest tariffs arrived during a fragile recovery. Canada introduced its luxury tax in 2022 on certain vessels valued above $250,000, using a formula based on the lesser of 10% of the total value or 20% of the amount above the applicable threshold. Budget 2025 subsequently ended the tax on aircraft and vessels effective November 5, 2025, and the legislative changes received royal assent in March 2026. The federal government said eliminating those portions of the tax would provide relief to the aviation and boating sectors during a period of economic uncertainty.</p>
<p>NMMA Canada and CMRA say the earlier tax contributed to an approximately 70% decline in sales within the segment it affected. That figure is an industry assessment rather than an independent federal estimate, so it is important to treat it as the associations’ characterization of the market impact. Their September letters argue that dealers, marinas and manufacturers were only beginning to see signs of recovery when the latest U.S. tariffs created another source of uncertainty. For businesses selling higher-value discretionary products, repeated shifts in taxes, tariffs and final selling prices can also make inventory planning difficult months before a boat actually reaches a showroom.</p>
<h2>The Sector Is Larger Than the Boat Builders Alone</h2>
<p>The policy stakes extend well beyond factories producing hulls. NMMA Canada’s 2022 economic-impact figures estimate that recreational boating supports more than 80,000 Canadian jobs, adds approximately $9.2 billion to GDP and generates roughly $4.6 billion in municipal, provincial and federal tax revenues. Those estimates encompass an ecosystem that includes manufacturing, dealerships, marinas, servicing and other businesses connected to recreational boating. Many are located outside Canada’s largest downtown economies, giving marine activity particular importance to smaller waterfront and rural communities.</p>
<p>The immediate U.S. exposure is smaller than those national economic totals but still meaningful. NMMA Canada puts 2024 U.S.-bound exports across the four newly tariffed recreational motorboat classifications at about US$93.1 million. The concern is not that all of that trade automatically disappears. Rather, a 50% additional duty changes the economics of competing for American orders and can lead customers, dealers or distributors to reconsider purchasing decisions. Meanwhile, Canadian companies serving the domestic market may still encounter tariff-affected American components. That combination explains why industry representatives are emphasizing both export access and the cost of keeping North American supply chains moving.</p>
<h2>Federal Relief Is Available, but Different Businesses Face Different Thresholds</h2>
<p>Ottawa has created several programs intended to cushion businesses from the broader trade conflict. The federal tariff-response package includes an additional $1.5 billion for the Regional Tariff Response Initiative, a new $500 million liquidity stream through the Business Development Bank of Canada’s Pivot to Grow program and an additional $2 billion for the Canada Strong Diversification Fund. The government says the regional initiative is aimed at helping small and medium-sized firms manage tariff pressures, including immediate liquidity needs.</p>
<p>NMMA Canada has been directing members toward those programs and notes that the regional initiative may also be relevant to dealers and marinas that do not export themselves but can demonstrate indirect exposure through higher equipment costs, lost revenue or supply disruption. Larger manufacturers may examine the Canada Strong Diversification Fund. Its capital-maintenance stream requires, among other conditions, at least 10 full-time-equivalent employees, $20 million in annual revenue and an average of at least $5 million in annual capital expenditure during the previous three fiscal years; eligible funding requests run from $5 million to $30 million. Canada’s tariff-remission framework also remains available for exceptional situations, including cases where necessary inputs cannot reasonably be sourced elsewhere.</p>
<h2>CUSMA Is Still in Force, but It Is Not Shielding These Boats From the New Duties</h2>
<p>The dispute is unfolding against the unsettled 2026 CUSMA review. The agreement’s first mandatory joint review took place July 1. The United States did not agree at that meeting to extend the agreement’s term in its existing form, although CUSMA remains in force. Canada’s government describes the review as a scheduled process rather than an automatic expiry date, while the U.S. Trade Representative has said negotiations will continue over unresolved issues. For marine companies accustomed to continental supply chains, that means the trade agreement remains operational even as separate U.S. tariff actions are affecting goods that would normally qualify for preferential CUSMA treatment.</p>
<p>There is one important limit to the latest escalation. Separate U.S. import prohibitions are scheduled to take effect September 29 on specified Canadian products, but the recreational motorboat classifications identified by NMMA Canada are not currently included in those bans. The White House motor-vehicle import-ban annex lists motorcycles over 800 cc, while NMMA says the affected recreational boats remain subject to the 50% additional tariff rather than outright prohibition under measures published so far. That leaves the industry focused on preventing further escalation, obtaining tariff relief where possible and persuading Ottawa that protecting Canadian marine businesses may sometimes mean declining to place another tariff on the products they sell and service at home.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Trump Turns to Belarus for Cheaper Potash Than Canada — But Belarus Says Its Supply Is Already Contracted]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/trump-turns-to-belarus-for-cheaper-potash-than-canada-but-belarus-says-its-supply-is-already-contracted/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/trump-turns-to-belarus-for-cheaper-potash-than-canada-but-belarus-says-its-supply-is-already-contracted/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:25:22 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A fertilizer deal presented as a way to cut costs for American farmers has run into an immediate problem: the]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Potash-for-Agricultural-Fertilizers.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A fertilizer deal presented as a way to cut costs for American farmers has run into an immediate problem: the prospective supplier says it does not have much product left to offer. On September 21, President Donald Trump said the United States was working on a “massive” agreement to buy potash from Belarus at prices he said would be substantially lower than what American buyers pay Canada. Within hours, Belarusian leader Alexander Lukashenko said his country could not provide large new volumes because its available production had already been committed under contracts. The competing statements put a spotlight on a commodity that rarely attracts political attention but sits at the heart of North American agriculture. Canada remains the dominant foreign source of U.S. potash, while Belarus is a significant global producer facing very different logistical and geopolitical constraints.</p>
<h2>A “Massive Deal” Was Announced Before the Supply Was Secured</h2>
<p>Trump's September 21 announcement was striking because of its scale and its direct comparison with Canada. He said Washington was working on a large Belarusian potash purchase and asserted that the price would be “substantially less” than the amount currently being paid to Canadian suppliers. The message framed the potential agreement primarily as a cost-saving measure for American farmers and ranchers. However, no public details were provided about the quantity of fertilizer involved, the proposed price per tonne, the delivery schedule, the buyer, or whether a binding contract had actually been signed. Reuters reported the negotiations as an agreement still being worked on rather than a completed purchase.</p>
<p>Lukashenko's comments made the supply question considerably more complicated. According to a readout of his remarks, he said Belarus simply did not have the volumes necessary to make large additional deliveries to Western markets because “everything is contracted” for the year. That does not mean Belarus is completely absent from the U.S. market. Lukashenko had said earlier in September that potash sales to the United States were resuming after Washington eased sanctions. The distinction is important: some trade can occur without Belarus possessing enough uncommitted supply to become a large-scale replacement for Canadian shipments during 2026.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Advantage Is Built Into the U.S. Supply Chain</h2>
<p>Canada's position in the U.S. fertilizer market is not simply the result of one favourable contract. American agriculture has developed around a deeply integrated potash supply chain in which Canadian mines, particularly those in Saskatchewan, sit relatively close to major farming regions. The U.S. Geological Survey estimated U.S. net import reliance for potash at 92 per cent of apparent consumption in 2025. Looking at import sources from 2021 through 2024, Canada accounted for 79 per cent, far ahead of Russia at 12 per cent and Israel at three per cent. That level of dependence makes a rapid change of suppliers significantly more complicated than switching vendors for an ordinary manufactured product.</p>
<p>Canada also has enormous production and export capacity. Natural Resources Canada says all 10 active Canadian potash mines are located in Saskatchewan. Canada produced an estimated 25 million tonnes of muriate of potash in 2024 and exported about 22.9 million tonnes, representing nearly 39 per cent of global exports. The United States received 53 per cent of Canada's potash exports that year. In 2025, Canadian potash exports were worth roughly C$9 billion in total, including approximately C$4.2 billion shipped to the United States. Those numbers help explain why Canadian material is embedded so deeply in American fertilizer distribution.</p>
<h2>Belarus Is a Major Producer — But It Is Not a Spare Warehouse</h2>
<p>Belarus should not be dismissed as a minor fertilizer supplier. U.S. Geological Survey data identify the country as the world's fourth-largest potash producer in 2024, accounting for roughly 10.7 per cent of world output. Belaruskali, the state-controlled producer at the centre of the industry, produced approximately 7.1 million tonnes of potash on a K₂O-equivalent basis that year. Belarus exported about 6.43 million tonnes, making potash one of the country's most important internationally traded commodities. Those figures are large enough to make Belarus commercially relevant whenever global fertilizer supplies tighten.</p>
<p>What Belarus lacks, according to Lukashenko's latest statement, is substantial uncommitted 2026 production. Existing customers already claim much of the output. China was the leading destination for Belarusian potash exports in 2024, receiving 29 per cent according to USGS data, while Belarus has increasingly directed trade toward Asian and Russian-linked routes since access through Lithuania was curtailed. Redirecting major volumes to the United States would therefore require more than simply loading previously unsold fertilizer onto ships. Existing contracts could have to expire, production would need to increase, or other customers would need to receive less. None of those changes has yet been publicly documented as part of Trump's proposed deal.</p>
<h2>Cheaper at the Source Does Not Necessarily Mean Cheaper on a U.S. Farm</h2>
<p>The biggest practical obstacle may be geography. Saskatchewan potash can move by rail directly into the United States and toward farming regions in the Midwest. Belarus is landlocked. Before 2022, the country relied heavily on Lithuania's Baltic port of Klaipėda to move potash onto world markets, but that route was shut as Western sanctions tightened. USGS reports that Belarus subsequently shifted exports toward Russian ports and increased rail shipments toward China. That means fertilizer destined for the United States may require a significantly longer and more complicated journey than Canadian product crossing the land border.</p>
<p>That distinction matters when comparing prices. A producer can theoretically offer a lower price at the mine while the buyer ultimately pays more after rail charges, port handling, ocean freight, insurance, transshipment and inland U.S. transportation are included. Fertilizer analyst Josh Linville told Reuters that Belarusian material faces high shipping costs and said that even reopening Lithuania's Klaipėda route would not automatically make transatlantic shipments economical at prevailing potash values. Canadian analysts have made a similar point: Saskatchewan fertilizer can already be loaded onto trains destined for U.S. agricultural states. Until a Belarus deal includes a delivered price rather than only a headline price, the size of any real saving remains uncertain.</p>
<h2>Sanctions Make the Transaction More Than a Fertilizer Purchase</h2>
<p>The proposed trade also reflects a significant change in Washington's relationship with Minsk. Belarusian potash producers had been heavily restricted by U.S. sanctions imposed earlier in the decade. In March 2026, Belarus released 250 prisoners as part of a U.S.-mediated agreement, and Washington agreed to lift remaining sanctions on major potash entities including Belaruskali, Belarusian Potash Company and Agrorozkvit. That created a legal opening for potash sales to American customers that would have been considerably more difficult only months earlier.</p>
<p>Europe has taken a different approach. European Union sanctions against Belarus have been extended until February 28, 2027, and EU restrictions continue to cover potash imports. Lithuania has also resisted U.S. pressure to reopen its territory as an export corridor for Belarusian fertilizer while those EU measures remain in force. Lithuanian officials argue that sanctions should continue because of domestic repression in Belarus and Minsk's support for Russia during the war in Ukraine. The result is an unusual trade arrangement: Washington may permit Belarusian potash purchases, but some of the shortest European transit routes needed to make those shipments commercially attractive remain restricted.</p>
<h2>Canadian Potash Is Already Exempt From the New U.S. Tariffs</h2>
<p>One detail can easily become lost in the broader Canada-U.S. tariff dispute: Canadian potash itself is not currently subject to the latest 50 per cent Section 338 duties imposed on selected Canadian products. A July 2026 White House fact sheet explicitly said the new tariffs would not apply to energy, potash, goods covered by Section 232 measures and certain critical minerals. Canadian Press reporting on the proposed Belarus deal likewise described potash as remaining exempt from U.S. tariffs.</p>
<p>That makes Trump's assertion that Belarus can supply potash for substantially less especially important to examine once actual terms become available. The proposed saving cannot simply be explained as Belarus avoiding a new 50 per cent tariff that Canadian potash currently pays, because Canadian potash does not face that particular levy. Differences could instead come from producer pricing, negotiated discounts, financing arrangements, freight assumptions or other commercial terms. None has been publicly specified. The broader Canada-U.S. trade conflict still provides the political backdrop, but the fertilizer economics need to stand on their own. A meaningful comparison ultimately requires the price of equivalent product delivered to the same U.S. destination at the same time.</p>
<h2>Farmers Could Benefit From Competition, but Potash Is Not the Only Cost Problem</h2>
<p>The economic appeal of another supplier is straightforward. More competition can potentially give fertilizer buyers additional bargaining power, particularly if Belarus is prepared to discount material to re-establish access to Western markets. Fertilizer remains a major expense for grain producers, and even relatively small changes in nutrient prices can affect crop budgets across thousands of acres. DTN's U.S. retail fertilizer survey put the average tracked potash price at about US$494 per ton during the first full week of September 2026, roughly one per cent higher than a month earlier. The same survey showed six of the eight major fertilizers it follows declining modestly over the month.</p>
<p>The immediate pressure facing farmers, however, is broader than potash. StoneX fertilizer analyst Josh Linville told Reuters that the United States was not experiencing a shortage of potash and argued that nitrogen and phosphate supplies were more pressing concerns. Those markets have faced additional disruption from the conflict involving Iran and restrictions affecting Gulf fertilizer and raw-material flows. That means a Belarus potash deal might help individual buyers if it genuinely lowers delivered prices, but it would not automatically solve the full fertilizer-cost problem facing U.S. agriculture. Whether farmers benefit materially will depend on how much Belarus can ship, when it arrives and the final price after transportation.</p>
<h2>Saskatchewan Has Billions of Dollars Riding on the Relationship</h2>
<p>For Saskatchewan, the issue reaches far beyond a diplomatic disagreement. Provincial government data show potash sales climbed more than 18 per cent in 2025 to approximately C$9.3 billion. Natural Resources Canada separately calculated Canadian potash exports at roughly C$9 billion that year, with C$4.2 billion going to the United States. Saskatchewan's potash mines therefore sit at the intersection of provincial investment, export revenue and a U.S. agricultural system that consumes enormous quantities of imported potassium fertilizer. Major producers have also continued investing in the province, reinforcing Canada's role as a long-term source rather than a temporary supplier.</p>
<p>Markets reacted quickly to Trump's announcement, with shares of Nutrien and several other fertilizer producers falling as investors considered the possibility of additional low-cost competition. But the physical market has yet to change as dramatically as the headlines suggest. Belarus says its available 2026 volumes are already committed, no large contract terms have been disclosed, and important questions about transportation remain unanswered. For the proposed shift to become commercially significant, buyers will need to see a signed contract, meaningful tonnage, a workable export route, a delivery timetable and a final landed price below competing Canadian supply. Until those pieces appear, the Belarus proposal is best understood as an active negotiation with potentially important consequences, rather than evidence that Canada's dominant role in the U.S. potash market has already been replaced.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Trump’s 50% Tariffs Reach Canadian Paintings as Artist Drops Boston Gallery Show]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/trumps-50-tariffs-reach-canadian-paintings-as-artist-drops-boston-gallery-show/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/trumps-50-tariffs-reach-canadian-paintings-as-artist-drops-boston-gallery-show/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:23:26 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A painting crossing the Canada-U.S. border might seem far removed from an international trade fight. For Ottawa-based visual artist Michael]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Painting-1-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>A painting crossing the Canada-U.S. border might seem far removed from an international trade fight. For Ottawa-based visual artist Michael Harrington, however, a new U.S. tariff turned a planned November exhibition in Boston into a financial risk neither side wanted to take. Harrington cancelled his show at Ellen Miller Gallery after determining that Canadian artwork could face an additional 50% duty when imported into the United States. The measure is part of a broader Section 338 tariff regime introduced by the Trump administration in 2026, and current U.S. tariff schedules explicitly include several categories of original art. What looks like an obscure customs change is creating a very practical problem for artists, galleries and collectors: someone has to absorb a dramatically larger border cost before a painting necessarily has a buyer.</p>
<h2>A November Show Disappears From the Calendar</h2>
<p>Harrington had been preparing to exhibit at Ellen Miller Gallery in Boston in November when the tariff question became impossible to ignore. According to CBC reporting, the Ottawa artist learned of another Canadian gallery dealing with the same issue and began discussing the consequences with his Boston dealer. The conclusion was that bringing the paintings across the border under the new tariff environment could expose the importing side to costs large enough to undermine the economics of the exhibition. Rather than gamble on those costs, the show was cancelled. Harrington is not new to exhibiting south of the border; his exhibition history includes previous Boston appearances as well as art-fair activity in major U.S. cities.</p>
<p>The episode illustrates why tariffs can affect cultural businesses differently from industries selling standardized products in enormous volumes. A gallery exhibition may involve only a relatively small number of one-of-a-kind objects. Paintings can spend weeks on a gallery wall without selling, while framing, transportation, insurance and dealer commissions already add to the cost of reaching a new market. A 50% customs charge can therefore change the calculation before the doors even open. For an artist, cancelling does not simply mean losing one potential transaction. It can mean losing exposure to collectors, curators and future buyers who might have discovered the work through that physical show.</p>
<h2>How a Trade Fight Over Cars Reached Paintings</h2>
<p>The tariff originates in a much broader Canada-U.S. dispute. On July 20, 2026, President Donald Trump issued a proclamation using Section 338 of the Tariff Act of 1930 to impose additional duties on selected Canadian products. The administration argued that Canadian measures affecting U.S. motor vehicles amounted to discriminatory treatment and justified retaliatory action. After a short postponement of the original implementation date, the additional duties took effect on August 22. Canada has rejected the U.S. characterization of its trade practices and responded with countermeasures of its own.</p>
<p>What makes the art-world consequences notable is the breadth of the tariff schedule. The U.S. annex includes HTS 9701.91.00, the classification covering paintings, drawings and pastels executed entirely by hand and not more than 100 years old. It also includes additional Chapter 97 classifications covering older paintings, certain collages, original prints and sculptures. The relevant Section 338 heading sets an additional 50% ad valorem duty on listed Canadian products. In other words, contemporary paintings were not caught merely because customs officers interpreted a vague rule broadly; categories used specifically for original artwork were placed on the tariff list itself.</p>
<h2>The Expensive Moment Comes Before a Sale</h2>
<p>For galleries, one of the biggest complications is timing. Canadian government guidance on U.S. tariffs notes that the importer of record is generally responsible for duties owed when goods enter the United States, although contracts between buyers, sellers and intermediaries can allocate commercial costs differently. U.S. Customs and Border Protection likewise places ultimate responsibility for entry documentation and applicable duties on the importer of record. That matters for an art exhibition because works are frequently shipped on consignment rather than being delivered to an American customer who has already purchased them.</p>
<p>A consigned painting still has to be entered through customs and assigned an appropriate customs value even when there has not yet been a final retail sale. Harrington said his discussions with the Boston gallery centred on exactly this problem: the tariff burden could arise as the works entered the country, while the exhibition itself offered no guarantee that every piece—or any particular piece—would sell. That changes the risk calculation for a small dealer. Instead of hosting Canadian work, marketing it and collecting a commission when it sells, a gallery may have to manage a substantial customs liability simply to put that work on its walls.</p>
<h2>The $10,000 Painting That Could Become a $15,000 Problem</h2>
<p>The example that reportedly caught Harrington's attention came from a Montreal gallery colleague. CBC reported that a painting worth about $10,000 was being considered by a buyer in Illinois. Once the possibility of a 50% tariff was factored in, the effective cost could rise by roughly $5,000, taking the transaction to around $15,000 before considering other shipping, brokerage or related expenses. The buyer backed away. For a collector who had already decided what a particular painting was worth, a sudden 50% border charge could be enough to end the sale rather than simply raise the amount ultimately paid.</p>
<p>The size of the change is especially striking because original paintings in this classification normally face a U.S. general customs duty rate of “Free.” The U.S. International Trade Commission's tariff schedule lists HTS 9701.91.00—covering qualifying paintings, drawings and pastels not more than 100 years old—with a zero general duty rate. The Section 338 measure therefore represents an additional tariff layered onto a category that traditionally entered without an ordinary customs duty. For an artist or dealer accustomed to years of relatively routine Canada-U.S. shipments, that is not a modest change in an existing rate. It can completely alter the economics of a sale.</p>
<h2>It Is Not Just Contemporary Canvases</h2>
<p>The tariff's reach extends beyond the kind of contemporary paintings Harrington planned to exhibit. Current guidance lists HTS 9701.21.00 for certain paintings, drawings and pastels more than 100 years old, along with 9701.91.00 for works 100 years old or less. Other listed classifications include some collages and decorative plaques, original engravings, prints and lithographs, and sculpture categories. That means the consequences can reach commercial galleries, individual artists, art dealers and potentially transactions involving historic works, depending on origin and the precise customs classification.</p>
<p>The United States subsequently revised parts of its Section 338 product coverage, including changes implemented in September, making it important for exporters to check the current schedule rather than rely on the original July announcement alone. CBP's updated guidance identifies modifications to the affected tariff lines. The major art classifications, however, remained part of the current Canadian tariff coverage reviewed for this piece. That persistence matters because artists could otherwise reasonably assume that an unusual tariff on paintings had disappeared during later revisions. As of September 22, 2026, Canadian sellers shipping covered artwork to the U.S. still have reason to treat the additional duty as a live customs issue.</p>
<h2>The U.S. Market Matters Disproportionately</h2>
<p>Fine-art sales represent only one small piece of Canada's cultural economy, but the larger trade numbers demonstrate why disruption at the U.S. border matters to creative businesses. Statistics compiled through Canada's Culture Satellite Account show that Canadian culture products generated approximately C$27.07 billion in exports in 2023. About C$18.07 billion of that total went to the United States. Those figures cover the broader cultural sector rather than paintings specifically, so they should not be read as a measure of Canadian art exports. They do, however, illustrate the unusually large role the neighbouring U.S. market plays in Canadian cultural trade.</p>
<p>Original visual art itself is a much smaller industry. Canadian cultural statistics put the industry's contribution to GDP at approximately C$327.2 million in 2024, supporting about 3,800 jobs. Those numbers help explain why an import rule that looks minor beside auto manufacturing or steel can still be consequential for the people affected. An independent painter does not have the balance sheet of a multinational manufacturer, and a small gallery cannot spread unexpected duties across millions of units. The commercial ecosystem often consists of individual artists, relatively small dealers and collectors making discretionary purchases one work at a time.</p>
<h2>Other Canadian Artists Are Already Pulling Back</h2>
<p>Harrington's cancelled Boston exhibition is not the only sign of disruption. In separate reporting on the new tariffs, Nova Scotia artist Chris Warburton Hulme said she had stopped shipping her work to the United States after the changes. Roughly half of her customers had been American, making the decision particularly significant for her business. Cole Harbour artist Miranda Jordan was also reported to have halted U.S. sales. Their experiences show the different ways the tariff can affect Canadian creators: one may lose a gallery exhibition, another may stop fulfilling direct online orders, while another may have to wait for American buyers to decide whether they are willing to absorb the higher landed cost.</p>
<p>Canadian Artists' Representation, better known as CARFAC, has warned that independent artists may be poorly positioned to absorb a 50% charge themselves. That does not mean every Canadian artist will abandon the U.S. market. Some sellers may pass duties to buyers, change shipping arrangements, focus on less-affected products or work with customs specialists to determine whether individual pieces fall within the listed classifications. But the cases already emerging demonstrate the immediate deterrent effect that uncertainty and large potential duties can have. For a business built around discretionary purchases, even the possibility of a much higher final price can cause collectors or galleries to postpone a transaction.</p>
<h2>CUSMA Does Not Automatically Remove the Charge</h2>
<p>One potential source of confusion is the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement. Canadian exporters are accustomed to checking whether their goods qualify for preferential treatment under CUSMA, but Canada's Trade Commissioner Service specifically states that CUSMA-compliant goods are not exempt from the U.S. Section 338 tariffs that took effect in August 2026. That makes this tariff different from situations in which proving Canadian origin under the trade agreement allows a shipment to avoid the relevant customs duty. Sellers still need to determine the correct classification and origin of a particular work, but CUSMA compliance alone does not eliminate the additional Section 338 charge.</p>
<p>Canada has answered the U.S. action with its own 50% counter-tariffs covering C$27.6 billion of American goods, alongside support measures for affected Canadian industries. Ottawa's countermeasure list has focused on categories such as steel, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, and electronics rather than imposing a matching Canadian tariff on original American art. For artists such as Harrington, however, the immediate question is narrower than the larger political dispute: whether it still makes commercial sense to take Canadian paintings physically into the U.S. market. His cancelled Boston show provides a concrete example of how a trade measure written in customs codes can ultimately determine whether paintings ever reach a gallery wall.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Customs Launches New System Today for Packages Up to $2,500 as Canadian Sellers Face More Border Complexity]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-customs-launches-new-system-today-for-packages-up-to-2500-as-canadian-sellers-face-more-border-complexity/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-customs-launches-new-system-today-for-packages-up-to-2500-as-canadian-sellers-face-more-border-complexity/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:13:37 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Cross-border mail between Canada and the United States is becoming much more data-driven. On September 22, 2026, U.S. Customs and]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadian-cargo-trucks-container-ships-loaded-with-goods-import-export-trade-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Cross-border mail between Canada and the United States is becoming much more data-driven. On September 22, 2026, U.S. Customs and Border Protection is deploying Entry Type 13, a new electronic informal-entry option for international postal shipments valued at US$2,500 or less. The system moves qualifying mail entries into the Automated Commercial Environment, the platform already used for much of U.S. commercial trade processing.</p>
<p>For Canadian merchants, the change does not simply mean another shipping form. It arrives after the United States suspended its long-standing US$800 commercial de minimis exemption and introduced tighter rules around duties, tariff classifications, origin and importer responsibility. Entry Type 13 may eventually make postal clearance more automated, but it also illustrates how much more customs information can now follow even relatively inexpensive packages across the border.</p>
<h2>Entry Type 13 Goes Live as a Voluntary Test</h2>
<p>The September 22 launch is important, but it should not be mistaken for an overnight mandatory conversion of every package entering the United States. CBP describes Entry Type 13 as a voluntary test of an electronic informal-entry process. It is being deployed into the production version of the Automated Commercial Environment, commonly called ACE, after previously being placed in the certification environment for testing. CBP says the pilot will continue until the agency formally announces its conclusion.</p>
<p>The new entry type is available for international postal shipments valued at US$2,500 or less, including parcels that previously might have qualified for the US$800 de minimis exemption. Instead of relying entirely on the interim postal process developed during the recent customs overhaul, eligible filers can submit shipment information electronically through ACE. The potential scale is significant. In a federal paperwork notice, CBP estimated that the Entry Type 13 test could involve about two million responses annually, with an estimated filing time of five minutes per response.</p>
<h2>The Old US$800 Shortcut Has Already Disappeared</h2>
<p>Entry Type 13 makes more sense when viewed as the latest stage of a much larger change. For years, the U.S. de minimis system allowed qualifying commercial shipments worth no more than US$800 to enter without ordinary duties and taxes. That became particularly important for e-commerce merchants selling inexpensive products directly to American consumers. The United States suspended that commercial exemption for goods from all countries effective August 29, 2025.</p>
<p>CBP subsequently made the suspension indefinite in its regulations and introduced new postal informal-entry procedures. The postal rule largely took effect July 24, 2026. As a result, September 22 is not the day low-value packages suddenly become subject to customs processing; that transition was already underway. What changes today is the availability of a purpose-built electronic entry route for qualifying international mail. For a Canadian shop that once mailed a US$50 order with minimal customs friction, the broader change is substantial: low value no longer automatically means low compliance.</p>
<h2>The New System Is Specifically About International Mail</h2>
<p>One of the most important distinctions for Canadian businesses is the word “mail.” Entry Type 13 applies to merchandise sent through the international postal network. A parcel travelling through Canada Post and ultimately USPS sits in a different customs environment from a shipment moving through a commercial courier, express carrier, truck or other non-postal channel. CBP created separate rules for merchandise arriving through modes other than the international postal network.</p>
<p>That distinction means a Canadian merchant cannot assume that a procedure available for a mailed parcel will apply when the same product is moved by a commercial carrier. Courier shipments already use established ACE entry processes, while Entry Type 13 was designed specifically to fill an automation gap in postal processing. Shipping strategy therefore becomes part of customs strategy. A small company comparing postal and courier rates now has to consider not only transit time and transportation price, but also who will make entry, which duties could apply, what information must be supplied and how the importer relationship will work.</p>
<h2>Twelve Data Elements Turn a Parcel Into a Detailed Customs Entry</h2>
<p>The electronic process requires considerably more structure than simply writing a product description and value on a parcel. CBP requires an Entry Type 13 filer to transmit 12 core data elements. They include the filer code, importer-of-record number, merchandise description, country of origin, applicable 10-digit Harmonized Tariff Schedule classifications, duty rate, customs value, total duty owed, carrier name, foreign-post tracking number and arrival port. Quantity and weight are also required when a specific duty rate makes those details necessary.</p>
<p>That 10-digit classification requirement deserves particular attention. An online retailer may internally describe an item as a “women’s cotton sweater” or “phone accessory,” but U.S. customs treatment depends on the correct tariff classification rather than a storefront category. Some products can also require secondary Chapter 98 or Chapter 99 classifications or additional information connected with special duties. For a business selling dozens or hundreds of SKUs, product data that once mainly served inventory and marketing purposes increasingly needs to function as customs data as well.</p>
<h2>Importer Responsibility and Customs Bonds Become Harder to Ignore</h2>
<p>Not everybody involved in moving a parcel can simply file Entry Type 13. CBP says the right to make the entry belongs to the owner or purchaser of the merchandise, or to a properly appointed licensed customs broker. If a consignee is not the owner or purchaser — CBP gives foreign postal operators, USPS, freight forwarders and carriers as examples — that party must use a licensed broker who will act as importer of record for the Entry Type 13 filing.</p>
<p>A basic importation and entry bond is also required. The bond can be a single-transaction bond or a continuous bond and must meet CBP requirements. Its purpose is not merely administrative: it helps secure payment of duties, taxes and fees and can also support enforcement of other import obligations. For a large importer, brokers and customs bonds are familiar infrastructure. For a Canadian microbusiness accustomed to mailing a few direct-to-consumer orders each day, those concepts can feel much closer to traditional importing than ordinary parcel shipping.</p>
<h2>The US$2,500 Limit Does Not Guarantee Informal Treatment</h2>
<p>The US$2,500 figure is a threshold, not a promise that every package beneath it will clear through the simplest possible procedure. CBP generally requires formal procedures for shipments exceeding US$2,500, but certain goods can require formal entry even at lower values. Quota merchandise and products subject to antidumping or countervailing duties remain outside the Entry Type 13 informal-entry test. CBP can also require formal entry when it considers that necessary to protect U.S. revenue.</p>
<p>Entry Type 13 nevertheless creates more flexibility for some complicated low-value shipments. CBP's test temporarily permits the electronic informal pathway for qualifying shipments involving Partner Government Agency requirements and certain Chapter 98 or Chapter 99 treatment that would otherwise face formal-entry rules. That can matter for products overseen by agencies beyond CBP. The practical lesson for Canadian exporters is that shipment value alone cannot determine the required process. Product type, tariff treatment, regulatory agency requirements and trade-remedy exposure can matter just as much as the price printed on the invoice.</p>
<h2>CUSMA Still Matters, but It Does Not Remove the Paperwork Question</h2>
<p>Canadian origin can remain commercially valuable. Canada's Trade Commissioner Service notes that CUSMA preferential treatment covers more than 98% of tariff lines and more than 99.9% of bilateral Canada-U.S. trade. However, a product does not receive preferential treatment merely because it was shipped from Canada. It must satisfy the applicable CUSMA rule of origin, and the preference has to be properly claimed using supporting origin information.</p>
<p>That distinction has become more important as the U.S. tariff environment has grown more complicated. CUSMA-compliant goods remain protected from some U.S. measures, while other sectoral or Canada-specific measures can apply despite CUSMA status. Meanwhile, CBP's Entry Type 13 rules still require tariff classification, country of origin and duty information. In other words, the free-trade agreement and the customs-entry system answer different questions. A Canadian manufacturer may have a strong CUSMA claim and still need accurate classification, importer information and an appropriate filing process before its package can move smoothly through the border.</p>
<h2>Origin and Customs Value Can Change the Real Cost of a Sale</h2>
<p>A parcel leaving Toronto, Vancouver or Montreal is not automatically considered Canadian-origin merchandise. The Government of Canada specifically warns exporters that country of origin is not necessarily the country from which an item is shipped. A Canadian retailer that imports a finished product from another country and resells it to an American customer therefore needs to understand the product's actual customs origin and whether any Canadian processing was sufficient to alter its trade status.</p>
<p>Value creates another potential trap. CBP says the commercial-invoice value generally should reflect the price paid by the U.S. buyer for the merchandise, with international freight and insurance generally excluded from the dutiable transaction value. Certain selling commissions, assists, royalties, production costs and packing expenses can require different treatment. These details matter because Entry Type 13 asks for both value and total duty owed. A classification or valuation error repeated across hundreds of small orders can become more consequential than a single mistake on a large shipment, particularly when automated systems make inconsistent declarations easier to identify.</p>
<h2>CBP Says Small-Package Volume Became Too Large for the Old Model</h2>
<p>The policy shift is occurring against an extraordinary increase in low-value shipments. CBP reported clearing almost 1.37 billion de minimis packages during fiscal 2024, equivalent to nearly four million per day. That was up dramatically from about 511 million in fiscal 2019. Such volumes were one reason U.S. officials increasingly argued that traditional low-data processing made it difficult to distinguish ordinary online purchases from non-compliant or dangerous shipments.</p>
<p>CBP has also connected its tighter approach to enforcement. The agency said nearly 90% of cargo-environment seizure cases in fiscal 2024 originated in the de minimis environment, while 97% of intellectual-property-rights seizure cases involved de minimis shipments. Those figures describe the entire low-value environment rather than Canadian commerce specifically, and legitimate Canadian businesses should not be conflated with enforcement targets. Still, the numbers help explain why CBP is demanding more structured electronic information. Entry Type 13 allows the agency to connect a mailed article with its tracking number, importer, tariff classification, origin and declared duty before relying on comparatively sparse postal data.</p>
<h2>Canadian Sellers Now Have More Reasons to Build Customs Into Their Checkout Process</h2>
<p>The practical response starts well before a package reaches the post office. Canadian merchants selling regularly into the United States increasingly need reliable tariff classifications for their products, defensible country-of-origin determinations and clarity about which party will act as importer of record. Businesses claiming CUSMA treatment also need records supporting that claim. Canada's Trade Commissioner Service specifically recommends working with customs professionals when necessary and notes that importers have legal responsibilities to exercise reasonable care in classification, valuation and other entry information.</p>
<p>The commercial side matters just as much. Duties, brokerage, bonds and customs administration can turn a profitable low-priced order into a marginal one if they are discovered only after checkout. Clear landed-cost policies can also reduce the risk that an American customer is surprised by an unexpected border charge or delay. Entry Type 13 is designed to make postal customs processing more automated, and over time that could improve efficiency. In the short term, however, automation requires better data. Canadian sellers that treat customs information as part of their product catalogue rather than an afterthought will be better positioned for the new border environment.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canada and U.S. Join G7 Warning Houthi Attacks Threaten Global Trade]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canada-and-u-s-join-g7-warning-houthi-attacks-threaten-global-trade/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canada-and-u-s-join-g7-warning-houthi-attacks-threaten-global-trade/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:11:15 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A conflict centred on Yemen is once again becoming a problem for ships, supply chains and economies thousands of kilometres]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/National-flags-of-G8-G7-or-group-of-eight-major-highly-industrialized-countries-i.e-Canada-France-Germany-Italy-Japan-Russia-UK-USA.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A conflict centred on Yemen is once again becoming a problem for ships, supply chains and economies thousands of kilometres away. Canada and the United States have joined their G7 partners in warning that escalating Houthi military activity threatens maritime security in the Red Sea and Bab al-Mandab Strait, with potential consequences for global energy, food and fertilizer flows. The September 22 statement comes as renewed fighting has pushed Yemen back toward large-scale conflict and placed greater attention on one of the world's most sensitive maritime chokepoints. For governments and businesses, the concern extends beyond another round of Middle East tensions: previous Red Sea disruptions demonstrated how quickly insecurity around a narrow shipping corridor can translate into longer voyages, higher freight costs and difficult supply-chain decisions.</p>
<h2>The G7 Warning Goes Beyond Another Regional Security Statement</h2>
<p>The September 22 declaration brought together the foreign ministers of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom and the United States, along with the European Union's High Representative. They described the situation in Yemen as a threat not only to regional security but also to global energy security, navigational rights and maritime security in the Red Sea and Bab al-Mandab Strait. The ministers condemned continuing Houthi strikes in Yemen and against Saudi Arabia and called for an immediate halt to military actions and threats against civilian shipping.</p>
<p>What makes the language economically significant is the attention given to supply chains. The G7 specifically warned against lasting disruption to energy, fertilizer and food flows and said continued escalation could undermine international trade and contribute to global economic instability. That turns what might otherwise be viewed as a distant security confrontation into an issue that can reach factories, ports, retailers and households well outside the Middle East. The statement also called for a return to a political process rather than presenting maritime security as a problem that can be solved entirely through military measures.</p>
<h2>A Narrow Strait Connects Yemen to the Global Economy</h2>
<p>The Bab al-Mandab is geographically small but commercially enormous. Sitting between Yemen and the Horn of Africa, it forms the southern entrance to the Red Sea. Ships moving between the Indian Ocean and the Suez Canal normally pass through it, making the strait an important link between Asian manufacturing centres, Middle Eastern energy producers and markets in Europe and beyond. The UN's trade agency has repeatedly identified the Red Sea and Suez route as one of the major chokepoints whose disruption can reshape international shipping.</p>
<p>The numbers show why governments pay attention when security deteriorates there. U.S. Energy Information Administration data estimate that approximately 8.1 million barrels per day of crude oil and petroleum liquids moved through the Bab al-Mandab during the second quarter of 2026. The Suez Canal and SUMED pipeline handled another 5.8 million barrels per day during that quarter. Maritime transportation also carries more than 80% of world trade by volume, according to UN Trade and Development. A disturbance at one strategic passage therefore does not require the entire route to close before companies begin reconsidering schedules, insurance, fuel costs and vessel deployment.</p>
<h2>Renewed Fighting Has Made the Shipping Risk More Immediate</h2>
<p>The latest warning comes against a deteriorating security picture rather than a theoretical future risk. In September, UN Special Envoy for Yemen Hans Grundberg told the Security Council that Yemen's risk of returning to large-scale conflict had become a reality. Fighting intensified across several fronts, particularly along the strategically important western coast. Houthi forces, also known as Ansar Allah, advanced on Mokha, a port city roughly 75 kilometres from the Bab al-Mandab, according to the UN briefing.</p>
<p>Commercial shipping has also faced direct violence. In August, the International Maritime Organization reported that the cargo ship Tihamah had been hit by a projectile off the coast of Al Mokha and that several seafarers had been killed. IMO Secretary-General Arsenio Dominguez warned that continued attacks threatened supply chains and urged operators to conduct careful risk assessments before entering dangerous waters. Such incidents matter because crews, insurers and shipping companies make decisions based on perceived risk as well as confirmed closures. A route can remain technically open while commercial traffic begins avoiding it because the financial and human risks have become unacceptable.</p>
<h2>Energy Security Raises the Economic Stakes</h2>
<p>Oil markets give the Bab al-Mandab crisis another layer of global importance. EIA figures indicate that oil flows through the strait increased from about 5.6 million barrels per day in the first quarter of 2026 to roughly 8.1 million barrels per day in the second quarter. That period also coincided with sharply reduced flows through the Strait of Hormuz, demonstrating how disruptions at one Middle Eastern chokepoint can shift pressure toward another route rather than making the underlying problem disappear.</p>
<p>The G7 consequently framed its warning in terms of global energy security as well as shipping safety. Energy markets react not only to barrels physically removed from supply but also to the possibility of future disruption. Tankers taking longer routes consume more fuel, occupy ships for additional days and can require higher insurance coverage. Saudi Arabia and other regional producers also depend on combinations of pipelines, export terminals and maritime passages to reach customers. When several routes face instability simultaneously, the system has less flexibility to absorb another shock. The significance of the G7 statement is therefore partly preventive: governments are signalling concern before a prolonged disruption becomes embedded in global transport and energy networks.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Treating Freedom of Navigation as an Economic Interest</h2>
<p>Canada's participation is consistent with a broader position Ottawa has taken on maritime security in the region. On September 21, Foreign Affairs Minister Anita Anand met Qatar's prime minister and foreign minister on the margins of the UN General Assembly. Global Affairs Canada said Anand reaffirmed Canada's support for the safe passage of vessels through the Strait of Hormuz, the Bab al-Mandab and the Red Sea, while stressing continued cooperation with regional partners on maritime security.</p>
<p>Canada does not need to be physically beside the Red Sea for disruption there to matter. Canadian retailers and manufacturers participate in international supply chains in which components, finished products and commodities can move through several countries and ocean corridors before reaching their destination. Freight capacity is also global: when vessels spend additional days sailing around dangerous areas, fewer ships are effectively available elsewhere. Previous Red Sea disruptions demonstrated that longer routes can tighten capacity and increase costs even for cargo that never passes directly through the affected chokepoint. Ottawa's stance therefore links freedom of navigation with economic resilience rather than treating it solely as a distant defence issue.</p>
<h2>U.S. Support Adds Weight, but Not an Automatic Military Commitment</h2>
<p>The United States joined Canada and the other G7 members in demanding that Houthi forces cease military actions and attacks or threats against civilian shipping. Washington's participation matters because the U.S. is simultaneously a major trading economy, energy producer and longstanding security actor in the Middle East. Yet the diplomatic statement should not automatically be interpreted as an announcement of a new American combat operation. The declaration itself focuses on de-escalation, maritime security and a return to political negotiations.</p>
<p>That distinction is especially relevant in the current phase of the Yemen conflict. Reuters reported on September 21 that President Donald Trump had spoken with Yemeni President Rashad al-Alimi but had not committed the United States to providing direct military support against the Houthis. The U.S. position can therefore combine strong diplomatic opposition to attacks on shipping with caution about deeper military involvement. For businesses trying to interpret political statements, that means the G7 warning is best understood as a collective signal about unacceptable risks to international commerce and regional stability rather than proof that a particular military response has already been decided.</p>
<h2>The G7 Is Also Putting Iran at the Centre of the Dispute</h2>
<p>The G7 statement called on Iran to end what the ministers described as its arming and support of the Houthis, citing UN Security Council resolutions including 1747, 2140 and 2216. Western governments have long accused Tehran of providing the movement with weapons, expertise and other assistance. Recent reporting has added allegations that Iranian support contributed to the Houthis' latest advances along Yemen's Red Sea coast. Reuters reported in September, citing Iranian, Yemeni and regional sources, that Iranian weapons and military advice had assisted the offensive.</p>
<p>The Iranian position is different and should be distinguished from the G7's claims. Tehran has publicly denied directing Houthi military operations and has described the movement as an ally rather than a proxy under Iranian command. That disagreement matters because responsibility for Houthi actions is central to wider tensions between Iran, the United States and Gulf states. The G7's decision to explicitly connect Iranian support with risks to international trade broadens the dispute from the battlefield in Yemen to questions of sanctions, arms transfers, diplomacy and maritime security. It also increases the pressure on negotiations to address both Yemen's domestic conflict and its regional dimensions.</p>
<h2>Longer Routes Can Turn Security Problems Into Higher Prices</h2>
<p>The economic mechanism linking Red Sea attacks to consumers is straightforward. When shipping companies judge the Suez-Red Sea route too dangerous, vessels can travel around Africa's Cape of Good Hope instead. The cargo still arrives, but the journey becomes longer. UN Trade and Development estimated during the earlier Red Sea disruption that rerouting could add roughly 12 days to an Asia-Europe voyage. Longer journeys consume additional fuel, require vessels and crews for more time and reduce the effective amount of shipping capacity available to move other cargo.</p>
<p>The effects have already been demonstrated. UNCTAD reported that container freight costs rose sharply during the 2024 disruption, while the IMF found that Suez trade fell by roughly half in the first two months of that year compared with the previous year. The IMF also noted that a standard 40-foot container travelling from China to the Mediterranean had risen from roughly $1,000 to more than $4,000 during the early phase of that crisis. Current conditions are different, so those figures should not be treated as a forecast for 2026. They do, however, show why another sustained security shock worries governments and importers before shelves begin showing obvious effects.</p>
<h2>Food and Fertilizer Make This More Than an Oil Story</h2>
<p>The G7 deliberately singled out fertilizer and food alongside energy. Those commodities matter because transportation costs can have disproportionate effects on countries that depend heavily on imported staples or agricultural inputs. Fertilizer prices influence farming costs, while shipping delays can be especially difficult for food products with limited shelf lives. A vessel carrying crude oil can often tolerate a longer voyage more easily than a supply chain built around tight delivery windows for fresh produce, animal feed ingredients or manufacturing inputs.</p>
<p>Earlier Red Sea disruption offered practical examples. UNCTAD reported that longer voyages around Africa affected container availability and contributed to disruptions involving goods including coffee, tea and perishables. The agency has also warned that higher freight costs tend to hit small island developing states and least-developed countries particularly hard because many have limited shipping connectivity and high dependence on imports. That explains the wording of the new G7 statement, which says disruption would be particularly damaging to vulnerable populations. The concern is not simply whether wealthy economies pay more for imported goods, but whether logistics instability makes essential commodities harder to obtain in countries with far less room to absorb additional costs.</p>
<h2>Yemen's Civilian Crisis Is Worsening at the Same Time</h2>
<p>Behind the discussion of shipping lanes is a rapidly worsening humanitarian emergency. At a September 18 UN briefing, officials reported that more than 112,000 people had recently been displaced inside Yemen as fighting intensified, particularly along the western coast and in southern Taiz. UN representatives described families leaving with little more than they could carry, roads becoming inaccessible and humanitarian access being severely constrained. Nearly 3,000 people had also reached Djibouti after dangerous journeys across the water.</p>
<p>The broader humanitarian burden was already immense. The UN said more than 22 million people across Yemen needed humanitarian assistance, while health facilities were operating under severe limitations. The economic and human consequences therefore reinforce one another: fighting near ports and trade routes can disrupt commerce, while the same fighting forces families from homes, interrupts medical care and makes relief deliveries more difficult. That is one reason the G7 statement connects attacks on civilian infrastructure and shipping with calls for political negotiations. Preventing maritime disruption without addressing the conflict ashore would leave the underlying source of insecurity unresolved.</p>
<h2>The Bigger Test Is Whether Diplomacy Can Keep the Route Open</h2>
<p>The immediate question for shipping companies is whether conditions around the Bab al-Mandab deteriorate enough to trigger broader rerouting. The larger diplomatic question is whether governments can reduce the risk before that happens. The G7 has called for the Houthis to halt military activity and return to negotiations while reaffirming support for UN Special Envoy Hans Grundberg and what it describes as an inclusive, Yemeni-led political settlement. The UN envoy has similarly argued that Yemen requires a credible political path addressing security, economic and political issues rather than another prolonged military cycle.</p>
<p>For global trade, successful de-escalation would have consequences far beyond Yemen. Shipping schedules could become easier to plan, insurance risks could ease and businesses would have less reason to build expensive buffers against another prolonged Red Sea disruption. Failure would create the opposite problem: another strategic waterway operating under persistent uncertainty at a time when other global trade routes are already exposed to geopolitical and economic pressure. Canada and the United States are therefore joining the G7 warning at a moment when maritime security, energy security and the future of Yemen have become increasingly difficult to separate.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canada Says Philippines and ASEAN Trade Deals Are More Than 90% Complete as Ottawa Pushes Diversification]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canada-says-philippines-and-asean-trade-deals-are-more-than-90-complete-as-ottawa-pushes-diversification/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canada-says-philippines-and-asean-trade-deals-are-more-than-90-complete-as-ottawa-pushes-diversification/</guid>
<pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:01:55 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s effort to build deeper commercial ties with Southeast Asia appears to be approaching a critical stage. International Trade Minister]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadas-international-shipping-trade-export.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s effort to build deeper commercial ties with Southeast Asia appears to be approaching a critical stage. International Trade Minister Maninder Sidhu says separate free trade negotiations with the Philippines and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations are now more than 90% complete, with Ottawa hoping to finish both around the time Prime Minister Mark Carney visits Manila in November.</p>
<p>The push comes as Canada tries to sell more goods, services and energy outside its traditional U.S. market while strengthening supply chains in faster-growing regions. Yet the significance goes beyond tariffs. Energy exports, infrastructure investment, digital commerce, agriculture and investment rules are all part of a broader attempt to give Canadian companies more pathways into Southeast Asia while attracting new capital and commercial partnerships back to Canada.</p>
<h2>Two Negotiations Are Entering Their Final Stretch</h2>
<p>Sidhu put an unusually clear number on the state of the talks during meetings with Southeast Asian economic ministers in Manila on September 22. He said negotiations on both the Canada-Philippines agreement and the broader Canada-ASEAN free trade agreement were more than 90% complete. Ottawa is pushing to have them ready around Carney’s expected November visit to Manila, although reaching that target will still depend on negotiators resolving the remaining issues.</p>
<p>That timeline represents a significant acceleration. Canada and the Philippines formally launched their bilateral negotiations in October 2025, while the ASEAN process has been underway for considerably longer. Canadian officials had already committed to trying to conclude both agreements during 2026. Sidhu characterized the current negotiations as having strong momentum from both sides. Still, “90% complete” should not be confused with a signed agreement. Until the remaining negotiating text and market-access commitments are settled, the deals remain works in progress.</p>
<h2>The Philippines Deal Is Designed to Work Alongside the ASEAN Agreement</h2>
<p>At first glance, negotiating one agreement with ASEAN and another with one of its members may look repetitive. Ottawa’s stated approach is different. Canada has said the bilateral Philippines agreement is intended to build on the regional ASEAN deal while potentially eliminating additional barriers specifically affecting trade between Canada and the Philippines.</p>
<p>That creates two layers of economic integration. The ASEAN agreement could establish broader regional rules covering areas such as goods, services, investment, customs procedures and digital trade. A Philippines-specific deal could then address bilateral commercial priorities in greater depth. The first formal Canada-Philippines negotiating round in Manila in February covered market access for goods, services, investment, intellectual property, temporary movement of businesspeople and legal issues. For companies, that distinction matters. A regional rulebook can make operating across Southeast Asia easier, while bilateral provisions can address obstacles encountered in one particular national market.</p>
<h2>Canada and the Philippines Already Have a Meaningful Trade Base</h2>
<p>The negotiations are not beginning from an empty commercial relationship. Canada-Philippines merchandise trade reached roughly C$3.4 billion in 2025. Canadian goods exports to the Philippines were valued at about C$1.1 billion, while imports from the Philippines reached approximately C$2.3 billion. Canadian direct investment in the Philippines also grew substantially, with the stock reaching roughly C$1.7 billion in 2025.</p>
<p>Services add another important dimension. Bilateral services trade was valued at C$3.2 billion in 2024, including approximately C$2.2 billion in Canadian service exports. Those numbers help explain why the negotiations cover much more than physical products arriving at ports. Professional services, finance, telecommunications, investment and digital commerce increasingly matter alongside traditional merchandise trade. Ottawa’s trade officials identify energy, agriculture and agri-food, infrastructure, mining and critical minerals, information technology, clean technology and education among the areas where Canadian businesses could find additional opportunities in the Philippine market.</p>
<h2>ASEAN Offers Canada a Much Larger Economic Platform</h2>
<p>The regional agreement carries a different level of scale. Canada says ASEAN’s 11 members had a combined population of about 695 million in 2025 and a combined nominal economy valued at roughly C$5.9 trillion. The region was expected to grow by about 4.5% in 2026, giving Canadian companies exposure to markets where incomes, urbanization, infrastructure needs and consumer demand are still expanding.</p>
<p>Trade is already moving quickly. Canada-ASEAN merchandise trade reached approximately C$52.4 billion in 2025, up more than 23% from the previous year according to Canadian government figures. That makes Southeast Asia important even before a free trade agreement is completed. Earlier economic modelling conducted jointly by Canada and ASEAN also concluded that a comprehensive agreement could increase trade and economic output on both sides, although those projections are modelling scenarios rather than guaranteed outcomes. For Ottawa, the attraction is therefore not one single export market but a regional network spanning manufacturing, finance, technology, commodities and consumer economies.</p>
<h2>Diversification Has Become a Bigger Economic Priority</h2>
<p>Canada’s trade relationship with the United States remains enormously important, and a Southeast Asian strategy will not replace it. The numbers nevertheless illustrate why governments and businesses have been looking for additional customers. Statistics Canada reported that 71.7% of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States in 2025. That was down from 75.9% in 2024 but still represented a substantial concentration in a single market.</p>
<p>At the same time, Canadian merchandise exports to countries other than the United States increased 17.2% during 2025. Ottawa has now made expanding non-U.S. commerce an explicit policy objective, including a goal of doubling exports to markets outside the United States over the coming decade. Sidhu has argued that the Southeast Asian push should not be viewed simply as a reaction to one country or one trade dispute, describing diversification as a longer-term Canadian strategy. The practical logic is straightforward: additional customers can give exporters more options when tariffs, political disputes or supply disruptions affect one major market.</p>
<h2>Energy Has Become One of Canada’s Strongest Southeast Asia Pitches</h2>
<p>Energy sits near the centre of Ottawa’s commercial message. Sidhu has identified Canada’s growing liquefied natural gas capacity as one of the country’s largest potential offerings to Southeast Asian economies seeking greater diversity in their fuel supplies. Geography is increasingly part of that argument because LNG shipped from British Columbia has direct access to Asia-Pacific markets without travelling from the Atlantic or U.S. Gulf Coast.</p>
<p>Canada’s LNG export position has changed rapidly. Natural Resources Canada reported that roughly 130 LNG tankers carrying approximately 9.7 million tonnes of gas went to Asia between June 2025 and August 2026. By September 2026, Canada was exporting approximately one million tonnes of LNG to Asia per month. Ottawa says proposed West Coast LNG developments represent more than C$100 billion in potential capital investment and could support around 50 million tonnes per year of capacity by the early 2030s. Not every proposed project is certain to proceed, but the build-out gives Canada a much larger potential role in Asian energy trade than it had only a few years earlier.</p>
<h2>Infrastructure and the Digital Economy Broaden the Relationship</h2>
<p>Ottawa is also trying to connect trade negotiations with physical investment. Canada joined the Luzon Economic Corridor partnership in 2026 alongside the Philippines, the United States and Japan and announced an initial C$2-million contribution for targeted technical assistance. The corridor is intended to improve connectivity between Subic Bay, Clark, Manila and Batangas while attracting investment in infrastructure, clean energy, advanced manufacturing, digital innovation and agri-food.</p>
<p>Digital investment provides another potential growth area. Sidhu has specifically pointed to data centres and related infrastructure as opportunities for Canadian companies. That interest reflects the size of the Philippines’ expanding digital economy. The Philippine Statistics Authority estimated that digital economic activity generated 2.74 trillion pesos in gross value added during 2025, equal to 9.8% of national GDP, and supported more than 10 million jobs. A trade agreement containing clearer rules for digital commerce, telecommunications, services and investment could therefore matter to technology and professional-service firms just as much as tariff reductions matter to manufacturers or agricultural exporters.</p>
<h2>The Remaining 10% Could Contain Some of the Hardest Decisions</h2>
<p>Trade negotiations rarely progress in perfectly equal increments. Saying talks are more than 90% complete does not necessarily mean the remaining work will be simple. Earlier Canada-ASEAN negotiating reports showed that officials had made progress on goods and services market access while working through complicated areas including investment, rules of origin, financial services, electronic commerce and legal provisions. By late 2025, nine chapters had been substantially concluded, but several difficult questions remained.</p>
<p>Those issues can have significant commercial consequences. Rules of origin determine which products actually qualify for preferential tariffs. Market-access schedules establish how quickly tariffs disappear and whether sensitive products receive different treatment. Canada has also stated that it intends to protect its supply-management system for dairy, poultry and eggs during the Philippines negotiations. Even once negotiations conclude, implementation will take additional steps. Canadian trade agreements normally go through legal review, signature, tabling in the House of Commons and, where necessary, implementing legislation and regulatory changes before entering into force.</p>
<p>For Ottawa, therefore, a November announcement would represent an important milestone rather than the end of the process. For businesses, the details of the final text — not simply the declaration that negotiations are finished — will ultimately determine how much new market access the agreements provide.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Trump Order Targeting Canadian Goods Enters Federal Register as U.S. Procurement Fight Escalates]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/trump-order-targeting-canadian-goods-enters-federal-register-as-u-s-procurement-fight-escalates/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/trump-order-targeting-canadian-goods-enters-federal-register-as-u-s-procurement-fight-escalates/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:50:26 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A new front in the Canada-U.S. trade dispute has moved from a White House announcement into the formal U.S. government]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/United-States-President-Donald-Trump.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A new front in the Canada-U.S. trade dispute has moved from a White House announcement into the formal U.S. government record. President Donald Trump’s September 16 memorandum on Canadian-origin goods was published in the Federal Register on September 21, putting federal procurement agencies on notice that Canadian products could lose access to parts of the U.S. civilian purchasing system.</p>
<p>The measure does not instantly prohibit every Canadian product from federal contracts. Instead, it orders U.S. procurement officials to determine which Canadian-origin items can legally be removed or made unavailable and to identify American alternatives. That distinction matters. The eventual commercial impact will depend on how procurement rules, international commitments and individual federal purchasing programs are changed to carry out the directive.</p>
<h2>Federal Register Publication Makes the Directive Official</h2>
<p>The memorandum, formally titled “Restoring Reciprocity in Government Procurement,” was signed on September 16 and published in the September 21 edition of the Federal Register. It appears as Federal Register Document 2026-19336 on pages 59979 and 59980 of Volume 91. The document had been filed for publication on September 18, making Monday’s appearance the formal publication step rather than the announcement of a new or expanded measure.</p>
<p>That distinction is important because publication does not add a fresh list of prohibited Canadian products. The memorandum itself contains no schedule identifying individual goods, no across-the-board percentage penalty and no single date on which every federal agency must stop purchasing Canadian-origin products. Instead, it establishes the administration’s policy direction and assigns implementation work to several powerful procurement and trade bodies. For companies accustomed to selling through U.S. government channels, the uncertainty therefore shifts from whether Washington intends to act to exactly how extensively agencies will interpret and implement the instruction.</p>
<h2>The Order Stops Short of an Immediate Blanket Ban</h2>
<p>The operative language is more conditional than some descriptions of the measure suggest. Trump directs the Office of Management and Budget and the U.S. Trade Representative, working with members of the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council, to identify Canadian-origin items in the federal civilian procurement system that can, “where warranted,” be removed or made unavailable for purchase. Any action must also be consistent with applicable U.S. law.</p>
<p>OMB is separately instructed to alert relevant federal departments and agencies to domestic alternatives to Canadian products where doing so is legally permitted. Agency heads are then directed to take appropriate measures within their existing authority. That creates an implementation process rather than a one-step ban. A Canadian manufacturer whose products appear on a federal purchasing vehicle may therefore not know immediately whether an existing contract, a future order or a particular product category will be affected. Further agency guidance, procurement changes and potentially revisions to acquisition rules will determine much of the practical effect.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Buy Canadian Rules Are at the Centre of the Dispute</h2>
<p>The Trump administration says the measure responds to procurement policies that give Canadian suppliers and Canadian content an advantage in Canada. Ottawa’s Buy Canadian framework began taking effect in December 2025. One major policy covers strategic federal procurements and, since June 15, 2026, applies to qualifying purchases valued at C$5 million or more. Canadian suppliers can receive preferential treatment, while bids can receive additional credit according to the amount of Canadian value-added they contain.</p>
<p>A second policy requires Canadian-produced steel, aluminum and wood in certain large federal construction and defence purchases. It generally applies to procurements worth at least C$25 million when the relevant materials account for at least C$250,000 and Canadian supply is available. Ottawa describes the measures as a way to strengthen domestic supply chains and industrial capacity. The White House characterizes them as barriers to U.S. commerce. Canada's published rules also preserve eligibility for suppliers from applicable trading partners when international procurement agreements cover a solicitation, making the dispute more complicated than a simple Canadian exclusion of American companies.</p>
<h2>The Key Procurement Treaty Is the WTO Agreement, Not CUSMA</h2>
<p>One unusual feature of the dispute is that Canada-U.S. government procurement access is not primarily governed by the procurement chapter of CUSMA. Chapter 13 of the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement expressly applies only between Mexico and the United States. Canada and the United States instead maintained much of their reciprocal government purchasing access through the World Trade Organization’s Agreement on Government Procurement, commonly known as the GPA.</p>
<p>The GPA does not guarantee foreign suppliers unrestricted access to every government contract. Coverage depends on which agencies, goods, services and construction activities each country has listed, as well as contract-value thresholds and exclusions. Within existing U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulation definitions, Canada is currently listed as a WTO GPA “designated country,” meaning qualifying Canadian products can receive non-discriminatory treatment in covered acquisitions. The Trump memorandum says GPA-covered U.S. federal procurement exceeds US$280 billion annually. That figure describes the procurement market potentially covered by U.S. commitments, however; it is not a measurement of how much the American government actually spends on Canadian goods.</p>
<h2>The $50-Billion GSA Figure Does Not Mean $50 Billion in Canadian Sales</h2>
<p>The procurement confrontation had already begun before the September 16 memorandum. Earlier in September, the administration directed the U.S. Trade Representative and General Services Administration to remove Canadian-origin products from GSA’s Multiple Award Schedule system. White House statements described the schedules as managing more than US$50 billion in federal procurement, a figure large enough to make the action sound like an enormous direct hit to Canadian exporters.</p>
<p>GSA’s own performance reporting puts that number in context. Its Multiple Award Schedule generated approximately US$52.5 billion in sales during fiscal 2025. That is the value of the entire program, covering millions of commercial products and services supplied through thousands of contractors—not the value of Canadian-origin merchandise. GSA describes the Schedule as a government-wide purchasing vehicle that allows agencies to buy commercial products and services under pre-negotiated contracts. Consequently, the eventual Canadian exposure could be much smaller than the headline value of the Schedule. The administration has not published a comprehensive product-by-product calculation showing how much purchasing would disappear under the new policy.</p>
<h2>Country of Origin May Matter More Than the Vendor’s Address</h2>
<p>The wording of the memorandum repeatedly focuses on “Canadian origin items,” an important distinction for businesses with complicated North American supply chains. Federal procurement rules already differentiate among domestic end products, designated-country products and other foreign products. A company’s headquarters or ownership structure does not necessarily determine how every product it sells is treated. What matters can instead be where the particular end product was manufactured or substantially transformed under the applicable acquisition rules.</p>
<p>That means implementation could reach beyond companies that are obviously Canadian. An American distributor may sell machinery, components, office products or industrial equipment manufactured in Canada. Conversely, a Canadian-owned supplier could potentially offer goods manufactured in the United States or another qualifying jurisdiction. The precise outcome will depend on whatever product restrictions agencies ultimately apply and how existing origin certifications are handled. For procurement teams, this creates a compliance issue as much as a trade-policy issue: suppliers may need to scrutinize product origin information, catalogues and contract representations before knowing which orders remain available.</p>
<h2>Procurement Is Now Part of a Much Larger Trade Escalation</h2>
<p>The federal purchasing move is arriving after weeks of tariff escalation. Canada imposed new counter-tariffs on September 8 covering an estimated $27.6 billion in imports from the United States. Ottawa set rates of 15, 25 and 50 per cent on selected products, matching corresponding U.S. measures and targeting areas including steel, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, electronics and other manufactured goods.</p>
<p>The United States responded through several other trade actions as well. Trump signed proclamations imposing or modifying measures on Canadian motor-vehicle-related goods, dairy products and alcoholic beverages, with outright import restrictions on certain products scheduled to take effect September 29. The procurement memorandum therefore adds another mechanism to the dispute: government purchasing power. Tariffs make imported products more expensive, and import bans prevent specified products from entering the market. Procurement restrictions operate differently by potentially removing otherwise legal Canadian products from government purchasing channels. For exporters, the accumulation of measures can matter more than any single tariff rate because different parts of a company’s customer base may face different restrictions.</p>
<h2>North American Businesses Are Warning About Supply-Chain Consequences</h2>
<p>Concerns are also coming from businesses on the American side of the border. Associated Equipment Distributors, a trade organization representing equipment dealers, manufacturers and service companies, recently contacted governors in states with significant exposure to Canadian commerce and urged action toward resolving the broader trade dispute. The organization highlighted industries such as agriculture, construction, forestry, mining, energy and industrial manufacturing.</p>
<p>Its warning illustrates why procurement restrictions can become complicated in a highly integrated market. A piece of heavy machinery sold to an American customer may contain parts manufactured on both sides of the border, while replacement components and servicing networks can operate across several jurisdictions. The association said equipment and industrial components can cross the Canada-U.S. border multiple times during production and distribution, and argued that persistent trade uncertainty risks increasing costs and complicating long-term investment decisions. Those concerns relate to the broader tariff dispute rather than solely to Trump’s procurement memorandum, but they show the business environment in which the new restrictions are being introduced.</p>
<h2>The Next Battle Will Be Over Implementation and Reciprocity</h2>
<p>The memorandum leaves several decisions still to come. OMB must provide Trump with updates on implementation, while the U.S. Trade Representative is instructed to continue examining Canada's treatment of American-origin products at both the federal and provincial levels. The memorandum also creates a route in the opposite direction: USTR can advise the president when circumstances justify restoring access for a Canadian-origin item, including if Canadian policy changes.</p>
<p>Canada has so far responded cautiously to the procurement announcement. Trade Minister Dominic LeBlanc’s office said Ottawa had taken note of the restrictions and would review them with the interests of Canadian workers and businesses in mind. International procurement commitments could also become increasingly important. The WTO GPA contains consultation and dispute-settlement procedures for governments that believe benefits under the agreement have been impaired, while domestic review systems can address individual covered procurements. Whether those mechanisms become part of this dispute will depend on the actual U.S. restrictions adopted. For now, Federal Register publication moves the confrontation from political warning into the implementation phase.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[70% of Canada’s Exports Still Go to U.S. as Carney Tries to Build an Economy Less Dependent on America]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/70-of-canadas-exports-still-go-to-u-s-as-carney-tries-to-build-an-economy-less-dependent-on-america/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/70-of-canadas-exports-still-go-to-u-s-as-carney-tries-to-build-an-economy-less-dependent-on-america/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:44:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[For generations, Canada’s economic geography has pointed south. The United States remains by far the country’s largest customer, connected to]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadas-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>For generations, Canada’s economic geography has pointed south. The United States remains by far the country’s largest customer, connected to Canadian factories, energy producers, farms and service companies through supply chains that cannot simply be redirected overnight. But Prime Minister Mark Carney’s government is trying to change the balance.</p>
<p>The shift is already visible. Canada sent a smaller share of its exports to the United States in 2025, while shipments to other markets rose sharply. More recently, Ottawa has intensified economic ties with Europe and the Indo-Pacific while pushing new ports, trade corridors and internal-market reforms at home. The objective is not to eliminate Canada-U.S. trade. It is to make the Canadian economy less vulnerable when access to its biggest market becomes uncertain.</p>
<h2>The 70% Figure Still Shows Just How Deep the Relationship Runs</h2>
<p>The headline number is best understood as an approximation rather than a fixed percentage. Statistics Canada reported that 71.7% of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States in 2025, down substantially from 75.9% in 2024. Global Affairs Canada, using a somewhat different trade-data basis, calculated that roughly 72% of Canadian goods exports and 67% of combined goods-and-services exports went to the U.S. in 2025. Either way, the conclusion is similar: roughly seven out of every 10 export dollars remain connected to the American market.</p>
<p>The concentration has nevertheless been declining. In July 2026, Canadian merchandise exports totalled $76.1 billion, with $50.5 billion going to the United States. That works out to about 66.3% for the month. Exports to non-U.S. destinations simultaneously climbed 7.4% to a record $25.6 billion and represented 33.7% of the monthly total. One month does not establish a permanent new trade pattern, particularly because commodity shipments such as oil and gold can make monthly data volatile. But the figures demonstrate that Canada's export mix can move meaningfully when businesses have alternative buyers and transportation capacity available.</p>
<h2>Canada Cannot Simply Replace the American Market</h2>
<p>Canada's reliance on the U.S. is not merely the result of government policy. Geography, infrastructure and decades of corporate investment have built a continental production system in which goods frequently cross the border before reaching consumers. Ottawa has estimated that roughly 70% of Canadian goods exported to the United States are used in producing other goods there. More than 35 major electricity transmission lines and approximately 70 oil and gas pipelines also cross the border, illustrating how physical infrastructure reinforces the economic relationship.</p>
<p>That integration is especially visible in automotive manufacturing, energy and agriculture. A Canadian component can enter a U.S. assembly plant as part of a larger North American manufacturing process rather than as a finished product seeking an unrelated overseas buyer. The American market is also unusually attractive to smaller Canadian exporters because it is close, enormous and comparatively familiar. Global Affairs Canada's research notes that the U.S. is often the first foreign market Canadian small and medium-sized businesses enter. For a manufacturer in southern Ontario or an agricultural business on the Prairies, finding an equivalent customer thousands of kilometres away can require new shipping arrangements, financing, regulatory approvals and sales networks.</p>
<h2>Diversification Is No Longer Just a Government Talking Point</h2>
<p>The strongest evidence that Canada's trade patterns are changing comes from actual exports outside the United States. Statistics Canada reported that non-U.S. merchandise exports rose 17.2% in 2025 even as exports to the U.S. fell 5.8%. Global Affairs Canada's broader goods-and-services measure showed non-U.S. exports increasing 11.1%, or $33.3 billion, with their share of total Canadian exports reaching 32.8% — the highest level in more than four decades.</p>
<p>Those gains require some caution in interpretation. Gold exports contributed heavily to the increase, meaning the headline growth rate does not represent a uniform surge across every Canadian industry. Still, the direction continued into 2026. The Bank of Canada said non-energy exports jumped 14.5% in the second quarter and reached their highest level since early 2025. Governor Tiff Macklem said on September 21 that businesses were deliberately adjusting supply chains and broadening customer relationships to reduce tariff exposure. He also noted that more than two-thirds of Canadian exporters surveyed said they planned to expand into new markets during the next two years, with Europe and the Asia-Pacific among the destinations drawing attention.</p>
<h2>Europe Has Become Central to Carney’s Strategy</h2>
<p>Europe is emerging as one of the clearest alternatives for expanding Canadian trade without abandoning North America. The European Union was Canada's second-largest global trading partner for goods and services in 2025. Canadian goods-and-services exports to the EU reached $67.7 billion that year, up 16.4%, while official Canadian figures put total two-way goods and services trade with the bloc at $178.6 billion. The relationship already rests on the Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement, but Ottawa and Brussels are now discussing cooperation that extends further into energy, defence, critical minerals, artificial intelligence, digital trade and financial services.</p>
<p>Carney's September 2026 visit to Europe made that strategy unusually visible. He met European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen and proposed a more integrated Canada-EU relationship built around strategic capabilities rather than simply lower tariffs. European leaders have also discussed new forms of association with Canada, although their exact legal and institutional shape remains unsettled. That uncertainty is important: political declarations do not automatically translate into billions of dollars of new exports. Yet the economic base is substantial enough to matter. Canadian merchandise exports to the EU rose more than 23% in 2025, with gains in energy, aluminum, oilseeds and other products, giving exporters an existing commercial network on which to build.</p>
<h2>The Pacific Is Showing Why Infrastructure Matters</h2>
<p>Canada has spent years signing trade agreements with overseas economies, but trade deals have limited value when exporters cannot move products competitively to foreign customers. The Trans Mountain pipeline expansion provides a clear example of infrastructure changing the destination of Canadian exports. Statistics Canada reported that crude-oil exports to countries other than the United States surged 132.6% in 2025 to 27.2 million cubic metres. Non-U.S. destinations took 10.9% of Canadian crude exports, more than triple the average share recorded between 2016 and 2024.</p>
<p>The effect was particularly visible in Asia. Canada's merchandise exports to the Indo-Pacific increased 6.4% to $83.4 billion in 2025. Crude-oil exports to China rose by $4 billion, or 165.1%, while Singapore also recorded a large increase partly tied to new oil shipments. Ottawa is trying to extend that diversification beyond commodities: Canada has pursued closer economic arrangements with India, Japan, Australia and the Philippines, while negotiations toward Canada-Philippines and Canada-ASEAN trade agreements have also been part of the government's agenda. The challenge is turning diplomatic access into recurring business relationships across agriculture, technology, manufacturing and services rather than relying predominantly on additional resource exports.</p>
<h2>Diversification Also Requires Rebuilding Canada’s Trade Plumbing</h2>
<p>Selling more abroad means Canadian mines, factories, farms and energy projects need efficient routes to tidewater. Ottawa's current economic strategy therefore connects trade diversification to ports, railways, highways and energy corridors. The Port of Vancouver illustrates the scale involved. The federal government says the port handles about 40% of Canada's goods trade outside North America, facilitates roughly $350 billion in trade with 170 countries and accounts for about one-third of the country's non-U.S. trade. A federal gateway strategy launched in 2026 is intended to increase capacity and reduce transportation bottlenecks.</p>
<p>A similar approach is being applied in eastern Canada. The planned Contrecœur terminal expansion is expected to increase the Port of Montréal's capacity by approximately 60%, supported by new road, rail and marine infrastructure. Ottawa has paired these projects with efforts to make the Canadian domestic market function more smoothly. The Free Trade and Labour Mobility in Canada Act came into force in January 2026, creating a framework to recognize comparable provincial requirements in areas covered by federal rules. Removing internal barriers does not directly generate overseas customers, but a more integrated home market can help companies scale before competing internationally — one reason domestic reform and export diversification have become connected parts of the government's economic program.</p>
<h2>Services May Offer Canada a Faster Route to a Broader Customer Base</h2>
<p>Canada's trade debate often revolves around cars, oil, lumber, steel and agricultural products, but services are already considerably less dependent on the United States. Canadian services exports reached approximately $240 billion in 2025 and accounted for nearly one-quarter of total exports. Only about 53% went to the U.S., compared with roughly 72% of goods exports. India, the United Kingdom, China, France and a long list of smaller markets absorb much of the remainder.</p>
<p>That difference matters because services such as software, financial expertise, research, engineering and other digitally enabled work can sometimes reach foreign customers without the transportation infrastructure required for oil, automobiles or grain. Services exports have tripled since 2010 and, according to Global Affairs Canada, accounted for all of Canada's roughly $50 billion increase in exports since 2022. Investment is another part of the picture. Foreign direct investment flowing into Canada reached $93 billion in 2025, the second-highest level recorded in the government's series. Yet diversification remains incomplete even here: the United States provided 56.9% of those FDI inflows. A less concentrated Canadian economy therefore involves not only where goods are sold, but also where companies obtain capital and how Canadian expertise reaches global customers.</p>
<h2>Less Dependent Does Not Mean Economically Divorced</h2>
<p>There are practical limits to how rapidly Canada can redirect its economic relationships. Bank of Canada business surveys earlier in 2026 found that most exporters serving the United States had not shifted significantly toward non-U.S. customers. Businesses cited transportation expenses, foreign regulations and the cost of modifying specialized equipment among the barriers. The central bank has consistently described trade diversification as a gradual and potentially costly adjustment rather than a quick substitution of European or Asian buyers for American ones.</p>
<p>The latest evidence nevertheless suggests that adjustment is underway. On September 21, Macklem said exporters were increasingly looking beyond the U.S., generally by expanding existing overseas relationships before entering completely new markets. He also emphasized that Canada's geography means the United States is likely to remain the country's largest trading partner. That captures the economic choice more precisely than the language of separation. Canada's strategy is not realistically about replacing the American economy. It is about reducing the consequences when one trading relationship dominates too much of the country's prosperity. With roughly 70% of exports still tied to the U.S., even a relatively modest increase in Canada's European, Asian and other international business could materially change how exposed Canadian workers and companies are to the next disruption across the border.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Equipment Dealers Push Governors to End Canada Trade War, Warning Tariffs Threaten American Jobs]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-equipment-dealers-push-governors-to-end-canada-trade-war-warning-tariffs-threaten-american-jobs/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-equipment-dealers-push-governors-to-end-canada-trade-war-warning-tariffs-threaten-american-jobs/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:42:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[An equipment dealership in Iowa, Michigan or Wisconsin can feel far removed from a trade confrontation between Washington and Ottawa,]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Tariff-on-Canadian-goods.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>An equipment dealership in Iowa, Michigan or Wisconsin can feel far removed from a trade confrontation between Washington and Ottawa, but the border runs straight through its inventory, parts counter and customer base. That is the message Associated Equipment Distributors is taking to U.S. governors as it pushes for an end to escalating Canada-U.S. trade friction.</p>
<p>The industry group says tariffs and retaliation are adding costs to highly integrated equipment supply chains while creating uncertainty for dealerships, manufacturers, farmers and contractors. The stakes extend well beyond Canada: U.S. goods and services trade with its northern neighbour totalled an estimated $872.3 billion in 2025. AED’s warning is that prolonged disruption could eventually translate into delayed investment and pressure on American jobs.</p>
<h2>Dealers Are Taking the Trade Fight to State Capitals</h2>
<p>Associated Equipment Distributors escalated its lobbying effort in September by sending letters to governors in states with significant exposure to Canadian trade. President and CEO Brian McGuire asked state leaders to use their influence to help restore a stable, tariff-free commercial relationship between the two countries. The message was aimed particularly at places where agriculture, construction, forestry, mining, energy and manufacturing depend heavily on machinery sales and cross-border commerce.</p>
<p>The governors are not AED’s only audience. McGuire also travelled to Washington, where he met officials at the Canadian Embassy and senior lawmakers, including members of the House Ways and Means Committee’s trade subcommittee. Taken together, the effort shows how the dispute has moved from an abstract argument over trade policy into the everyday calculations of equipment businesses. For a dealership, uncertainty can mean deciding whether to order another excavator, stock an expensive replacement component or postpone hiring for a service department until customer demand becomes clearer.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Too Important to Many States to Treat This as a Distant Dispute</h2>
<p>Canada remains one of the United States’ largest commercial partners. U.S. Trade Representative data put total bilateral goods and services trade at an estimated $872.3 billion in 2025. American goods exports to Canada alone were worth $333.6 billion. Machinery is among the leading categories the United States sells north of the border, making the relationship particularly important to the businesses AED represents.</p>
<p>The dependence becomes even clearer at the state level. An analysis using U.S. Commerce Department TradeStats Express data found Canada was the leading export market for 27 states in 2025. Canadian customers accounted for about 41% of Maine’s exports, 39% of Michigan’s and 31% of Wisconsin’s. That helps explain AED’s strategy. The association is not asking governors to personally rewrite federal tariff schedules; it wants them to carry the economic concerns of local employers to Washington. When Canadian demand weakens, the consequences can show up at American loading docks, factories, dealerships and rural service centres long before they appear in national economic statistics.</p>
<h2>The Machinery Supply Chain Rarely Stops at the Border</h2>
<p>Heavy equipment is particularly vulnerable to trade friction because a machine is rarely the product of a single factory operating in isolation. AED says heavy machinery, agricultural equipment, industrial components and service parts can cross the Canada-U.S. border multiple times during production and distribution. A loader sold in Canada, for example, may contain globally sourced inputs assembled in the United States, while replacement components can move through American distribution centres before arriving at a Canadian dealership.</p>
<p>Separate testimony from the North American Equipment Dealers Association illustrates that integration. Appearing before a Canadian parliamentary committee in June, vice-president Nancy Malone said the organization represented about 1,000 farm, industrial and outdoor-power dealers operating approximately 2,500 locations in the United States and Canada. She told lawmakers that much of the large agricultural machinery Canadian dealers purchase is manufactured in the United States, while Canadian equipment manufacturers also rely heavily on American buyers. During planting, harvest or a major construction project, a tariff-related delay is not simply a paperwork problem; an unavailable component can leave a high-value machine sitting idle when it is needed most.</p>
<h2>Retaliation Is Now Reaching Equipment and Machinery Categories</h2>
<p>The latest Canadian countermeasures make the equipment industry’s concern more concrete. Effective September 8, Ottawa imposed tariffs of 15%, 25% and 50% on products covering C$27.6 billion of U.S. imports. Canada said the measures were designed to match U.S. tariffs imposed on an equivalent value of Canadian goods. Agricultural equipment was specifically identified as one of the sectors covered, alongside steel and aluminum, dairy, appliances, pulp and paper, plastics and electronics.</p>
<p>Canada’s tariff schedule reaches equipment categories that dealers can encounter in normal business. It lists a 25% tariff on tower cranes, 15% duties on certain forklifts and several machinery parts, and rates of 15% or 25% on several mower categories. Parts for certain harvesting and threshing machinery carry a 15% rate. The effect will not be identical for every dealer because tariff classification, product origin and exemptions matter. Still, the list demonstrates why distributors fear escalation. Retaliation no longer exists only at the level of speeches between governments; it can appear as an additional cost attached to a specific machine or replacement part crossing the border.</p>
<h2>The American Jobs Warning Is Serious — but It Is Not a Job-Loss Forecast</h2>
<p>AED’s most politically significant warning is that prolonged trade uncertainty could directly threaten local jobs. The association links that risk to weaker investment, higher equipment prices and pressure on the businesses that sell, rent, repair and manufacture machinery. What AED has not published, however, is a numerical estimate of how many American workers would lose their jobs because of the current Canada dispute. Its warning should therefore be understood as an industry risk assessment rather than a measured employment forecast.</p>
<p>That distinction matters because equipment dealerships already face significant workforce constraints. A September 2026 report from the AED Foundation estimated that agriculture and construction equipment dealers across North America face an annual shortage of roughly 10,000 diesel technicians, costing the industry about $7 billion a year in lost shop and parts revenue. Among dealers surveyed, 77% said the technician shortage hindered growth, 72% reported higher costs or operational inefficiencies and 80% said staffing shortages prevented them from meeting customer demand. A dealership already struggling to staff service bays has less room to absorb another shock from weaker sales, higher parts costs or delayed capital spending.</p>
<h2>Previous Tariff Research Helps Explain the Industry’s Concern</h2>
<p>There is economic evidence for the mechanism equipment dealers are worried about, although earlier tariff episodes should not be treated as a precise forecast of what will happen in the current Canada dispute. Federal Reserve researchers studying the 2018-19 tariff increases found that U.S. manufacturing industries more exposed to tariffs experienced relative reductions in employment. Their analysis concluded that benefits from protection against imports were outweighed in more exposed industries by higher input costs and the effects of foreign retaliation. Producer prices also rose as imported inputs became more expensive.</p>
<p>More recent research points in a similar direction on costs. A 2026 National Bureau of Economic Research analysis by Gita Gopinath and Brent Neiman examined the large U.S. tariff increases of 2025 and found that tariffs were passed through almost entirely to tariff-inclusive import prices in their estimates. Those findings do not establish that equipment jobs will disappear because of the Canada dispute. They do help explain why a dealer association can oppose tariffs even when tariffs are presented as a tool for strengthening domestic production: a company protected in one part of its business may simultaneously pay more for components, equipment or materials somewhere else in its supply chain.</p>
<h2>USMCA Is Still Operating, but the Failed Renewal Raised the Stakes</h2>
<p>The equipment industry’s appeal also reflects uncertainty surrounding the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement. On July 1, U.S. Trade Representative Jamieson Greer announced that the United States had declined to renew USMCA in its current form during the agreement’s scheduled joint review. That did not terminate the trade pact. USTR explicitly stated that USMCA remains in force while the three governments continue dealing with the outstanding issues.</p>
<p>That distinction is especially important for companies that built their businesses around predictable North American commerce. AED argues that the agreement’s framework is essential to keeping operating costs down for dealers, manufacturers, farmers, contractors and builders. The dispute has therefore created an unusual situation: the underlying free-trade agreement continues to operate while governments layer additional tariff actions and other trade measures around portions of bilateral commerce. For a business planning a fleet order or a multi-year dealership expansion, the question is not merely what duty applies this week. It is whether the rules will remain stable enough to justify a major investment several years into the future.</p>
<h2>Another September Deadline Could Keep Pressure on Both Governments</h2>
<p>The dispute remained unresolved as of September 21. Ottawa’s C$27.6 billion package of counter-tariffs has been in effect since September 8, while the Trump administration has announced additional restrictions on selected Canadian products. U.S. proclamations issued September 8 call for import bans on certain Canadian products beginning September 29, including specified products in the motor-vehicle and alcoholic-beverage categories. USTR has also announced targeted restrictions involving dairy.</p>
<p>The two governments sharply disagree over how negotiations reached this point. USTR says Canada walked away from a near-final agreement and describes the new American measures as responses to Canadian discrimination and retaliation. Ottawa says the concessions Washington demanded were neither fair nor economically sound and says its countermeasures are a proportional response to U.S. tariffs. AED’s intervention adds another perspective: an American business constituency arguing that escalation itself carries domestic costs. For equipment dealers, the desired outcome is practical rather than diplomatic — predictable prices, dependable supply chains and enough certainty for businesses and customers to make long-term investments without having to guess what the next border charge will be.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Trump’s US$100,000 H-1B Restriction Takes Effect for Another Year as U.S. Tightens High-Skilled Entry]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/trumps-us100000-h-1b-restriction-takes-effect-for-another-year-as-u-s-tightens-high-skilled-entry/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/trumps-us100000-h-1b-restriction-takes-effect-for-another-year-as-u-s-tightens-high-skilled-entry/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:38:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A major piece of President Donald Trump’s effort to reshape high-skilled immigration has been extended for another year. A September]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Donald-Trump.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Image Credit: Shutterstock</figcaption></figure><p>A major piece of President Donald Trump’s effort to reshape high-skilled immigration has been extended for another year. A September 18 proclamation renews restrictions targeting certain H-1B workers outside the United States through September 21, 2027, including a requirement that affected petitions be accompanied by a US$100,000 payment unless an exemption applies.</p>
<p>The policy formally begins its renewed 12-month period on September 21, 2026, but its real-world impact remains complicated. A federal judge ruled the US$100,000 payment unlawful in June and blocked the government from collecting it, with the administration’s appeal still pending. That leaves employers and skilled foreign workers confronting two realities at once: a White House determined to tighten the H-1B system and federal courts still deciding how far that effort can legally go.</p>
<h2>The White House Has Extended the Restriction Through September 2027</h2>
<p>Trump’s September 18 proclamation extends the 2025 H-1B entry restriction for another 12 months, running until midnight Eastern time on September 21, 2027. The measure targets H-1B specialty-occupation workers who are outside the United States and would seek entry based on covered petitions. Under the proclamation, entry is restricted unless the petition is accompanied or supplemented by a US$100,000 payment. The Department of Homeland Security can grant national-interest exceptions for an individual, a company’s workers or potentially an entire industry.</p>
<p>The extension is significant because it turns what was initially a one-year immigration measure into a longer-running part of the administration’s skilled-worker strategy. The White House says more than 700 petitions had been accompanied by the US$100,000 payment after the original policy began in September 2025. The administration argues the restriction discourages companies from using H-1B hiring primarily as a lower-cost labour strategy rather than for unusually difficult-to-fill skilled positions.</p>
<h2>The US$100,000 Rule Is Much Narrower Than a Blanket H-1B Fee</h2>
<p>The headline number can make the measure sound as though every H-1B worker must suddenly pay US$100,000, but the policy is considerably narrower. The proclamation focuses on certain workers who are outside the United States, while the White House’s implementation guidance says previously issued H-1B visas are unaffected. It also states that existing H-1B holders can continue travelling internationally and that the measure does not change the normal payments associated with H-1B renewals.</p>
<p>That distinction matters for thousands of workers already building careers in the United States. Reuters reported that people already in the country on student visas who later move into H-1B status account for a substantial share of new recipients and were not covered by the original entry restriction. For employers, the largest exposure therefore falls on recruitment pipelines that involve bringing a new employee into the country from abroad rather than simply maintaining an existing worker’s lawful H-1B status.</p>
<h2>A Federal Court Has Blocked Collection of the Payment</h2>
<p>The largest complication is that the administration’s proclamation and the courts are currently pointing in different directions. In June 2026, U.S. District Judge Leo Sorokin in Boston ruled that the administration’s US$100,000 requirement was unlawful in litigation brought by 20 Democratic state attorneys general. The ruling prevented the federal government from collecting the payment, and the administration filed an appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the First Circuit.</p>
<p>That appeal remained pending when DHS published a separate H-1B proposal in August. DHS itself acknowledged in the Federal Register that the district court had vacated the guidance implementing the payment. It added that if the court order is later lifted, the department would resume collection consistent with the proclamation and any extension. A separate legal challenge involving the U.S. Chamber of Commerce is also pending. For companies making hiring decisions, the result is unusual: the presidential restriction has been renewed, but one of its central financial mechanisms remains blocked by litigation.</p>
<h2>The H-1B System Was Already Highly Competitive</h2>
<p>Even without the US$100,000 restriction, H-1B hiring operates within tight numerical limits. Federal law generally provides 65,000 new cap-subject H-1B slots each fiscal year, with an additional exemption of up to 20,000 for workers who hold qualifying U.S. master’s degrees or higher qualifications. That creates an effective annual pool of 85,000 cap numbers, although universities and some other employers or petitions can fall outside the regular numerical cap.</p>
<p>Demand has repeatedly exceeded those limits, requiring USCIS to select which prospective workers can advance through the cap process. The agency reported 343,981 eligible registrations for fiscal 2026, down from 470,342 in the previous cycle—a 26.9% decline—but still far more registrations than available cap numbers. That imbalance is one reason policy changes to H-1B selection carry such enormous consequences. A change in selection rules does not merely increase paperwork; it can materially change which employers and workers ultimately receive access to the limited visa pool.</p>
<h2>Higher-Paid Applicants Now Receive Better Odds in the Selection Process</h2>
<p>The US$100,000 restriction is only one part of a broader H-1B overhaul. DHS changed the cap-selection system for the fiscal 2027 season, replacing equal treatment in the selection pool with a weighted process based generally on wage levels. Under the rule, a beneficiary associated with wage level IV receives four entries into the selection pool, while wage levels III, II and I receive three, two and one entry respectively.</p>
<p>The system still contains randomness, meaning a lower-wage applicant can be chosen and a higher-wage applicant can still lose. But the odds have deliberately shifted toward positions offering higher wages relative to the occupation and location. That can change recruitment economics for businesses seeking junior engineers, analysts and other early-career professionals. It also advances the administration’s stated objective of steering the program toward what it describes as higher-skilled and higher-paid foreign workers rather than relying on a purely random cap lottery once demand exceeds the statutory limits.</p>
<h2>Employers’ Layoffs Are Now Part of the Government’s H-1B Scrutiny</h2>
<p>Trump paired the renewed proclamation with a separate September 18 executive order requiring federal agencies to scrutinize an H-1B sponsor’s recent or planned layoffs. The order tells the Departments of State, Labor and Homeland Security to consider whether an employer directly or indirectly conducted layoffs during the previous year—or plans layoffs that negatively affect similarly situated U.S. workers—when handling relevant H-1B applications, petitions, visas and entry decisions.</p>
<p>It also orders greater information-sharing among agencies and directs the Labor Department’s Wage and Hour Division to begin reviewing previously submitted Labor Condition Application data within 30 days to determine whether further enforcement is warranted. That potentially changes the compliance calculation for large companies undergoing simultaneous restructuring and international recruitment. A technology company cutting one division while trying to bring specialists into another could face more questions about how the positions differ, why foreign recruitment is necessary and whether similarly situated American workers were affected.</p>
<h2>The Administration Is Also Seeking a Permanent US$103,265 Fee</h2>
<p>The courtroom fight over the presidential proclamation is not the administration’s only route toward dramatically higher H-1B costs. DHS proposed a separate regulation in August that would impose an additional US$103,265 fee on each cap-subject H-1B petition. Unlike the presidential entry restriction, DHS says the proposed regulation relies on different statutory authority and would be established through the federal rulemaking process.</p>
<p>The department estimates that applying the proposed fee to roughly 85,000 annual cap-subject petitions could generate approximately US$8.8 billion in yearly revenue. DHS says the money would help finance immigration-related government operations across several agencies. The proposal is not the same as a final rule, however, and its eventual form could change after public comments and regulatory review. If finalized substantially as written and upheld legally, the cost of sponsoring many new foreign professionals would move from an administrative expense measured in thousands of dollars to one exceeding US$100,000 before salary and other employment costs are considered.</p>
<h2>Indian Professionals Have the Greatest Exposure to H-1B Changes</h2>
<p>Any major H-1B policy change has an outsized effect on Indian professionals because India dominates the program numerically. USCIS reported that 71% of approved H-1B petitions in fiscal 2024 involved beneficiaries born in India. China ranked a distant second at about 11.7%. Together, the two countries accounted for the overwhelming majority of approvals among the largest source countries.</p>
<p>Those numbers help explain why changes in Washington quickly reverberate through technology hubs such as Bengaluru, Hyderabad and other major centres supplying engineers and technology professionals to multinational companies. The effect reaches beyond individual immigration plans. Reuters reported that heightened scrutiny and changing U.S. visa rules have affected some companies’ hiring and expansion strategies, with major H-1B users including Google parent Alphabet expanding operations in India. Relocating a job abroad is not always an alternative to an H-1B hire, but the economics shift when bringing a worker to the United States becomes substantially more expensive or unpredictable.</p>
<h2>The Administration Says Outsourcing-Firm Registrations Have Plunged</h2>
<p>The White House argues the first year of restrictions has already changed employer behaviour. Its September 2026 fact sheet says H-1B registrations submitted by the largest IT outsourcing firms declined 92% after the original 2025 proclamation. The renewed proclamation separately states that more than 700 petitions were accompanied by the US$100,000 payment while the policy was being implemented. Those figures form part of the administration’s case that a high financial barrier can discourage business models it considers overly dependent on foreign contract labour.</p>
<p>The broader USCIS data also show fewer registrations, although they should not automatically be interpreted as proof that the US$100,000 policy caused the decline. Eligible registrations for the fiscal 2026 cap fell from 470,342 to 343,981, while unique beneficiaries dropped from roughly 442,000 to 339,000. Multiple factors—including previous anti-fraud reforms and changes to registration rules—can influence those numbers. The government’s narrower 92% statistic specifically represents the White House’s assessment of large outsourcing firms.</p>
<h2>Research Shows Why the H-1B Debate Remains Economically Complicated</h2>
<p>Economic research does not reduce the H-1B debate to a simple choice between protecting American jobs and promoting innovation. A Journal of Political Economy study using H-1B lottery results found that winning an additional visa displaced roughly 1.5 other workers at the sponsoring firm and produced, at most, modest measurable innovation effects. Other research has reached different conclusions in different contexts. An NBER study of startup firms found that greater success in H-1B lotteries was associated with more subsequent venture financing, successful exits, patents and patent citations.</p>
<p>Earlier research by William Kerr and William Lincoln found that higher H-1B admissions increased employment and patenting among immigrant scientists and engineers, with limited evidence of reduced native science-and-engineering employment. Another economic model found gains for consumers and the broader economy alongside lower wages and employment for some U.S. computer scientists. That mixed evidence helps explain why H-1B policy remains contentious: its benefits and costs can fall on different workers, businesses, industries and consumers rather than moving together in one direction.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Conservatives Demand Carney Release Failed U.S. Trade Deal as Parliament Returns to Tariff Fight]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/conservatives-demand-carney-release-failed-u-s-trade-deal-as-parliament-returns-to-tariff-fight/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/conservatives-demand-carney-release-failed-u-s-trade-deal-as-parliament-returns-to-tariff-fight/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:33:10 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s bruising trade confrontation with the United States is moving back inside the House of Commons. Parliament returned on September]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Canadian-Prime-Minister-Mark-Carney-1.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s bruising trade confrontation with the United States is moving back inside the House of Commons. Parliament returned on September 21 after a three-month summer break, bringing with it unresolved questions about the trade proposal Prime Minister Mark Carney rejected in August, billions of dollars in new tariffs and the economic consequences now facing businesses and households.</p>
<p>The Conservatives had spent the final weeks of the recess demanding greater disclosure about the proposed agreement, including any draft text seen by both governments. Carney’s government has revealed several elements it considered unacceptable but has not publicly released a complete draft agreement. With MPs back in Ottawa, the dispute is entering a new phase in which negotiations conducted largely behind closed doors can face sustained parliamentary scrutiny.</p>
<h2>The Transparency Fight Has Followed MPs Back to Ottawa</h2>
<p>Conservative Leader Pierre Poilievre began pressing Carney for greater disclosure almost immediately after Canada suspended negotiations with Washington on August 21. In an August 24 letter, Poilievre called for Parliament to be reconvened early and asked the prime minister to release the text of the proposed deal he had rejected. Conservative Canada-U.S. relations critic Shuvaloy Majumdar made a similar request to Trade Minister Dominic LeBlanc, arguing that Parliament remained without enough information to judge what Canada had been offered.</p>
<p>That demand did not disappear when Carney declined to recall MPs ahead of the scheduled fall sitting. Instead, Parliament’s September 21 return gives the opposition considerably more opportunities to pursue it. The Conservatives can question ministers directly, seek committee hearings and push for records relating to the negotiations. Their argument is fundamentally about transparency: if Washington and Ottawa were both working from a draft or detailed proposal, they say Canadians should know what Canada would have gained, what it would have surrendered and why the government ultimately walked away.</p>
<h2>Conservatives Are Asking About More Than the Deal Itself</h2>
<p>The opposition’s request is tied to a broader series of questions about the cost of the trade conflict. Poilievre’s August letter asked the government to explain how its tariff strategy could affect groceries, gasoline and other consumer prices, what would happen to tariff revenue, and what Ottawa would do to protect employment in steel, aluminum, lumber and automobile manufacturing. Those questions give the Conservatives several economic lines of attack even if the government continues withholding negotiating documents.</p>
<p>There is an important qualification to the political dispute. Conservatives publicly supported rejecting a deal that would permanently damage Canadian industries or sovereignty. Majumdar’s letter explicitly said the opposition supported the government in fighting for tariff-free trade and agreed that Canada should not accept a one-sided agreement. The disagreement therefore is not simply over whether Ottawa should have signed what Washington proposed. It is increasingly over whether Canadians and Parliament have been given enough information to independently evaluate the decision and the economic strategy that followed it.</p>
<h2>Ottawa Has Revealed Significant Pieces of What Was Being Negotiated</h2>
<p>Although the government has not published a complete draft, Carney has provided considerably more detail about the negotiations than was known when they first collapsed. He said Canada had been prepared to remove remaining retaliatory tariffs on strategic sectors including steel, aluminum and automobiles if Washington substantially lowered its own duties. Ottawa also was prepared to encourage provinces to restore American alcoholic beverages to store shelves and consider administrative changes related to supply management without abandoning the system itself.</p>
<p>Carney said there were limits Canada would not cross. According to his account, the United States introduced late demands affecting Canada’s ability to pursue independent trade relationships and pushed issues involving French-language and cultural protections. Disagreement also remained over automobiles and how Canadian vehicles would be treated. U.S. officials offered a different characterization of the negotiations and said Washington had proposed meaningful tariff reductions. That makes the missing details politically important: portions of the offer are public, but the entire package of concessions and conditions remains unclear.</p>
<h2>The Breakdown Quickly Turned Into a Much Larger Tariff Battle</h2>
<p>The consequences of the failed negotiations were immediate. Washington imposed a 50 per cent tariff on $27.6 billion worth of Canadian goods beginning August 22, according to the Canadian government. Ottawa responded with its own package covering the same stated value of U.S. imports, with new Canadian counter-tariffs taking effect September 8. Depending on the product, the Canadian rates are 15, 25 or 50 per cent.</p>
<p>The Canadian measures target goods in sectors including steel, dairy products, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, plastics and electronics. Existing retaliatory measures on automobiles also remain. For businesses that move parts, machinery or finished products across the border, the significance goes well beyond the headline tariff rate. Supply chains built around decades of relatively predictable North American commerce now have to account for changing duties, exemptions and sourcing decisions. A manufacturer may avoid a tariff by finding a Canadian or non-U.S. supplier, but changing an established supply chain can take months and require new contracts, testing and equipment.</p>
<h2>Ottawa Is Spending Billions to Cushion the Impact</h2>
<p>The federal government paired its counter-tariffs with a new and expanded $7.5-billion support package for workers and companies affected by the dispute. Ottawa says that comes on top of nearly $25 billion in support introduced during the preceding 18 months of U.S. tariff pressure. Measures include additional money for regional tariff-response programs intended to help small and medium-sized firms manage liquidity problems, invest in new equipment and develop alternative markets.</p>
<p>Businesses can also seek tariff remission in exceptional circumstances, including situations where a necessary input cannot reasonably be sourced within Canada or from another country. That mechanism matters because retaliatory tariffs can hurt Canadian companies that depend on U.S.-made components even when those companies have no direct role in the dispute. Carney himself has acknowledged that counter-tariffs can increase costs and reduce choice. The argument from his government is that retaliation is intended to defend Canadian producers and create pressure for lower U.S. tariffs; the opposition is pressing Ottawa to quantify more clearly what that strategy will cost families and employers.</p>
<h2>The Bank of Canada Is Warning That Uncertainty Has a Real Economic Price</h2>
<p>The economic stakes became even clearer on the same day Parliament returned. Bank of Canada Governor Tiff Macklem warned that renewed U.S. trade uncertainty threatens to interrupt an economic recovery that had begun gaining traction. He said businesses had been adjusting supply chains, exploring new markets and investing in technology, but another sudden change in the trade environment could cause companies to delay investment and hiring again.</p>
<p>The Bank estimates that, if the newest U.S. tariffs remain in place, fourth-quarter economic growth could be roughly halved to below one per cent. The affected goods represent only about five per cent of Canadian merchandise exports to the United States, meaning the direct national effect is limited compared with the size of the entire economy. The larger danger is uncertainty spreading beyond directly tariffed companies. Macklem also noted that Canadian counter-tariffs could raise some business costs, although the Bank currently expects their overall inflation effect to be modest because many targeted imports are business goods for which substitutes may exist.</p>
<h2>Canada Still Cannot Easily Replace the American Market</h2>
<p>Diversification has become one of the central themes of Carney’s economic strategy, but the scale of Canada-U.S. trade demonstrates why the shift cannot happen overnight. Statistics Canada reported that 71.7 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States in 2025. That was already down substantially from 75.9 per cent in 2024 as exporters expanded business elsewhere, yet it still means roughly seven out of every ten dollars in Canadian goods exports depended on the U.S. market.</p>
<p>The relationship is equally significant for Americans. U.S. government data put two-way goods and services trade with Canada at an estimated US$872.3 billion in 2025. The economies remain particularly interconnected in energy, automobiles, agriculture and manufacturing. That integration explains why tariff disputes can quickly reach workers far removed from negotiating rooms in Ottawa or Washington. A tariff on steel can influence machinery producers, construction projects and vehicle manufacturing, while uncertainty over automotive rules can affect investment decisions at assembly plants and suppliers throughout Ontario, Quebec and the American Midwest.</p>
<h2>CUSMA Is Still Alive, but Its Future Is Unusually Uncertain</h2>
<p>The tariff fight is unfolding alongside a separate problem surrounding the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement. At the treaty’s scheduled July 1, 2026 joint review, the United States declined to renew CUSMA in its current form. That decision did not immediately terminate the agreement. The U.S. Trade Representative confirmed that CUSMA remains in force while the countries attempt to resolve Washington’s concerns or until the agreement is otherwise terminated under its rules.</p>
<p>That distinction matters. Large volumes of North American commerce continue to operate under the existing agreement even as governments fight over tariffs and negotiate possible changes. Washington has focused on issues including automobiles, steel and aluminum, economic security and rules designed to ensure the benefits of the agreement remain within North America. Mexico has continued bilateral discussions with the United States. Canada, meanwhile, faces the difficult task of protecting access to its largest market while resisting changes it considers economically or politically unacceptable. The abandoned August proposal therefore sits inside a much bigger debate over the future structure of North American trade.</p>
<h2>Carney Is Trying to Build Alternatives Beyond the United States</h2>
<p>Carney’s response to deteriorating relations with Washington has extended far beyond retaliatory tariffs. His government is aggressively pursuing closer economic, security and investment ties with Europe and other markets. In a September 17 address to the European Parliament, he proposed deeper Canada-EU cooperation involving critical minerals, defence manufacturing, artificial intelligence, energy, digital commerce and research. Canada has also welcomed discussions around a potential new form of association with the European Union, although its eventual structure remains undefined.</p>
<p>The strategy is built around reducing vulnerability rather than ending trade with the United States. European markets cannot simply absorb the enormous volume of goods currently moving south across the Canadian border, and even significantly increasing exports elsewhere will require infrastructure, regulatory agreements and new commercial relationships. That leaves Parliament debating two strategies at once: how Canada should respond to Washington immediately and how quickly it can reduce dependence on the American economy over the longer term. Conservative MPs have also begun scrutinizing the scope and implications of Carney’s proposed European arrangements.</p>
<h2>Parliament Now Has Tools to Push the Government for Answers</h2>
<p>The return of Parliament changes the transparency debate because opposition MPs are no longer limited to letters, news conferences and public statements. Question Period gives them a daily opportunity to challenge ministers. Detailed technical questions can also be placed on the Order Paper, although parliamentary rules distinguish those from formal requests for documents. Committees provide a more powerful route for records because House of Commons standing committees are authorized to summon witnesses and order the production of papers relevant to their work.</p>
<p>That authority is broad, but document disputes can still become complicated. Governments may raise confidentiality, diplomatic, commercial or security concerns, while committees can accept redactions, examine sensitive material privately or insist on fuller disclosure. The Standing Committee on International Trade has already studied U.S. tariffs and the CUSMA review, making the broader trade relationship familiar territory. Whether MPs ultimately see the proposed U.S. deal remains uncertain. What is clear is that the political argument has shifted: a negotiation conducted behind closed doors during the summer has now arrived in a Parliament equipped to ask who offered what, why Canada walked away and what comes next.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[U.S. Army Corps Starts Review of Canadian-Listed Trilogy Metals’ Alaska Copper Project]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/u-s-army-corps-starts-review-of-canadian-listed-trilogy-metals-alaska-copper-project/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/u-s-army-corps-starts-review-of-canadian-listed-trilogy-metals-alaska-copper-project/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:31:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[A long-discussed mining project in Alaska’s Brooks Range has moved from planning into a more consequential regulatory phase. The U.S.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Mining-Mineral-Processing.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>A long-discussed mining project in Alaska’s Brooks Range has moved from planning into a more consequential regulatory phase. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers has formally begun the environmental review of the Arctic copper-zinc-lead-gold-silver project, operated by Ambler Metals, the 50/50 joint venture between Vancouver-based Trilogy Metals and South32.</p>
<p>The Corps’ Notice of Intent starts preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement under the National Environmental Policy Act and opens the project to public scoping. Trilogy trades on both the Toronto Stock Exchange and NYSE American under TMQ, giving the development particular relevance to Canadian investors. The milestone does not approve construction, but it puts the proposed mine onto a publicly tracked permitting path that currently stretches into 2028.</p>
<h2>The Army Corps review moves Arctic into a new phase</h2>
<p>The immediate development is procedural, but it is an important one. The Army Corps posted a Notice of Intent for the Arctic Mine Development Project with a public-notice date of September 18, 2026, and Trilogy announced the milestone on September 21. The notice begins preparation of a full Environmental Impact Statement, or EIS, examining the proposed mine and reasonable alternatives. The Corps is leading the federal review because the development would affect waters and wetlands regulated through Section 404 of the Clean Water Act.</p>
<p>That distinction matters for anyone watching the project from the investment side. Starting an EIS is not the same as receiving a mine permit, and the federal Permitting Dashboard explicitly warns that inclusion in the FAST-41 process creates no presumption that a project will ultimately be approved. Ambler Metals submitted its Section 404 application on April 20, 2026. The new notice means regulators are now moving into the detailed environmental-review stage rather than merely processing an application.</p>
<h2>Arctic is much more than a conventional copper deposit</h2>
<p>The proposed development sits in the Ambler Mining District of northwestern Alaska and is designed as an open-pit operation producing several metals rather than copper alone. Current Army Corps materials describe a plant capable of processing roughly 11,000 short tons, or 10,000 tonnes, of ore each day. Copper, zinc and lead concentrates would be the principal products, while gold and silver would also be recovered. Construction is currently described as taking approximately three years, followed by an anticipated operating period of about 13 years.</p>
<p>The scale becomes clearer deeper in the technical numbers. Trilogy’s latest annual regulatory filing reports 46.7 million tonnes of probable mineral reserves on a 100% project basis, averaging 2.11% copper, 2.90% zinc and 0.56% lead, alongside gold and silver. Trilogy’s attributable interest is half of those reserves because it owns 50% of Ambler Metals. The proposed pit plan also involves roughly 340 million tonnes of waste, illustrating why water, waste-rock, tailings and reclamation planning will feature prominently in the federal review.</p>
<h2>The permitting calendar now stretches to September 2028</h2>
<p>Arctic entered the federal FAST-41 program in May 2026, bringing the project onto a coordinated and publicly visible permitting timetable. The current federal dashboard identifies the Army Corps as the lead agency and lists the overall environmental-review and permitting process as “in progress.” Remaining federal, state and local decisions are being coordinated under the timetable rather than moving through completely separate schedules, although the target dates can still change as the review develops.</p>
<p>The schedule is unusually specific for a mine that has not yet received its principal authorizations. The current target calls for a draft Environmental Impact Statement in October 2027, a final EIS in August 2028 and an Army Corps Record of Decision by September 15, 2028. The Corps is targeting September 22, 2028 for its final decision on the Section 404 permit, while the broader Permitting Dashboard shows November 26, 2028 as the estimated completion date for environmental review and permitting. Those dates provide visibility, not certainty; unresolved environmental findings or other regulatory requirements can still alter the timetable.</p>
<h2>Public comments will help determine what the EIS studies</h2>
<p>For communities near the project, the most immediate part of the process is not a construction decision but the scoping period. The Corps is accepting comments from September 18 through November 2, 2026. The agency has identified potential subjects ranging from fisheries and aquatic resources to permafrost stability, geochemistry, wetlands, groundwater, water treatment, wildlife, cultural resources, subsistence and regional socioeconomic effects. Those submissions can influence which issues and alternatives receive detailed treatment in the Environmental Impact Statement.</p>
<p>The agency also plans meetings in communities close to the proposed mine. Current plans include sessions in Shungnak on October 6, Ambler on October 7 and Kobuk on October 8, followed by a Fairbanks meeting and a virtual session later in October. Federally recognized Tribes can separately request government-to-government consultation. That local component is significant because the nearby Upper Kobuk communities are small and subsistence activities remain an important part of life in the region, making the effects of water, wildlife and transportation decisions more immediate than they might appear on a mining-company presentation.</p>
<h2>The mine would leave a substantial physical footprint</h2>
<p>The Army Corps’ current project description gives regulators a considerable list of environmental questions to examine. The proposal has an estimated total disturbance footprint of approximately 1,727 acres, including the mine area and construction or improvement of access roads. Fill placement is expected to permanently affect roughly 120.7 acres of wetlands and other waters, including about 110.6 acres of wetlands. That direct aquatic impact is one of the principal reasons a Section 404 permit is required.</p>
<p>Waste and water management will therefore be central to the EIS. Plans call for an engineered tailings management facility near the headwaters of Subarctic Creek, a waste-rock facility and extensive water-management infrastructure. Contact water from the open pit, waste rock, tailings and mine facilities would be collected and treated before discharge to meet Alaska standards. The current design says tailings storage would be sized to accommodate mine water and a flood volume equal to 1.5 times the probable 100-year maximum flood event. The EIS will test assumptions behind those proposed protections rather than simply accepting the design as presented.</p>
<h2>The economics explain why the project has attracted attention</h2>
<p>Arctic’s grade and multi-metal output have long been the core of its investment case. Trilogy’s 2023 feasibility study projected average annual payable production of approximately 149 million pounds of copper and 173 million pounds of zinc over the proposed mine life, along with lead, gold and silver. The same study estimated initial capital spending at approximately US$1.18 billion and projected an after-tax net present value of roughly US$1.1 billion at an 8% discount rate, with an after-tax internal rate of return of 22.8%.</p>
<p>Those numbers require context. They are feasibility-study projections rather than current operating results, because Arctic is not producing metal. Trilogy’s regulatory filings say the capital estimate uses Q3/Q4 2022 U.S.-dollar cost inputs and carries an estimated accuracy range of about plus or minus 15%. Commodity prices, construction costs, financing terms, permitting conditions and the eventual cost of transportation could all materially change the economics before a construction decision. Even so, a 46.7-million-tonne probable reserve containing five payable metals gives the project a scale that helps explain the sustained interest from South32, federal agencies and capital markets.</p>
<h2>The Ambler Road remains crucial to the mine’s logistics</h2>
<p>Arctic is remote enough that mine development cannot be separated from the transportation question. The project’s current logistics plan would move metal concentrates by truck to Fairbanks, then transfer them to rail for shipment to Anchorage, where they could be loaded onto vessels bound for smelters or refineries. Making that system work depends heavily on the proposed Ambler Access Project, a roughly 211-mile controlled industrial road linking the mining district to the Dalton Highway.</p>
<p>Federal and state agencies issued or reissued important right-of-way authorizations for the road in 2025. The National Park Service says approximately 26 miles of the proposed route would cross National Park Service lands and that its right-of-way permit was issued on October 21, 2025. Alaska describes the road as private industrial infrastructure rather than an ordinary public highway. The mine’s own feasibility assumptions include road toll and maintenance expenses, underscoring that access is not merely a regional infrastructure debate; it is embedded directly in the proposed mine’s operating model and projected costs.</p>
<h2>Washington’s investment adds strategic importance without guaranteeing approval</h2>
<p>The project has also acquired a direct connection to Washington’s critical-minerals strategy. On September 11, Trilogy said a US$35.6-million strategic U.S. government equity investment had closed, leaving the government with an approximately 10% direct ownership position in Trilogy. Proceeds associated with the transaction are being directed toward exploration and development of the Upper Kobuk Mineral Projects, which include both Arctic and the nearby Bornite copper-cobalt deposit.</p>
<p>That investment comes as copper has formally joined the U.S. critical-minerals list. The U.S. Geological Survey’s final 2025 list contains 60 minerals and added copper, lead and silver among ten new entries. Copper’s inclusion reflects its importance to wiring, electricity infrastructure and industrial supply chains. Still, government ownership should not be confused with regulatory approval. Trilogy’s own SEC disclosure expressly says the investment does not obligate a U.S. government entity to provide permits, approvals, additional financing or other support. The Army Corps must therefore conduct its environmental review and reach its permitting decision through the applicable regulatory process.</p>
<h2>What happens during the next two years may matter more than the announcement</h2>
<p>The Notice of Intent gives Arctic a defined federal process, but several consequential steps remain. Regulators must take public and Tribal input, assess alternatives, evaluate effects on wetlands, fisheries, water, wildlife, permafrost and subsistence resources, and publish a draft EIS for further review. State of Alaska and Northwest Arctic Borough decisions also remain part of the wider permitting picture. A positive federal Record of Decision would still need to be followed by the applicable authorizations before construction could proceed.</p>
<p>For Trilogy and South32, the milestone nevertheless changes the project’s status in a practical way. Arctic is no longer waiting for its environmental review to begin; that review is underway against a published timetable. For nearby communities, it begins the period when specific concerns can be formally entered into the federal record. And for Canadian investors watching TMQ, the next milestones will offer increasingly concrete evidence about whether Arctic’s geological promise, infrastructure plan and environmental requirements can ultimately be reconciled into a permitted and financeable mine.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canada Moves Toward New Norway Defence Deal as Carney Builds Security Ties Beyond the U.S.]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canada-moves-toward-new-norway-defence-deal-as-carney-builds-security-ties-beyond-the-u-s/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canada-moves-toward-new-norway-defence-deal-as-carney-builds-security-ties-beyond-the-u-s/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:25:50 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[Canada’s push to broaden its security relationships has reached another concrete milestone. Prime Minister Mark Carney and Norwegian Prime Minister]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Mark-Carney.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>Canada’s push to broaden its security relationships has reached another concrete milestone. Prime Minister Mark Carney and Norwegian Prime Minister Jonas Gahr Støre have agreed to move toward an enhanced Canada–Norway Defence Cooperation Agreement, deepening a relationship already expanding across submarines, Arctic operations, space, defence technology and support for Ukraine. The agreement itself is not yet complete, but both governments are placing it on the roadmap after Canada’s negotiations for a new submarine fleet progress. For Ottawa, the significance reaches beyond a single bilateral pact. Norway is becoming one part of a wider network of European and Nordic security relationships that Canada is developing while it continues its long-standing NATO and NORAD commitments, including continental defence cooperation with the United States.</p>
<h2>A Defence Agreement Is Now on the Roadmap</h2>
<p>Carney and Støre met in Ottawa on September 20 and announced their intention to pursue an enhanced Defence Cooperation Agreement. The planned framework would build on a bilateral defence memorandum dating to 2023 and on the much broader strategic cooperation agenda the two governments established during Carney’s March visit to Norway. Ottawa’s readout said the leaders intend to advance work on the agreement in the new year, while their joint statement specified that the enhanced framework would be pursued following the conclusion of negotiations surrounding Canada’s Canadian Patrol Submarine Project. In other words, this is a significant political commitment, but not yet a signed final defence pact.</p>
<p>The scope could nevertheless become unusually broad. Canada and Norway are already cooperating on Arctic surveillance, military interoperability, research, space, defence procurement and industrial technology. Both are NATO members and Arctic states, giving them overlapping concerns in the North Atlantic and High North that go well beyond traditional diplomatic ties. Norway’s government described the next stage as closer defence cooperation involving additional joint training and operations in the Arctic. For Canadian planners, that could mean working more routinely with a military that has decades of experience operating in cold, remote northern environments rather than building every Arctic capability domestically from scratch.</p>
<h2>The Submarine Decision Is the Anchor</h2>
<p>The biggest force pulling Canada and Norway closer is underwater. In July, Canada selected Germany’s Thyssenkrupp Marine Systems, or TKMS, as the preferred supplier for the Canadian Patrol Submarine Project. Ottawa is negotiating for as many as 12 Type 212CD submarines, a design being developed for Germany and Norway. The government has described the program as the largest defence procurement in Canadian history. Canada’s current Victoria-class fleet is approaching retirement, and the federal government said in July that only one of its four submarines was seaworthy at the time of the announcement.</p>
<p>The proposed schedule makes the partnership more than a conventional equipment purchase. Ottawa wants the first four replacements delivered by 2034, before the Victoria class is retired in the mid-to-late 2030s. Because Norway and Germany are acquiring the same basic submarine, Canada could potentially share training, maintenance practices, components and technical knowledge with two NATO partners over decades of service. The Canadian government says the 212CD is designed for Arctic operations and NATO interoperability, while Norway argues that common submarines would improve the three countries’ ability to monitor northern maritime areas. A final Canadian contract still has to be negotiated, meaning price, industrial participation and other contractual details remain important unresolved pieces.</p>
<h2>The Arctic Is Where the Partnership Becomes Operational</h2>
<p>The Arctic gives the Canada–Norway relationship a practical geographic purpose. NATO notes that seven of the eight Arctic states are now members of the alliance, and in February 2026 NATO launched Arctic Sentry to strengthen deterrence and defence across the region. Canada and Norway have separately agreed to establish a bilateral Arctic Dialogue covering areas such as surveillance, situational awareness, interoperability, research and development. This is happening as both countries devote more military attention to an area where extreme distances, limited infrastructure and harsh weather make routine operations unusually difficult.</p>
<p>Cooperation is already visible below the level of prime ministers. Canada and Norway expanded Coast Guard cooperation in 2026, including education, training and personnel exchanges, and the September leaders’ statement said their services had already undertaken joint training in Canadian and Norwegian Arctic waters. Canada has also expanded Operation NANOOK and other northern activities; one 2026 winter iteration involved roughly 1,300 Canadian Armed Forces personnel and nearly 200 vehicles and pieces of equipment. Norway, meanwhile, hosted Cold Response 26, which NATO said involved more than 32,000 personnel from 14 allied countries. Those numbers illustrate why Ottawa sees interoperability as more than diplomatic language: Arctic forces increasingly train as multinational formations.</p>
<h2>Defence Industry Is Becoming Part of the Relationship</h2>
<p>The emerging partnership is also designed to connect defence companies and supply chains. More than 50 Norwegian companies have established long-term operations in Canada, according to the September bilateral statement. One prominent example is Kongsberg, a Norwegian defence and technology group involved in the 212CD submarine combat-management system. Kongsberg and its partners announced a C$76.5-million investment with the British Columbia Institute of Technology to establish a Marine Innovation Simulation Centre of Excellence focused on marine technology, research, skills and capability development.</p>
<p>The relationship extends into weapons procurement as well. At the July NATO summit, Ottawa announced approximately C$800 million over eight years for Kongsberg Joint Strike Missiles intended for future Canadian fighter aircraft, including F-35s. Kongsberg has also signed arrangements involving Canadian maritime and space companies. These connections matter because Ottawa’s current defence industrial policy is increasingly built around combining Canadian production with technology and supply relationships from allied countries. Instead of viewing defence purchasing only as buying a finished platform from abroad, the government is trying to use major programs to create longer-term Canadian maintenance, technology, manufacturing and research capacity. Whether every promised industrial benefit materializes will depend on the contracts ultimately negotiated and how work is distributed over time.</p>
<h2>Space and Surveillance Are Moving Into the Same Partnership</h2>
<p>Modern Arctic defence depends heavily on satellites because enormous distances and sparse ground infrastructure make conventional communications and surveillance harder. Canada and Norway therefore signed a defence-space Letter of Intent in March covering areas including intelligence, research, capabilities and industry. National Defence says both countries already participate in the ten-country Combined Space Operations Initiative, alongside partners including the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Australia and Japan. Ottawa and Oslo subsequently expanded the relationship through cooperation between their national space agencies.</p>
<p>Private-sector projects are developing beside those government arrangements. During Støre’s Ottawa visit, Kongsberg and MDA Space moved toward cooperation on multi-domain and space-based intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance, including maritime awareness in the Arctic. Kongsberg and Telesat also agreed to explore opportunities involving the Canadian company’s Lightspeed low-Earth-orbit satellite network. These deals intersect with Canada’s own expanding military-space program. Ottawa awarded Telesat a 2026 contract connected to Arctic military communications that will expand its Lightspeed constellation by 69 satellites, with MDA Space manufacturing the spacecraft in Montréal. The Canada–Norway relationship is therefore increasingly linking ships and submarines below the Arctic surface with communications and sensing capabilities hundreds of kilometres above it.</p>
<h2>Ukraine Adds Another Operational Track</h2>
<p>Ukraine is another area where Ottawa and Oslo are moving from parallel policies toward practical coordination. In March, the governments said the Canadian Commercial Corporation and Norway’s Defence Materiel Agency intended to establish a government-to-government mechanism that could facilitate purchases of military equipment for Ukraine. By September, the bilateral leaders’ statement said that partnership had been finalized. The two governments have also said they will continue coordinating military assistance, reconstruction support and sanctions enforcement, including efforts targeting Russia’s so-called shadow fleet.</p>
<p>That cooperation fits a wider Canadian effort to connect support for Ukraine with domestic defence capacity. Earlier in September, Ottawa announced new Canadian-Ukrainian initiatives involving drone production, uncrewed systems and defence technology, including initial contracts worth up to C$50 million intended to expand equipment available to Canadian forces. Canada and Norway are also working together on the humanitarian consequences of the war. Their September statement confirmed plans to co-host with Ukraine an international conference in Toronto focused on returning Ukrainian children, detained civilians and prisoners of war. The result is a bilateral defence relationship that extends from Canada’s own Arctic requirements to European security and Ukrainian procurement.</p>
<h2>Canada Is Diversifying Without Leaving Continental Defence Behind</h2>
<p>The Norway initiative fits a visibly broader Canadian effort to deepen security relationships outside the traditional Canada–U.S. channel. Days before Støre’s Ottawa visit, Carney announced that Canada had formally applied to join the UK-led Joint Expeditionary Force, whose existing members include Norway, Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Iceland, the Netherlands and several Baltic countries. Canada has also joined the Global Combat Air Programme as an observer and has been expanding defence, industrial and strategic cooperation with the European Union and individual European states. Ottawa describes the approach as diversification and greater strategic resilience.</p>
<p>That should not be confused with Canada abandoning U.S. defence cooperation. The Department of National Defence’s 2026–27 plan explicitly says Canada will continue working closely with the United States on North American defence and the modernization of NORAD. Ottawa is investing C$38.6 billion over 20 years in NORAD modernization, and even defence technology sourced from other allies can feed into that system. Canada’s Arctic over-the-horizon radar partnership with Australia, for example, is intended partly to strengthen continental defence and contribute to NORAD. The emerging model is therefore more accurately described as adding partners around an enduring North American defence relationship rather than replacing that relationship altogether.</p>
<h2>The Biggest Details Still Have to Be Negotiated</h2>
<p>The September announcement establishes direction more clearly than detail. Neither government has published a final text describing exactly what an enhanced Defence Cooperation Agreement would require, which military units it would cover, what legal authorities it might provide or how costs would be divided. The joint statement deliberately links the next stage to completion of negotiations for the Canadian Patrol Submarine Project. Ottawa has said it aims to conclude the submarine contracting process no later than the end of 2027, although the leaders have indicated they want to begin advancing the broader defence agreement sooner.</p>
<p>What is already clear is the architecture taking shape around it. Canada and Norway now have cooperation involving submarines, Coast Guards, Arctic exercises, space, defence companies, missiles, critical minerals, research and Ukraine. They also participate together in a wider 12-country maritime initiative announced at the 2026 NATO summit to increase European and Canadian responsibility for security in the North Atlantic, Baltic Sea and Arctic while coordinating with the United States. The proposed bilateral agreement could knit many of those separate activities into a more durable framework. Its real significance, however, will ultimately depend on the commitments contained in the negotiated text and whether years of announcements translate into sustained operations, procurement and industrial cooperation.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Heinz Is ‘70% Canadian’ to One App and ‘Not Canadian-Owned’ to Another as U.S. Tariff Fight Reaches Grocery Aisles]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/heinz-is-70-canadian-to-one-app-and-not-canadian-owned-to-another-as-u-s-tariff-fight-reaches-grocery-aisles/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/heinz-is-70-canadian-to-one-app-and-not-canadian-owned-to-another-as-u-s-tariff-fight-reaches-grocery-aisles/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:12:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[In a Canadian Press comparison published September 21, Heinz tomato ketchup received three noticeably different descriptions from popular shopping apps.]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/Heinz-Ketchup.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>In a Canadian Press comparison published September 21, Heinz tomato ketchup received three noticeably different descriptions from popular shopping apps. Buy Beaver scored the bottle 70 out of 100, O SCANada classified it as “not Canadian-owned,” and Maple Scan described it as “prepared in Canada.” All three assessments can point to genuine characteristics of the same product because ownership, manufacturing, ingredients and employment are separate questions. That distinction has become more important as renewed Canada-U.S. trade tensions encourage shoppers to scrutinize labels and supply chains more closely. For Heinz, a familiar brand with American corporate ownership but substantial Canadian production, the result is a grocery-aisle identity that depends heavily on what “Canadian” is supposed to measure.</p>
<h2>One Bottle Can Produce Three Different Answers</h2>
<p>The Canadian Press tested more than a dozen Canadian-shopping apps before focusing on Buy Beaver, O SCANada and Maple Scan. Heinz ketchup provided perhaps the clearest example of how their methodologies can lead shoppers in different directions. Buy Beaver awarded the bottle 70 points out of 100, taking into account manufacturing location, ingredient sourcing and the headquarters of the parent company. Its findings included production in Quebec, mostly domestic ingredients and a U.S.-based corporate parent.</p>
<p>O SCANada approached the same bottle primarily through ownership and therefore called it “not Canadian-owned.” Maple Scan emphasized where the food itself was prepared and returned “prepared in Canada.” None of those statements necessarily cancels out the others. Instead, the comparison exposes the central problem with reducing an international supply chain to one flag, percentage or badge. A shopper interested in Canadian factory employment could reasonably reach a different conclusion from someone interested mainly in where corporate ownership and profits ultimately reside.</p>
<h2>Heinz Has a Much Bigger Canadian Production Footprint Than Its Ownership Suggests</h2>
<p>Heinz ketchup sold in Canada has a significant domestic manufacturing story. Kraft Heinz returned production of Heinz ketchup for the Canadian market to its Mont-Royal facility in Quebec in 2021, several years after the company had shifted production south of the border. The return followed an investment involving Kraft Heinz Canada and the Quebec government, with the new line initially expected to produce more than 45 million kilograms of ketchup for Canadian consumers during its first two years.</p>
<p>The supply chain has evolved since that production line opened. Heinz Canada now says bottles carrying its “Prepared in Canada” maple-leaf mark are produced at Mont-Royal. The company also says the tomatoes used in that ketchup are sourced from Leamington, Ontario, most ingredients are sourced locally and more than 1,000 Canadians work at the plant. Those are company-reported figures, rather than a measure of Canadian ownership, but they explain why an app measuring domestic economic activity can assign Heinz substantial Canadian content even though the ultimate parent company is based in the United States.</p>
<h2>“Prepared in Canada” Does Not Mean the Same Thing as Canadian-Owned</h2>
<p>The terminology on food packages can look deceptively simple. Under Canadian Food Inspection Agency guidance, a statement such as “Prepared in Canada” describes a particular activity that occurred domestically. CFIA gives it as an example of an acceptable claim for food that has been entirely prepared in Canada. The agency separately recognizes “Made in Canada” and “Product of Canada,” which communicate different levels of domestic production and ingredient content.</p>
<p>Most importantly, none of those production descriptions automatically establishes who owns the company. A multinational headquartered outside Canada can employ Canadian workers, operate Canadian factories and purchase Canadian agricultural inputs. Similarly, a Canadian-owned company can sell something manufactured partly or entirely elsewhere. CFIA also says country-of-origin claims such as “Product of Canada” and “Made in Canada” are voluntary and the federal government does not pre-approve individual food labels. That is why ownership-based apps and manufacturing-based apps can legitimately display different information beside the same familiar bottle.</p>
<h2>The 70% Score Is an App Rating, Not a Federal Canadian-Content Standard</h2>
<p>Seeing “70% Canadian” on a smartphone screen can easily sound as though someone has calculated that exactly seven-tenths of the ketchup is Canadian. That is not what the figure means. Buy Beaver’s score is its own assessment based on factors including manufacturing location, ingredient origins and the location of the product’s parent company. The Canadian Press test found that those inputs produced a score of 70 for Heinz ketchup.</p>
<p>There is no government system that officially certifies the bottle as “70% Canadian.” Federal food-labelling rules instead use defined descriptions and consider how a product is processed and where its ingredients originate. “Product of Canada” generally requires virtually all significant ingredients, processing and labour to be Canadian. “Made in Canada,” meanwhile, focuses on the product’s last substantial transformation and normally includes language identifying whether domestic or imported ingredients were used. A percentage produced by a shopping app therefore should be read as an interpretation of several factors, not as a regulatory finding about the product.</p>
<h2>Ownership and Canadian Economic Activity Can Point in Opposite Directions</h2>
<p>O SCANada’s “not Canadian-owned” designation focuses attention on a different part of the supply chain. The Kraft Heinz Company operates as a U.S.-based global food company, with Canada grouped within its North American business. On that ownership test, a Canadian-made bottle can still be attached to a foreign parent. O SCANada says its product information is intended to show shoppers details including ownership, manufacturing, materials and Canadian employment rather than assuming all of those factors should be treated as the same thing.</p>
<p>That creates a genuine trade-off in classification rather than an obvious error. Money spent on a domestically manufactured product can support Canadian factory wages, transportation, agriculture and other suppliers even when the parent company is foreign. At the same time, company ownership can influence where profits, strategic decisions and shareholder returns ultimately flow. University of Ottawa marketing professor Michael Mulvey told Canadian Press that shoppers concerned mainly about supporting workers might emphasize domestic manufacturing, while those concerned about where money ultimately goes could give more weight to ownership.</p>
<h2>The Trade Fight Has Made Product Origin More Than Fine Print</h2>
<p>The renewed attention to grocery labels is occurring against a much larger deterioration in Canada-U.S. trade relations. According to the federal government, Canada introduced additional counter-tariffs effective September 8, 2026, at rates of 15%, 25% and 50% on selected U.S. products. Ottawa said those measures covered $27.6 billion in imports and were a response to new U.S. tariffs affecting an equivalent value of Canadian goods. The targeted sectors include areas such as steel, dairy, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, plastics and electronics.</p>
<p>That does not mean a Canadian-produced Heinz bottle is suddenly subject to a tariff simply because its parent company is American. Tariffs generally follow the legal origin and classification of goods crossing a border, not the nationality of a corporate logo. The broader trade dispute, however, has made corporate nationality unusually visible at the supermarket. A purchase once driven largely by price, flavour and familiarity can now prompt questions about who owns the brand, where the factory is located, where ingredients originate and which part of the economy benefits from the sale.</p>
<h2>Canadians Have Actually Shifted Some Grocery Spending</h2>
<p>The “Buy Canadian” response is not limited to social-media posts and flags placed beside supermarket shelves. Bank of Canada researchers examined transaction-level information from roughly 10,000 Canadian households participating in the NielsenIQ Homescan Consumer Panel. Their February 2026 analysis found a measurable shift in food purchases after trade tensions intensified in early 2025. Compared with January, the share of food spending associated with Canadian products increased by approximately two percentage points in March, while the U.S. share declined by about the same amount.</p>
<p>The researchers found that the shift persisted through the summer, although its magnitude differed between grocery categories. They also emphasized an important limitation: products were classified using the country in which their barcode was licensed through GS1, which is not necessarily the country where the product was manufactured. That caveat sounds remarkably similar to the problem now confronting scanner apps. Product nationality is difficult to compress into a single data point because brands, factories, ingredients, barcode registrations and corporate parents can all belong to different countries.</p>
<h2>Scanner Apps Can Be Useful Without Being Infallible</h2>
<p>Canadian Press testing found that the apps did more than disagree about philosophical definitions. In some cases, their underlying information was incomplete. Buy Beaver, for example, gave Kraft peanut butter a score of zero after recognizing Kraft Heinz’s U.S. headquarters but failing to identify its Canadian manufacturing location. O SCANada identified the product as not Canadian-owned while also recognizing that it is manufactured in Mont-Royal, Quebec. Maple Scan identified Canadian manufacturing as well.</p>
<p>Redpath sugar offered another complicated example. Its Toronto refining operations are Canadian, but the company belongs to U.S.-based American Sugar Refining and Canadian sugar refining depends heavily on imported raw cane because Canada’s climate is unsuitable for commercial sugar-cane production. Different weighting systems therefore produce different classifications. Canadian Press also reported that many origin apps use artificial intelligence to gather and organize information from the internet. That makes database quality, sourcing and updates important. The apps can reduce research time substantially, but their output is better understood as a starting point than an unquestionable certificate of origin.</p>
<h2>Price Still Competes With the Desire to Buy Canadian</h2>
<p>National-origin preferences are also colliding with household budgets. Statistics Canada reported that grocery prices were 2.8% higher in August 2026 than one year earlier. That was an improvement from July and marked the first time since July 2024 that grocery inflation was below overall inflation. The longer-term change remains substantial, however: Statistics Canada calculated that grocery prices had risen 29% between August 2021 and August 2026.</p>
<p>Bank of Canada consumer research shows why that matters for the Buy Canadian movement. In its fourth-quarter 2025 consumer expectations survey, the Bank found continued interest in Canadian-made goods, but three-quarters of respondents said they were unwilling to pay a premium greater than 10% for them. A household comparing two bottles of ketchup is therefore balancing several considerations at once. Domestic employment or Canadian tomatoes may matter, but so can the price difference at checkout. Economic nationalism has limits when food, housing and other household expenses are already consuming a large part of monthly income.</p>
<h2>“Canadian” Makes More Sense When the Question Is Made More Specific</h2>
<p>The Heinz example suggests that the most useful question may not be simply, “Is this Canadian?” A shopper interested in agriculture can look for information about ingredient origins. Someone focused on employment can check the manufacturing location. Those interested in domestic ownership can investigate the ultimate parent company. Consumers looking specifically for federally recognized origin language can distinguish among “Product of Canada,” qualified “Made in Canada” claims and narrower statements such as “Prepared in Canada.”</p>
<p>That approach turns what appears to be a contradiction between apps into several separate facts. Heinz can be produced in Quebec, use Canadian tomatoes, employ Canadian workers and still belong to a U.S.-based multinational. Buy Beaver’s 70-point rating emphasizes the mixture. O SCANada’s ownership classification emphasizes the corporate parent. Maple Scan’s result emphasizes preparation. In the increasingly politicized grocery aisle, the apps are not merely identifying products; they are revealing that “Canadian” has several economic meanings. Understanding which one is being measured is often more informative than the score itself.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Canadian Firms Say They’ve Waited Since May for Ottawa Tariff Aid as U.S. Trade War Bites]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/canadian-firms-say-theyve-waited-since-may-for-ottawa-tariff-aid-as-u-s-trade-war-bites/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/canadian-firms-say-theyve-waited-since-may-for-ottawa-tariff-aid-as-u-s-trade-war-bites/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:09:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[For manufacturers caught in a fast-moving North American trade fight, four months can feel like an eternity. Canadian industry representatives]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Trump-vs-Carney.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>For manufacturers caught in a fast-moving North American trade fight, four months can feel like an eternity. Canadian industry representatives say some companies that applied for federal tariff assistance in May were still waiting for a response in September, raising questions about whether emergency business support can move quickly enough to match the pressures hitting factory floors and balance sheets.</p>
<p>The complaint comes as Ottawa dramatically expands the money available through its Regional Tariff Response Initiative. Billions of dollars are now earmarked for liquidity, investment and diversification. Yet in manufacturing communities such as Windsor-Essex, industry groups argue that the size of the program matters less when companies facing immediate cash-flow problems still do not know when an application will be decided.</p>
<h2>A May Application Can Still Be Waiting in September</h2>
<p>The clearest criticism has come from the Canadian Association of Moldmakers, whose executive director, Nicole Vlanich, said companies were waiting after submitting applications in May without receiving responses. The Windsor-based association represents businesses involved in mould making, tooling, machining and related advanced manufacturing. These are companies that often operate deep inside North American supply chains rather than selling finished consumer products under household names. That makes them particularly sensitive when cross-border orders slow, tariffs increase costs or customers postpone projects.</p>
<p>Ryan Donally, president and CEO of the Windsor Essex Chamber of Commerce, has raised a similar concern. He estimated that more than 100 businesses in the region had applied for assistance under the Regional Tariff Response Initiative and argued that support needs to arrive faster. That figure is an industry estimate rather than an official federal count, but the concern behind it is straightforward: an assistance program designed for businesses facing an immediate trade disruption has less value if a company must finance months of payroll, rent and operating expenses while waiting for a decision.</p>
<h2>Ottawa’s Tariff Program Has Grown Rapidly</h2>
<p>Federal support has expanded substantially since the first version of the Regional Tariff Response Initiative was announced. Ottawa initially committed $450 million to regional development agencies in March 2025. By September 2025, the federal government had increased the planned national initiative to $1 billion over three years. Another $500 million was announced in May 2026, bringing planned RTRI investment to $1.5 billion as trade pressures spread through industries using steel, aluminum and copper.</p>
<p>The response grew again after the latest U.S. tariff escalation. Ottawa announced another $1.5 billion for the initiative in August, and current federal program material says regional development agencies are delivering $3.45 billion over four years. The expansion forms part of a broader $7.5-billion package that includes $500 million in additional Business Development Bank of Canada liquidity financing, a $2-billion Canada Strong Diversification Fund and $3.5 billion in worker and employer supports. The numbers show that Ottawa has added resources repeatedly; the dispute is increasingly about how quickly individual firms can access them.</p>
<h2>Windsor-Essex Shows Both Sides of the Funding Story</h2>
<p>The complaints about delays do not mean federal tariff-related money has stopped flowing into Windsor-Essex. In May, FedDev Ontario announced more than $20 million for 14 businesses in the region, including automotive suppliers, mould makers, machining companies, packaging businesses and other manufacturers. Individual contributions ranged from hundreds of thousands of dollars to more than $6 million, with projects aimed at automation, advanced equipment, diversification and higher production capacity.</p>
<p>That distinction matters. Some Windsor-Essex companies are already receiving federal investment while another group says its applications remain unresolved. The region therefore illustrates both the scale of government intervention and the difficulty of processing assistance across a manufacturing base facing rapidly changing conditions. Windsor-Essex is heavily connected to automotive, tooling and advanced manufacturing supply chains that stretch across the Canada-U.S. border. For a company buying a new machine to diversify into aerospace or defence, a longer approval process may be manageable. For another company trying to preserve payroll after orders disappear, the same delay can become a much more immediate financial problem.</p>
<h2>The Trade Fight Has Become More Expensive</h2>
<p>The urgency increased significantly in August. U.S. measures imposed an additional 50 per cent duty on specified Canadian products under Section 338, with the duties taking effect on August 22 following a temporary three-day postponement. Canadian government calculations put the affected trade covered by that round of U.S. measures at approximately $27.6 billion. The measures came on top of an already complicated collection of sector-specific tariffs affecting North American manufacturing and trade.</p>
<p>Canada responded with counter-tariffs that took effect September 8. Ottawa imposed rates of 15, 25 and 50 per cent on selected U.S. products, with the government saying the measures covered approximately $27.6 billion of imports. Products affected include goods in areas such as steel and aluminum, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, dairy and electronics. Canadian officials describe the U.S. measures as unjustified, while the U.S. administration says its actions respond to Canadian trade practices it considers discriminatory. For businesses caught between those competing positions, however, the practical result is more expensive and unpredictable cross-border commerce.</p>
<h2>The New Program Tries to Solve the Cash-Flow Problem</h2>
<p>Ottawa's September redesign of the Regional Tariff Response Initiative acknowledges that affected companies may need something more immediate than money for future expansion. Businesses can now seek liquidity assistance of up to $2 million in non-repayable support, normally covering up to 50 per cent of eligible costs. The assistance is designed to help tariff-affected firms maintain Canadian operations and employment while they manage a temporary financial shock.</p>
<p>Federal guidance says liquidity assistance is calculated primarily using 50 per cent of average eligible monthly payroll for a period of up to 12 months, subject to demonstrated need and the $2-million ceiling. Certain essential expenses such as rent, utilities, business insurance and property taxes may also be considered. Separately, businesses can seek non-repayable support of up to $1 million for eligible “pivot” projects involving productivity, technology, supply-chain resilience or market diversification. Larger transformative projects can qualify for repayable assistance. An eligible firm can receive as much as $3 million in combined non-repayable liquidity and pivot support, while total RTRI funding can reach $20 million when repayable financing is included.</p>
<h2>More Funding Has Also Meant More Complexity</h2>
<p>The program's repeated expansion has created another problem identified by manufacturers: rules and application processes have changed while companies have already been trying to secure assistance. Vlanich said changing applications and criteria have produced uncertainty for firms that submitted requests under an earlier version of the initiative and are unsure how the newer streams affect their existing applications. She also pointed to multiple contacts across different programs and levels of government as a source of frustration.</p>
<p>FedDev Ontario, meanwhile, has said it is making efforts to process applications as quickly as possible. The agency did not provide the news organization reporting the manufacturers' concerns with a standard waiting time or the number of applications currently under review. Federal agencies have also rolled out new guidance, online application information and information sessions to explain the expanded program. The problem is therefore less about whether an assistance structure exists and more about matching a relatively detailed application-and-assessment system with businesses that say their financial pressures are happening now.</p>
<h2>The National Shock Is Concentrated but Significant</h2>
<p>Canada's economy is not being affected uniformly. BDC Economics estimated in September that more than 25,000 Canadian businesses operate in sectors covered by the latest U.S. measures and that approximately 5,500 export to the United States. Smaller businesses account for more than two out of every five firms identified as directly exposed. BDC argues that these companies generally have less ability than major corporations to spread production among facilities, absorb lower margins or negotiate across a large portfolio of customers.</p>
<p>Recent trade statistics reinforce the mixed picture. Statistics Canada reported that merchandise exports to the United States fell 6.6 per cent in July, the largest monthly percentage decrease since April 2025, although crude oil and gold were major contributors to the drop. At the same time, exports to countries other than the United States rose 7.4 per cent to a record $25.6 billion. The Bank of Canada has similarly found that export expectations have improved for some businesses even as trade uncertainty and tariff-related costs continue affecting particular industries.</p>
<h2>Diversification Is Possible, but It Cannot Happen Overnight</h2>
<p>Ottawa increasingly describes diversification, productivity investment and stronger domestic supply chains as the long-term answer to trade vulnerability. There is evidence that some Canadian firms are adjusting. Businesses have reported changing production and shipping arrangements, looking for different industries and pursuing customers outside the United States. Statistics Canada’s record level of non-U.S. merchandise exports in July demonstrates that Canadian trade is not standing still.</p>
<p>Yet diversification is considerably harder for a specialized manufacturer than simply finding a new buyer. Bank of Canada consultations found that most exporters selling into the United States had not materially diversified their trade relationships, with firms pointing to transportation costs and other barriers to reaching distant markets. Canadian mould makers have emphasized another challenge: their products sit within deeply integrated North American manufacturing chains in which tooling, components and specialized work may repeatedly cross the border. That explains why manufacturers are asking for both things at once — investment that helps them build new markets over time and quicker liquidity support that gives them enough breathing room to reach that future.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
<item>
<title><![CDATA[Trump’s Canada Tariffs Become Harder for Congress to Undo as Senate Route Closes]]></title>
<link>https://trendonomist.com/trumps-canada-tariffs-become-harder-for-congress-to-undo-as-senate-route-closes/</link>
<guid isPermaLink="false">https://trendonomist.com/trumps-canada-tariffs-become-harder-for-congress-to-undo-as-senate-route-closes/</guid>
<pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2026 16:03:38 +0000</pubDate>
      <dc:creator><![CDATA[Bianca]]></dc:creator>
<description><![CDATA[President Donald Trump’s latest tariffs on Canadian goods have created a problem for lawmakers who want Congress to challenge them:]]></description>
<content:encoded><![CDATA[<figure><img src="https://trendonomist.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/09/Republican-presidential-candidate-Donald-Trump.jpg" alt="" width="1600" height="900" /><figcaption>Photo Credit: Shutterstock.</figcaption></figure><p>President Donald Trump’s latest tariffs on Canadian goods have created a problem for lawmakers who want Congress to challenge them: the legislative shortcut used against an earlier round of Canada tariffs is no longer available. The difference comes down to the law Trump chose.</p>
<p>The earlier tariffs were tied to emergency powers that gave Congress an expedited procedure for considering resolutions terminating the underlying emergency. The newer duties rest primarily on Section 338 of the Tariff Act of 1930, a rarely used provision without the same fast-track Senate mechanism. Congress has not lost its constitutional authority over trade, but opponents of the tariffs now face the slower machinery of committees, leadership decisions, ordinary legislation and potentially a presidential veto. That procedural change could matter almost as much as the tariff rates themselves.</p>
<h2>The Old Senate Shortcut Does Not Apply This Time</h2>
<p>When Trump imposed tariffs on Canadian goods under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act in 2025, senators had an unusual procedural advantage. Because those duties were connected to a declared national emergency, lawmakers could use the National Emergencies Act to introduce a joint resolution terminating that emergency. The law contains expedited procedures requiring committees and the chambers to deal with qualifying resolutions within specified periods rather than simply leaving them untouched indefinitely.</p>
<p>That framework gave individual senators considerably more leverage over whether the issue reached the floor. Sen. Tim Kaine, a Virginia Democrat who helped lead previous efforts against the Canada tariffs, told Semafor that the other tariff statutes being used now do not contain the same privileged motion that allowed a senator to force action. That does not make a congressional response impossible. It does mean tariff opponents can no longer rely on the statutory clock and procedural protections that turned earlier resolutions into difficult votes for Senate leaders to avoid.</p>
<h2>Section 338 Creates a Very Different Procedural Battlefield</h2>
<p>The new tariffs rely on Section 338 of the Tariff Act of 1930, codified at 19 U.S.C. §1338. The statute authorizes a president, after making specified findings involving discrimination against U.S. commerce, to impose additional duties designed to offset that disadvantage. Those duties can reach as high as 50 per cent. The law generally provides for a 30-day period between the proclamation and collection of the additional tariff.</p>
<p>Section 338 gives the executive branch other significant tools as well. If the president finds that the foreign country continues or increases the alleged discrimination after tariffs are imposed, the statute permits certain imports to be excluded altogether. The Congressional Research Service reported in September that Trump’s actions against Canada marked the first time a president had expressly cited Section 338 to impose tariffs. The administration later used the statute again to announce import exclusions involving certain Canadian products, with those exclusions scheduled to take effect September 29. Unlike the National Emergencies Act, however, Section 338 contains no equivalent expedited congressional termination procedure.</p>
<h2>The 2025 Canada Vote Shows What Congress Could Do Under Emergency Law</h2>
<p>The practical difference is visible in what happened on April 2, 2025. The Senate voted 51-48 for S.J.Res. 37, a measure that would have terminated the national emergency Trump had invoked in connection with tariffs on Canadian imports. Four Republican senators — Susan Collins, Mitch McConnell, Lisa Murkowski and Rand Paul — joined Democrats in supporting the resolution. The official Senate roll call confirms both the 51-48 result and the resolution’s passage.</p>
<p>The measure did not ultimately eliminate the tariffs because Senate approval alone was insufficient; the House also had to act, and a successful resolution would have faced presidential presentment. Still, the vote demonstrated the importance of privileged procedures. Senators who wanted a recorded vote could obtain one even without the cooperation normally required from the majority leadership. A similar mechanism was used for other emergency-based tariff resolutions later in 2025. The current Section 338 fight begins from a different position: opponents must first navigate the ordinary legislative process before they can even recreate that kind of floor confrontation.</p>
<h2>Ordinary Bills Can Still Challenge the Tariffs — but Committees Matter More</h2>
<p>Congress retains broad constitutional authority over tariffs and foreign commerce, and lawmakers have already introduced legislation aimed at the new duties. On September 14, Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer and a group of Democratic and independent senators introduced S. 5390, the End Trump’s Tariff Tax Act. Government Publishing Office records show that the measure was read twice and referred to the Senate Finance Committee. It would terminate and refund specified tariff duties and address several statutory authorities used by the administration.</p>
<p>Sens. Kirsten Gillibrand and Peter Welch have separately introduced the BAD DEAL Act, which would repeal Section 338 and provide refunds for duties collected under that authority. The important procedural point is what happens after introduction. Without a privileged mechanism, bills can remain in committee unless committee leaders, Senate leadership or a sufficiently broad coalition creates another path forward. The Finance Committee is currently chaired by Republican Sen. Mike Crapo. Kaine described that distinction plainly: ordinary tariff bills can be written, but the committee process gives the majority substantially more control over whether they advance.</p>
<h2>Even a Floor Vote Would Not Automatically End the Tariffs</h2>
<p>Losing the privileged route changes the ability to force a vote, but another hurdle existed even under the old system: presidential power. Legislation or a joint resolution that passes both chambers generally must be presented to the president. If Trump vetoed legislation overturning tariffs imposed by his administration, Congress would need two-thirds support in both the House and Senate to override that veto under Article I, Section 7 of the Constitution.</p>
<p>That distinction is important because the earlier emergency-law mechanism guaranteed procedural opportunities; it never guaranteed that Congress could enact a reversal over presidential opposition. A simple Senate majority could generate a politically significant vote, but permanently changing tariff policy could require support from a much larger bipartisan coalition. Under Section 338, opponents face both challenges in sequence. They must first get legislation through the ordinary committee and floor process, then obtain passage in both chambers, and finally confront the possibility of a presidential veto. The procedural route has therefore become longer even though Congress retains the legal power to rewrite or repeal the underlying tariff authority.</p>
<h2>The Administration Says the Tariffs Answer Canadian Discrimination</h2>
<p>The White House argues that Section 338 fits the dispute because Canada has disadvantaged specific American exports. Its July proclamations targeted issues involving alcoholic beverages, dairy and motor vehicles. The administration said provincial restrictions on American alcohol, differences in dairy tariff-rate-quota treatment and measures affecting U.S. vehicles placed American commerce at a disadvantage compared with competitors. Those are administration findings and remain disputed by Canadian officials and some trade-law specialists rather than uncontested conclusions.</p>
<p>Trump initially announced additional duties of 50 per cent on covered Canadian products. After a brief three-day suspension during negotiations, the tariffs took effect on August 22. The administration subsequently revised product coverage and announced import bans on certain Canadian products after Canada imposed countermeasures. Section 338 allows the president to modify, suspend or revoke proclamations and, in specified circumstances, move from tariffs to exclusions. That flexibility gives the executive branch several ways to change the policy without waiting for Congress, while congressional opponents must work through a substantially more structured legislative process.</p>
<h2>Canada’s Retaliation Raises the Economic Stakes</h2>
<p>The procedural debate in Washington is unfolding alongside a much larger commercial relationship. U.S. Trade Representative data show that U.S.-Canada goods and services trade totalled an estimated US$872.3 billion in 2025, including roughly US$715.5 billion in goods trade. For Canadian exporters, the U.S. remains especially important: Statistics Canada reported that 71.7 per cent of Canadian merchandise exports went to the United States in 2025, even after that share fell from 75.9 per cent a year earlier.</p>
<p>Ottawa answered the latest U.S. action with counter-tariffs of 15, 25 and 50 per cent that took effect September 8 on C$27.6 billion of U.S. imports. The targeted categories include steel, dairy products, appliances, agricultural equipment, pulp and paper, and electronics. That means the congressional procedure is not merely an institutional argument. A manufacturer buying cross-border inputs, a farmer selling into Canada or a retailer depending on imported goods can experience tariff changes through higher landed costs, altered sourcing decisions and uncertainty over whether another escalation or exemption is coming.</p>
<h2>Pressure Can Still Build Outside a Privileged Senate Resolution</h2>
<p>Members of both parties have raised concerns about aspects of the Canada dispute, although they differ sharply over the administration’s broader tariff strategy. Reuters reported in September that Republican Sen. Susan Collins of Maine had criticized the Canada tariffs and advocated for industry relief, while other Republicans continued to defend Trump’s trade approach. The White House maintains that the measures protect U.S. workers and exporters by responding to Canadian trade practices that it considers discriminatory.</p>
<p>Those divisions can still influence legislation, oversight hearings, requests for exclusions and negotiations even without an automatic floor vote. They simply do not guarantee that a repeal measure will reach the Senate floor. The Congressional Research Service has identified several options available to lawmakers, including repealing or modifying Section 338, requiring congressional approval for some tariff actions and using the U.S.-Mexico-Canada Agreement review process to influence trade policy. In other words, Congress retains several pressure points. What has changed is the ability of a single senator or small bipartisan group to place the issue on a fast procedural track.</p>
<h2>Courts and Negotiations Remain Separate Paths to Changing the Policy</h2>
<p>Congress is also not the only institution capable of reshaping the tariff landscape. In February 2026, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that the International Emergency Economic Powers Act did not authorize the sweeping tariffs Trump had imposed under that statute. The administration responded by turning to other trade laws, including Section 338 for the Canada measures. Section 338 is much older and has little judicial history involving presidential tariffs, creating legal questions that trade lawyers have said could eventually reach the courts. Those arguments remain unresolved, and the administration maintains that its actions fall within the statute.</p>
<p>Diplomacy provides another route. Section 338 itself allows the president to suspend, revoke, supplement or amend a proclamation when the public interest warrants it, meaning a negotiated settlement could change tariff treatment without Congress passing a repeal bill. For the immediate future, the concrete developments to watch are committee action on tariff legislation, any further White House modifications, implementation of the September 29 import exclusions, possible litigation and renewed U.S.-Canada negotiations. The Senate shortcut may be gone, but the dispute still has several institutional paths through which the policy can change.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
<category><![CDATA[News]]></category>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>